F 912 
.P9 L56 
2009b 
Copy 2 


FT MEADE 
GenCol1 











U.S. Department of Commerce 


















Pribilof Islands, Alaska 
Guide to Photographs and Illustrations 


John A. Lindsay, Gina Rappaport, and Betty A. Lindsay 
/ NOAA Oceans and Coast 
Office of Response and Restoration 
Seattle, WA 



August 2009 

NOAA Technical Memorandum NOS ORR 20 





S ^Tes Of ^ 


U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 
Gary Locke, Secretary 


National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 
Dr. Jane Lubchenco 

Under Secretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere and NOAA Administrator 


National Ocean Service 
John H. Dunnigan, Assistant Administrator 
for Ocean Services and Coastal Zone Management 






US. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 

National Ocean Service 

Office of Response and Restoration 


ORDERING 

Telephone orders: 206-526-6400 
Facsimile orders: 206-526-4442 
Mail Orders: 

ORR Seattle 

7600 Sand Point Way NE 
Seattle WA, 98115 



This entire publication may be cited as follows: 

Lindsay, John A., Gina Rappaport, and Betty A. Lindsay. 2009. The Pribilof Islands , Alaska - A Guide to Photographs and 
Illustrations , NOAA Technical Memorandum NOS ORR 20. 

In partial fulfillment of the Memorandum of Agreement Among the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and 
the Alaska State Historic Preservation Officer Regarding National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Actions Pursuant 
to its withdrawal from the Civil Administration of St. Paul Island, Alaska Including the Seal Islands Historic District National 
Historic Landmark. 

Cover Photo: Correspondence and Papers of Sir D’Arcy Wentworth Thompson, MS 43795-86 
ISBN: 978-1-60319-001-5 





Preface.. 

Acknowledgements.vi 

Introduction.vii 

History.viii 

Photographs as Historical Primary Sources.x 

Collections Held in Public Repositories. 1 

The Russian Period, 1729—1897.3 

Georg Heinrich von Langsdorff Paintings (ca 1805). 5 

Louis Choris Illustrations (1822—1826).7 

Phillippe Vandermaelen Chart (1827).9 

Fedor Litke Charts (ca 1826—1832).'.11 

Il ia Gavrilovich Voznesenskii Drawings (ca 1843) . 13 

Mikhail Tebenkov Charts (1848). 15 

American Period, 1867—1970s.17 

Henry Wood Elliott (ca 1872—1891). 19 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the Alaska State Museum.23 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History .25 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the Museum of the North.33 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the National Anthropological Archives.37 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the National Museum of Natural History.39 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the Phoebe Apperson Hearst Museum.41 

Henry Elliott Maps and Charts at the University of Alaska Fairbanks.44 

Henry Elliott Collection at the Washington State Historical Society.47 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History.49 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the National Archives and Records Administration.56 

Alphonse Louis Pinart Photographs (ca 1871) in the Stereographs of the West from the Bancroft Library 

Pictorial Collection.61 

Gray & Hereford Photographs (ca 1880).63 

Alaska Revenue Cutter Photographs at the New Bedford Whaling Museum (ca 1880s).67 

“A Summer on the Thetis” Photograph Album (1888) .69 

Harry D. Chichester Photographs (ca 1891—1905) .71 

Joseph Stanley-Brown Photograph Collection (ca 1890s). 101 

St. Paul Island Photographs from the National Anthropological Archives (1890s). 109 

Frederick William True Photographs (1895).117 

N. B. Miller Photographs (ca 1890). 123 

Samuel J. Call Photograph Collection (1890s). 127 

Photographs in the Charles S. Hamlin Papers (ca 1890s). 129 

Albert Webster Lavender (ca 1890). 131 

Collections related to the Fur-Seal Investigations, 1892—1897. 133 

Richard Maynard Photographs (1892). 135 

Bristow Adams Drawings (1897). 137 

Anatomical Drawings of Fur Seals (ca 1897). 143 

Sir D’Arcy Wentworth Thompson Photographs (1896—1898). 145 

Asahel Curtis Photographs (ca 1914) . 153 

Pribilof Islands Photographs (1914). 155 

Clarence Leroy Andrews Photographs of St. Paul Island (1917). 161 

G Dallas Hanna Photograph Collection (1912—1922) . 165 


Introduction 

















































Edward Clyde Johnston Photographs (ca 1920s). 175 

Mogg Found Photograph Album (1918—1926). 181 

Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection (1924—1926). 183 

Michael Z. Vinokouroff Photograph Collection (1880s—1940s). 193 

Richard and Mary Culbertson Photograph Collection (ca 1920s). 197 

Watson Colt Allis Scrapbook (1910s—1930s).201 

Paul E. Thompson Photograph Collection (1940—1950). 203 

Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection (1938—1939). 205 

George Roger Chute Photographs (ca 1938—1940). 215 

Doyle C. Tripp Photograph Collection (1939). 217 

Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection (1941 — 1942). 219 

John Peabody Harrington Photograph Collection (ca 1941) . 257 

Evan Hill Photograph Collection (1942—1943). 259 

Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection (ca 1945—1952). 271 

Aleutian/Pribilof Project Collection (ca 1900—1960s) .287 

San Francisco Call-Bulletin Aleutian Photograph Collection (1948). 291 

Swalling Construction Co. Photographs (1954). 293 

Christine McClain Photographs (1934—1960s).297 

Robert Fortuine Photographs (1971 — 1976). 305 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey charts of St. Paul and St. George Islands (1875). 315 

Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration, (1869—1915). 317 

Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration, (1910s—1970s).333 

Moving Images.435 

Collections in Private Ownership .449 

Hugh Henry McIntyre Photographs (ca 1871—1872) . 451 

Manderville Family Photograph Collection (1936—1939) . 453 

Merculief Family Photograph Collection (ca 1930s—1950s).473 

Kashevarof Family Photograph Collection (ca 1920s) .489 

Ann and C. Howard Baltzo Photographs (1960—1968). 493 

List of Collections by Repository .503 


iv Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


































The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), National Ocean Service, Pribilof Project Office began 
environmental restoration activities at the Pribilof Islands, Alaska in 1999. The activities centered on the two inhabited 
islands of the Pribilof Islands archipelago, St Paul and St George located in the near central Bering Sea. Restoration activities 
included landfill closures, debris removal, several historic building demolitions and renovations, and cleaning up petroleum 
contaminated soil and groundwater at more than one hundred sites. The purpose of the environmental restoration was to en¬ 
able transfer of federally-owned property in good condition to Aleut entities on the Pribilof Islands. 

Because the Pribilol Islands are located within the Seal Islands National Historic Landmark (NHL), NOAA consulted with 
the Alaska (State) Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) at the Department of Natural Resources, Office of History and Ar¬ 
chaeology. The SHPO determined that the environmental restoration and transfer of public lands and buildings represented 
an adverse impact to the Seal Islands NHL. Consequently, NOAA entered into a memorandum of agreement (MOA) with the 
SHPO to mitigate this adverse impact to the NHL. The MOA required NOAA to publish an “Annotated Bibliography” for 
public education as one of several mitigating measures. The publication of the “Annotated Bibliography” also serves the tenets 
of Presidential Executive Order 13287, Preserve America, and NOAA’s Preserve America Initiative. 

The original product format of the “Annotated Bibliography” was to include a listing of published source materials with 
annotations, and a guide to illustrations that portray the Seal Islands historical context. However, the volume of material 
contributing to each aspect of the product exceeded NOAA’s expectation. Consequently, the SHPO agreed that An Annotated 
Bibliography, and A Guide to Photographs and Illustrations of the Pribilof Islands could be published as separate volumes. 

Whether you live on the Pribilof Islands or thousands of miles away, NOAA hopes you will enjoy learning more about these 
remote and unique islands of immense biological and cultural significance to the Aleut community, the state of Alaska, and 
the United States. 


Introduction 


v 



<yCcA/UMo/e(/ge/nent'S 


The authors have many people to thank for their help and support in the writing ol The Pribilof Islands, Alaska, Guide to Photo¬ 
graphs and Illustrations. In their endeavor to provide the most accurate information possible the authors relied heavily on the 
subject knowledge of Pribilof Project Office engineers David Winandy, Gregory Gervais, James Wright, and James Malchow, 
historian Karla Sclater, and Ocean Media Center cinematographers Paul Hillman and Deanna Morris. Christina Package, 
University of Washington student in anthropology, provided invaluable research and scanning support early on in the project. 
The authors thank Kristina Worthington for creating the outstanding layout of the guide. 

For their help in finding and giving access to the wonderful collections described in this guide, the authors thank archivists 
and staff at the many repositories holding the materials: Sonja Kromann at the National Marine Mammal Laboratory Library; 
Nicolette Bromberg and Hannah Palin at the University of Washington; Mary Parrish, Sarah Pelot, and David Bohaska at the 
National Museum of Natural History; Robert Leopold at the National Anthropological Archives; David Watters and Mindy 
McNaugher at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History; Marie Graf at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History; Victoria 
Bradshaw at the Phoebe Apperson Hearst Museum of Anthropology; Scott Nacke at the Museum of the North; Bruce Parham 
at the National Archives and Records Administration in Anchorage, Alaska; Bill Greathouse at the National Archives and 
Records Administration in Seattle; Richard Smith at the Cartographic Division of the National Archives and Records Admin¬ 
istration; Barbara Mathe at the American Museum of Natural History; Steve Henrikson at the Alaska State Museum; Sean 
Lanksbury, James Simard, and Sandra Johnston at the Alaska State Library; James Eason at the Bancroft Library; Caroline 
Atuk-Derrick and Rose Speranza at the University of Alaska, Fairbanks; Arlene Schmuland at the University of Alaska, An¬ 
chorage; Thomas Robinson at Historic Photo Archive, Portland, Oregon; Ellen Ayers at the Smithsonian Institution Archives; 
Dirk Tordoff at the Alaska Film Archives; Kevin Tripp at the Alaska Moving Image Preservation Association; Norman Reid 
and Cilia Jackson at the University of St. Andrews, St. Andrews, Scotland; and the staff at the Geographv & Map, Prints and 
Photographs, and Rare Book divisions of the Library of Congress. 

The authors are grateful to many others who helped locate important historical images: John Cloud and Skip Theberge at 
NOAA; James Dunn at the St. George Tanaq Corporation; and Barbara Sweetland Smith of Alaska Historical Resources. The 
authors also wish to thank Greta Ericson, William Manderville, Father Paul Merculief, Ed Philemonoff, Ann Baltzo, and 
Hugh McIntyre, for their generosity in sharing their collections with the public. 

The creation of the guide required the patience, support, and encouragement of many people dedicated to Pribilof Islands and 
Alaska history. Historian Janet Clemens of the National Park Service, Judith Bittner, Joan “Jo” Antonson, and Doug Gasek of 
the Alaska Office of History and Archaeology (OHA) recognized the educational potential of this project, urged its develop¬ 
ment, and offered critical advice to improve this work. Bernie Denno, NOAA, facilitated a formal agreement with OHA that 
led to the creation of this work. Congressman Don Young and former Senator Ted Stevens are gratefully acknowledged for 
their strong and continued support of the Pribilof Islands’ Aleut people. John Rayfield of the Congressional Staff spent years 
and tireless hours encouraging legislative support for the Pribilof Islands, and he has supported recognition of the islands’ 
historical value to the nation. Jack Dunnigan, William Corso, Deb Larson, Tom Cox, David Kennedv, Ellen Clark, David 
Westerholm, Brian Julius, LaTonya Burgess, and Kathy Salter with the National Ocean Service offered significant encourage¬ 
ment and ensured time and funds remained available for the publication of this work. A special thank you goes to the NOAA 
National Marine Fisheries Service which also encouraged publication. In particular, John Oliver of the Fisheries Service 
arranged for additional financial support to enhance publication quality and the number of copies of the Guide. 


vi Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





Purpose of the Guide 

The visual historical record of the Pribilof Islands is a vast diaspora of materials. Collections containing Pribilof Islands-relat- 
ed imagery reside in repositories far and wide—archives, libraries, museums, and historical societies throughout the United 
States and other countries. The Guide to Photographs and Illustrations (Guide) brings together the graphic documentation of the 
historical Seal Islands in a virtual “one-stop shop.” 

The Guide is a catalog of images which are presented within the context of their encompassing collection and holding reposi¬ 
tory. In this manner, researchers are made aware not onlv of the images available, but of related images within the same col¬ 
lection and where and how to contact the holding repository for more information. 

What is not in the Guide 

Many collections which contain the images shown in the Guide hold additional material only marginally relevant or com¬ 
pletely unrelated to the Pribilof Islands. Therefore, it should be noted that the Guide presents onlv the Pribilof Islands-related 
materials within the given collections. 

Further, several large collections significant in their documentation of the Pribilof Islands have not been included in the 
Guide. These are the Karl Kenyon, Victor B. Scheffer, and Ford Wilke materials held at the National Oceanic and Atmo¬ 
spheric Administration’s National Marine Mammal Laboratory Library (NMML). As of the publication of the guide, these 
collections have yet to be arranged and described, although some content lists are available at NMML. 

Finally, in the interests of completing the book on time and within budget, Pribilof Islands-related materials held in Russian 
repositories were not pursued (with one exception: the drawings of Il ia Gavrilovich Voznesenskii). 

Arrangement of the Guide 

On the broadest level, the Guide is divided into two sections: collections held in public repositories, and collections held pri¬ 
vately. The majoritv of collections listed in the guide are available to the public. However, several collections held in private 
hands are noteworthv and warrant inclusion. These images are for researcher edification only; the guide provides no contact 
information for the individuals in possession of these photographs. 

Within the public repository section, collections have been listed roughly chronologically. The guide starts by presenting 
materials created during the Russian period of administration, with some of the earliest depictions and charts of the Pribilof 
Islands. The greater part of the guide, however, presents materials created under U.S. administration, from the 1870s to 
1970s. 

Note on Collection and Image Descriptions 

The description of each collection and photograph was compiled by the authors, incorporating the best available sources of 
information. Such sources included archival finding aids, primary and secondary source material (i.e. documents, reports, 
publications, and websites), subject matter experts, and occasionally a collection’s donor. Often the photographs are uniden¬ 
tified in the collection’s holding repository, and in many cases the authors carried out extensive research to identify content 
and context of collections and individual images. Frequently, we were able to correct inaccurate information associated with 
a collection or individual images. While the authors have made every effort to provide accurate information, we assume re¬ 
sponsibility for any errors that may reveal themselves following closer inspection by other subject experts. 


Introduction vii 




The Seal Islands, Alaska arose from molten magma flowing through fractures in the seafloor of the central Bering Sea. 

St. George Island was created over two million years ago, while St. Paul Island’s genesis began only 750,000 years before 
present. Approximately 9,000 years ago Native Americans began inhabiting the Alaska Peninsula and some of the 167 or so 
named islands stretching out nearly 1,200 miles towards the Russian coastline. 

Habitation along this archipelago was suitable only for a people who could master the sea. The race of people with sufficient 
courage, stamina, and intellect to occupy the Aleutian Island Chain referred to themselves as Unangan or Unangax, depending 
upon whether they spoke the eastern or western dialect. In English, those words simply translate as, “the people.” When the 
Russians came along in the mid-eighteenth century, they referred to the inhabitants as “marine Cossacks” or “Aleuts.” 

In 1741, Captains Vitus Bering and Gregorii Chirikov sailed westward from Kamchatka, Siberia into the Kamchatkan Sea, 
spurred by Russian tsarist expansionist philosophy espoused by Peter the Great and his successors. While many adventurous 
sailors including Chirikov and naturalist Georg Wilhelm Steller returned to Russia with their lives, Bering and others died 
from disease, attacks by Native Americans, and the perils of an extremely hostile environment. Nevertheless, the legacy of 
these sailors encouraged others to explore what became named the “Bering Sea,” and the islands dividing it from the North 
Pacific Ocean, particularly when it was discovered that the Aleutian Islands yielded considerable wealth in the form of “soft 
gold” or sea otter pelts. 

While Russian sailors mastered large sailing ships and the promjshlenniki, or Russian fur hunters and traders, mastered the 
hunting of fox, wolf, ermine, and sable, both lacked the skill at hunting marine mammals. Thus the sailors and promjshlen- 
niki turned to the Aleuts, who outclassed everyone in hunting marine mammals from their small watercraft called igyaX or 
baidarkas. 

Legend tells of one Aleut, IgadagiX (a.k.a. IggadaagiX), who discovered islands used for breeding by the laaqudan or sea bear. 
The islands lay more than two-hundred miles to the north of the Aleutian Islands archipelago. The Unangan referred to these 
islands as Tanax-Amix or “Land of Mother’s Brother.” The sea bear became popularly known as the northern fur seal, and to 
scientists as Callorhinus ursinus. In the late eighteenth century, Russians led by Gavriil Loginovich Pribylov found the Aleuts’ 
secret Land of Mother’s Brother, or Seal Islands. Before long, the Russians with the help of an Aleut labor force had ravaged 
its wealth of sea otter, walrus, and sea lion. Due to the unmanaged slaughter, the fur-seal herd was nearly exterminated 
twice. Not soon enough, men with foresight mandated a management strategy that let female seals live and breed, while only 
bachelor seals were killed for their pelts. The Seal Islands eventually took on the name of their Russian discoverer Pribylov; 
over time the spelling became Pribilof. 

In the early nineteenth century, exploration of the North Pacif ic took on a new fervor. Artists and scientists, such as Georg 
von Langsdorff, Louis Choris, and Illia Gavrilovich Voznesenskii accompanied explorers such as Nikolai Rezanov and Otto 
von Kotzebue. The artists’ drawings, paintings, maps and charts, provided some of the earliest illustrations of life and the 
environment on the Pribilof Islands. The Aleuts too demonstrated their artistic talent under Russian reign, especially with 
the paintings of Russian Orthodox church icons. 

In 1867, the United States purchased the Alaska Territory from Russia. Enterprising American fur traders rushed to the 
Pribilof Islands in 1868 to obtain the Territory’s most valuable natural resource known at the time, the northern fur seal. 

Like the Russian promjshlenniki before them, they also exploited the Aleuts’ skill in harvesting the seal herds. Despite the 
Aleuts protestations, again the seals were harvested to near extinction. In 1868, recognizing the economic value of the fur 
seals and other fur-bearing mammals in Alaska, Congress made the Pribilof Islands a “special reservation for Government 
purposes.” The Executive Branch deployed military and customs agents to protect the islands’ native inhabitants and the fur- 
seal herds from lawless sealers. 

In 1870, the government instituted a commercial monopoly on the islands with primary intentions to harvest the fur seal and 
supply the federal treasury with sustainable revenue. Within thirty years the revenue stream replenished the United States 
coffers in excess of Alaska’s purchase price of $7.2 million. To protect this economic resource, the government limited ac¬ 
cess to the islands to “authorized” persons only. The monopoly continued for more than one-hundred ten years, with Aleuts 
providing the mainstay labor force just as they had for the Russians. Those Aleuts residing on the Seal Islands became wards 
of the government, and according to some, “slaves of the harvest.” 


viii Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



As early as the 1870s, photography became increasingly important in documenting the people, cultures, and environments 
of Alaska. Photographers Alphonse Louis Pinart and Dr. Hugh Henry McIntyre took the earliest known photographs on the 
Pribilof Islands. 

In the years Irom 1870 to 1909, the sealing monopoly was leased to private entities, first the Alaska Commercial Company 
and then the North American Commercial Company. These companies managed the harvest and assumed responsibility for 
the welfare of the islands’ Aleut inhabitants, and the government detailed agents to the islands to administer the leases. Dur¬ 
ing this period, only agents of the government, the commercial companies, and authorized scientists had authority to take 
photographs ol the islands’ landscape, infrastructure, sealing operations, and inhabitants. Surviving artworks are linked to 
just a few individuals, notably Henry Wood Elliott and Bristow Adams. Elliott’s artwork especially contributed to the public’s 
appreciation for life on the Seal Islands. 

Beginning in the mid-1880s, marauders and pirates preyed upon the islands, and killed seals in the Bering Sea by the hun¬ 
dreds of thousands. The practice of killing seals on the open seas was known as pelagic sealing and it again brought the seals to 
the brink of extinction. A few photographers documented aspects of pelagic sealing. In addition to photographs, artist Henry 
Elliott visually documented pelagic sealing practices in his watercolors. 

During the 1890s, scientists were employed for the first time to evaluate the fur-seals’ life history. Their primary charge was 
to determine reasons for the overall decline ol the fur-seal herd, taking into account the land harvest annual take of up to 
100,000 bachelor seals, and pelagic sealing which had increased in intensity from the mid-1880s to kill more than 100,000 
seals per annum. Scientists and agents used photography to supplement investigations, administration, and as a hobby in their 
leisure time. 

In 1910, when it was finally accepted that land harvesting and pelagic sealing threatened imminent extermination of the 
fur-seal herd, the United States government assumed full administrative and management responsibility of the Seal Islands 
and the commercial seal harvest. In October 1983 responsibility for both was transferred to the resident Aleuts though the 
government maintained a large role in management of the fur-seal and marine bird rookeries. 

The first motion picture film of the Seal Islands was made at the request of the II.S. Department of Commerce and Labor 
in 1913, by adventurer Roy Chapman Andrews of the American Museum of Natural History. The following year Ezra B. 
Thompson traveled to the Pribilofs to film the seals and sealing operations for a showing at the Panama Pacific Exposition. 
Unfortunately, neither Andrews’ nor Thompson’s historic films have been located. Hollywood used the Seal Islands as a set in 
films such as The Far Call by 20th Century Fox and The World in His Arms by Universal. The authors have been unable to locate 
the former feature starring Randolph Scott, but the latter, starring Gregory Peck, Anthony Quinn, and Anne Blythe, is still 
commercially available. Walt Disney Studios earned its first Academy Award for best short-subject documentary, Seal Island, 
in 1949 with the Pribilof Islands’ fur seal as the primary subject. Other filmmakers followed, and in the 1970s the empha¬ 
sis began to reflect the new era of environmental conscience and the human rights movement within the Pribilovian Native 
community, as the Aleuts sought to be independent of the government while continuing to earn a living through the fur-seal 
industry. Alan’s Thumb on Nature’s Balance, produced by NBC, is one such film. 

Following Gavriil Pribylov’s discovery, charts and subsequently maps of the Seal Islands became important to navigators, sci¬ 
entists, administrators, and managers. Phillippe Vanderermaelen and Fedor Litke, circa 1827, produced some of the earliest 
known charts that included the Pribilof Islands. In 1848, Mikhail Tebenkov compiled what was for many years considered the 
best atlas for the Bering Sea and Northwest coast of Alaska; it includes two charts of the Pribilof Islands. When the United 
States began its administration of the Seal Islands in 1870, demand increased for maps, topographical surveys, and charts 
of the nation’s valuable asset. During 1872-73, Henry Wood Elliott made vibrantly colored maps of the seal rookeries. His 
maps would be emulated by later mapmakers for the government, such as Joseph Stanley-Brown in 1892, Charles Townsend 
1 893—95, and Wilfred Osgood, Edward A. Preble and George H. Parker in 1914. In 1898, William Ward Duffield and his 
survey crew of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey produced the first topographic maps of the Seal Islands. It was not until 
2001 that NOAA’s Pribilof Project Office, in collaboration with the U.S. Geological Survey, produced the first large scale 
(1:25,000) topographic maps of the islands. 

The authors have endeavored to follow every lead in locating and including as many of the various works as practical. In the 
end, some materials have escaped our detection. For instance, we have not found the original maps and photographs included 
in The Fur Seals and Other Life of the Pribilof Islands, Alaska in 1914 (Wilfred Osgood, Edward A. Preble and George H. Parker, 
Washington, DC: Government Printing Office, 1915). Nor have we found many of Henry Elliott’s original drawings and 
watercolors reproduced in several of his reports. Occasionally we have found evidence that certain photographs, illustrations, 
and motion pictures were created, yet the artifacts have remained hidden, if they still exist. We very much hope that these 
and any other unknown historical Pribilof Islands images will someday come to light. 


Introduction ix 




As visual documents, photographs are valuable resources in the study of history. Photographs capture evidence of people, 
places, and events in a particular place and time which helps to document as well as explain the past. For researchers using 
photographs as historical primary sources, understanding several basic concepts about the photographic medium as well as 
the ways in which photographs are typically kept in archival repositories is not only helpful but important in gaining the most 
accurate information from these resources. 


“Object” and “Image” 

A photograph is composed of two parts: the physical object, such as photographic paper or film, and the information embed¬ 
ded in that object, the image. Image refers to the picture captured in the camera and is the information. Object refers to the 
media onto which the image was fixed. When a photograph is made, one image is rendered onto a light-sensitive material, an 
object. Because of the nature of the photographic medium, the object may be film, glass, paper, or other material. There may 
be more than one object with the same image fixed to it, for example an original negative, a print made from the original 
negative, and a copy negative made from the original print. The image is the same; the objects are different. Because the same 
image can exist in many different forms — print, negative, copy, cropped version — the same image may be present on mul¬ 
tiple objects in a single collection or any number of collections. 


“Original” and “Copy” 


Generally, the photographic negative is considered to be the original object. 1 A print made from this original negative is an 
original print. Prints can be made from a negative at any time, and a print made at or near the time the original negative was 
made may be considered a “vintage” print. Multiple prints made from the same original negative are considered to be “du¬ 
plicate” prints. A copy negative is typically made by taking a photograph of a print. 2 Prints made from the copy negative are 
considered to be copy prints. Copy prints and negatives are generally considered lesser quality in terms of the image, because 
the further removed from the original image the reproduction becomes, the higher the likelihood that information will be 
lost from the image. Loss of information, often characterized by washed out and slightly fuzzy or ill-defined images, is largely 
due to errors in focus, exposure, tonal scale, or contrast during the reproduction process, but may also result from the image 
being cropped or altered in some other way. 



Men with stacks of seal skins on porch of salt house, St. 
Paul Island, Alaska, circa 189S. Photograph by Harry D. 
Chichester. 


Left: This is the original object, a glass plate negative (scanned and inverted 
to positive). It is part of the Harry D. Chichester Photographs, a collection 
held at the American Museum of Natural History. 


1 Early direct positive photographs such as daguerrotypes, ambrotypes, and tintypes were themselves the original object. Other 
exceptions are modern slides and color transparencies. 

2 An exception is “direct duplicating” film, no longer in use, which allowed a negative to be made from a negative. 


x Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













Right: These objects are copies, though they hold the same image. 
They are lantern slides in the Joseph Stanley-Brown collection 
held at the Smithsonian Institution’s National Anthropological 
Archives. Both photographs have been cropped at the bottom 
and sides but made to look as though there is sky above the roof. 
One is colored and the other was reversed during the scanning 
process. 

Below: These two photographic prints (in the Photographs of 
American Indians and Other Subjects 1840—1960s Collection held at 
the Smithsonian Institution’s National Anthropological Archives) 
hold the same image, though one is printed in reverse and one is 
slightly cropped. 






“Processed” vs. “Unprocessed” collections 

In archives, “processing” generally refers to organization and description of archival collections. Sometimes organization 
simply involves recognizing and making clear existing order, yet often collections come into the archives with no apparent 
order. In these cases, organization usually requires analysis of the physical and informational aspects of the materials and the 
application of an organizational scheme which best serves both the integrity of the collection as well as access by archival 
researchers. 

Many repositories, however, simply do not have the personnel or funding to effect comprehensive organization and descrip¬ 
tion of their photograph collections. The sheer numbers of collections in archival repositories and the quantity of photographs 
that thev may contain is often an obstacle to timely and thorough processing. Consequently, researchers in the archives must 
frequently w ork w ith folders and boxes of unsorted, unidentified photographs. In such cases the researcher’s ability to cor¬ 
rectly interpret the photographic document (both the image and the object), essential to extracting accurate historical data, is 
compromised. 

Accuracy of information in the description of photographs 

Photograph descriptions (sometimes referred to as “captions,” “titles,” and “metadata”) provided by archival repositories are 
not always accurate. Without supplied photograph identifications or thorough processing, it can be difficult for the archivist 
to fully understand the significance of the information in a collection of photographs and as such descriptions of the materi¬ 
als can suffer. Photograph identifications often take descriptions verbatim from a caption written on the photographic object. 
This can be a problem if the caption contains inaccurate, incomplete, or idiomatic information. 

For example, the holding repository has described the follow ing photograph as “View', Looking Southwest from Village Hill 
to Garbotch, of Bay and Island n.d.” 

This description is problematic for several reasons. One is that the word “Garbotch,” misspelled in the caption (should be 
Gorbatch), is copied verbatim into the repository’s description. Another problem is the identification of the view as “of Bay 
and Island” may mislead researchers into thinking that the land mass across the body of water is a separate island w hen in fact 


Introduction xi 






























it is a peninsula. Further, the description includes “n.d.” (no date). 11 
viewed in the context of the entire collection (the Frederick W. True 
Photographs), however, the date can be reasonably determined as 
1895. This information would have become clear had the collection 
been processed by an archivist. A more accurate description of this 
photograph might be “view southwest across Zoltoi Bay from Village 
Hill toward Reef and Gorbatch Rookeries with rock formation in 
foreground, St. Paul Island, Alaska, 1895.” 

Misspellings due to inaccurate interpretation of handwriting can 
be common as well. For example, the following handwriting was 
interpreted as “Metrofou Krukof” in the repository’s description of 
the photograph. 

The name of the little boy (middle left) is in fact Metrofan Krukof. A 
misspelling such as this can be a hindrance to researchers. 



f/fs /* .>c< ! - 

. 

Another problem is that copy objects bearing the same image some¬ 
times have different and even conflicting information associated with 
them. 

For example, one repository described the following photograph 
(bottom left) “View of Non-Natives Disembarking From Small Boats 
to Gather Eggs 1889.” 

A different repository holding the same image in their collections 
(bottom right) describes it as “Landing at Walrus Island. Two long 
skiffs next to rocky shore, 25 men and three women on shore and in 
boats.” 

Both descriptions contain imprecise or problematic information. 

For instance, a term such as “non-native” is confusing, besides which 
many of the people in the image are almost certainly Aleut inhabit¬ 
ants of St. Paul Island. Further, it is almost impossible in this image 
to confirm positively the number and gender of the people in view. 

The descriptions contain valid and relevant information as well, 
however. Taken together, they tell us that the image depicts an egg¬ 
gathering party at Walrus Island (Pribilof Islands, Alaska) in 1889. 

Understanding these basic concepts about photographs as well as 
being aware of how photographs may be found in archives will help 
researchers to derive the most accurate information possible from 
these valuable historical resources. 



xii Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




























Collections Held in Public Repositories 


The bulk of the collections presented in this guide are held in public repositories of primary source materials, and include 
government archives, academic “special collections,” historical societies, museums, and public libraries. 1 Materials held in 
these institutions are generally available to the public to view in person, and most places will provide reproductions on re¬ 
quest for a nominal fee. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Policies and regulations regarding public access, reference requests, reproductions, and use of materials vary between institu¬ 
tions. This guide does not describe each individual institution’s terms of use and access; instead it provides contact informa¬ 
tion so that researchers may contact repositories directly. 

Access 

Although policies vary between institutions, one characteristic is typical of all primary source repositories which may be 
helpful for researchers to know in advance. This characteristic is that most archival materials are held in “closed stacks” and 
are not on open shelves and available for browsing by the public, as are library books. Many archival materials tend to be 
unique and therefore irreplaceable, and the fragile condition of many old documents precludes over-handling if they are to 
survive generations to come. Consequently, access to archival materials is usually mediated through repository staff. 

Use 

It is important for anyone interested in requesting reproductions of images to be aware of certain concepts and policies gov¬ 
erning the use of materials in publications or other works. Copyright gives exclusive rights to a work to its creator or desig¬ 
nated copyright holder. There are conditions governing copyright which may limit the length of time copyrights are held, 
which eventually allows rights to materials to move into the public domain. Materials in the public domain are not owned or 
controlled by anyone and are therefore open for anyone to use as they wish. A third concept governing the use of materials is 
property rights. Whether in the public domain or held in copyright, materials owned by an institution must not be used in pub¬ 
lications or other works without formal permission from the owner. Anyone considering ordering and using reproductions of 
archival documents, such as photographs, should learn the status of the material’s ownership and intellectual property rights, 
and request formal permission accordingly. 


1 Manv of the images in this guide can now also be found on-line through the holding repository’s website. 


Collections Held in Public Repositories 1 




2 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




The Russian Period, 1729-1867 3 








Russian Period 


Following Vitus Bering’s and Alexi Chirikov’s discovery of the Aleutian Islands in 1741, numerous Russian trading companies 
owned by men such as Trepenznikov, Glotov, Panov, Posnikov, Kiselev, Krasil’nicov, Shelikhov, and Lebedev-Lastochkin 
ventured forth to plunder the wealth embodied in sea otters and foxes. In 1799, Emperor Pavel (Paul) I made a bold move to 
bring order to his North American colonies. He granted a business monopoly to the Russian-American Company (RAC) and 
so bestowed exclusive rights and privileges to the taking of furs in the new territory. The RAC had sole business and adminis¬ 
trative authority over the territory, including responsibilitv to manage the native population. The RAC managed the fur- 
seal business on the Pribilof Islands until 1867 when it was sold to the United States along with the entire Alaska Territory. 
Whether by design or coincidence, the United States applied this monopolistic model to the Pribilof Islands when it assumed 
control. 

The Russian explorers of the Bering Sea region brought with them naturalists, artists, and mapmakers. These men, such as 
Louis Choris, Georg von Langsdorff, and Lieutenant Zavalichine made some of the earliest depictions in the historical visual 
record of the Seal Islands and their inhabitants. As much as possible, the authors have made an effort to include early Russian 
drawings and charts in the guide without having plumbed Russian repositories, which undoubtedly contain considerably more 
Pribilof Islands visual resources. 


4 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




ji/Hc/i oon. / a/u/A'x/orfj?- 
few /<90Sj 


Historical Note 

In 1803, Georg Heinrich von Langsdorff (1774—1852), 
German naturalist and physician, accompanied Captain 
Ivan Fedorovich Kruzenshtern and Ambassador Nikolai 
Petrovich Rezanov, High Chamberlain to the Emperor 
Alexander, on a voyage to open trade between Japan and 
Russia. In 1805, Rezanov led a second voyage which ex¬ 
plored the North Coast of North America and the Aleutian 
Islands. Langsdorff accompanied Rezanov as his personal phy 


Date: 

Circa 180S 

Summary: 

Paintings of the Pribilf Islands made by naturalist 
and physician Georg von Langsdorff and used to 
illustrate his books describing his 1803—180 7 


voyages 

Location: 

Bancroft Library, University of California Berkeley 


sician. 


Scope and Content 

These original ink and wash paintings depict the islands of St. George and possibly St. Paul, and are four of the manv art¬ 
works made by Langsdorff that he later used to illustrate his accounts of the voyages of Kruzenshtern and Rezanov. 


Provenance 

The paintings form part of the Robert B. Honey man, Jr. Collection of Early Calfornian and Western American Pictorial Material 
(BANC PIC 1963.002:0001-1886) at the Bancroft Library. Lithographs of the titled paintings appear in: 

Langsdorff, G.H. von (Georg Heinrich). Bemerkungen auj einer Reise um die Welt in den Jahren 1803 bis 1907, von G.H. von 
Langsdorff. F. Wilmans: Frankfurt am Man, 1812. 

Langsdorff, G.H. von (Georg Heinrich). Voyages and travels in various parts of the world during the years 1803, 1804, 1805, 
1806, and 1807. London, 1813-1814. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

The Bancroft Library 
University of California 
Berkeley, CA 94720-6000 
(510) 642-6481 


Georg Heinrich von Langsdorff Paintings 5 






Item: BANC PIC 1963.002:1016 
Ansicht der Insel St. George [View of St. 
George Island], Northwest coast of St. George 
Island showing Needle Rock, ship in foreground, 
and ship under large cloud of flying birds at 
right. Numbers below picture probably indicate 
geographic location. Ink and wash. 



Item: BANC PIC 1963.002:1035 

Seals on beach with cliffs at left and ship in 

distance, possibly St. Paul Island. Ink and wash. 


MBfBSgr 



Item: BANC PIC 1963.002:1034a 
Insel St. George [St. George Island], 
See enlargement at the end section. 


/ 

-/-' - 

WM ™ 

Item: BANC PIC 1963.002:1034b 
Northwest coast of St. George Island at left with 
large cloud of flying birds at right. Numbers below 
picture probably indicate geographic location. Ink 
and wash. 





Item: BANC PIC 1963.002:1034a 

Insel St. George [St. George Island], Northwest coast of St. George Island with Needle Rock in center. Numbers below picture probably indicate geographic 
location. Ink and wash. 


6 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





























Historical Note 

In 1815, Louis Choris (1795—1828) was selected as the 
official artist of Captain Otto von Kotzebue’s expedition 
to find a northwest passage through North America aboard 
the Rurik. Among the many places the expedition explored 
were the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands. 


Date: 1822-1826 

Summary: Illustrations depicting St. Paul and St. George Islands 

by Louis Choris, official artist oj Otto von Kotzebue’s 
expedition of 1816—1817. 


Choris made documentary pencil and ink sketches during the 1816—1817 expedition and on his return to Europe in 1818, he 
prepared watercolors based on the sketches. Lithographs were made from the sketches, and Choris published the illustrations 
in Voyage Pittoresque autour du mond in 1822. In 1826 he published Vues et paysages which further described and illustrated the 
Kotzebue expedition. The volumes include several illustrations depicting St. Paul and St. George islands. 


Full titles of the published volumes by Louis Choris: 

Voyage pittoresque autour du monde, avec des portraits de sauvages d’Amerique, d’Asie, d’Afrique, et des ties du Grand ocean; des 
paysages, des vues maritimes, et plusieurs objets d'histoire naturelle; accompagne de descriptions par m. le baron Cuvier, et m.A. 
de Chamisso, et d’observations sur les cranes bumains, par m. le docteur Gall. Par m. Louis Choris, peintre. Paris, Impr. de Firmin 
Didot, 1822. 

[Picturesque voyage around the world, with portraits of natives of America, Asia, Africa, and of the islands of the Pacific; the 
countrysides, the maritime views, and many objects of natural history; accompanied by descriptions by Baron Couvier and 
m. A. de Chamisso, and observations on human crania by Dr. Gall. By Louis Choris, Painter. Paris, Printed by Firmin Didot, 
1822.] 

Vues et paysages des regions equinoxiales/recueillis dans un voyage autour du monde, par Louis Choris; avec une introduction et un 
texte explicatij. Paris : Paul Renouard, 1826. 

[Views and regional equatorial landscapes/gathered on a voyage around the world by Louis Choris; with an introduction and 
explanatory text, Paris: Paul Renouard, 1826.] 

Repository Information 

Original Choris volumes can be found in repositories worldwide, including the Library of Congress, the Alaska State Library, 
Nieders Staats u Univ Bibl Gottingen, Germany, the University of Washington, and the Elmer E. Rasmuson Library at the Uni¬ 
versity of Alaska, Fairbanks. In addition, the volumes have been microfilmed and are available for viewing in other libraries. 


Louis Choris Illustrations 7 





From Voyage Pittoresque autour du mond 



— -c- . -A/ 


Item; Plate XV. 

“Ours marins dans Vile de st. Paul’’ [“Sea 
bears on the Island of St. Paul”]. Fur seal bulls 
and cows on rocks with ship in background. 



<»»»«■ ' j. ■* ' 

Item: Plate XIV. 


“Lions marins dans Vile de st. Georges” 

[“Sea lions on the Island oj St. George”]. Sea lion 
bulls and cows near shore with ship in background. 


From Vues et paysages 


PI IS 



Item: Plate XX. 

“Vue de Vile de St. Paul dans la mer de Kamtchatka (avec des lions marins)” 

[View of the Island of St. Paul in the Kamchatka sea (with sea bears)”]. Fur seal or sea lion 
bulls on spit with native man kayak in foreground. 


8 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























Date: 1827 

Summary: Chart of the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands 


All maps were lithographed and hand-colored. Europe (1), 
Oceania (6) comprise the six volume atlas, respectively. 

Full title of the published atlas 

Atlas universel de geographic physique, politique, statistique et mineralogique, sure Vechelle de 1/1641836 ou d’une ligne par 1900 toises, 
dresse par Ph. Vandermaelen, Memhre de la Societe de Geographic de Paris, d’apres les meilleures cartes, observations astronomiques et voyages 
dans les divers Pays de la Terre; Lithographie par H. Ode, Membre de la Societe de Geographie de Paris. 

[A Universal Physical, Political, Statistical and Mineralogical Atlas reliable to the scale of 1:1641836 or a line 1900 “toises” in 
length [approximately 3.8 kilometers] drawn by Ph. Vandermaelen, Member of the Geographical Society of Paris using the 
best Maps, Astronomical Observations and [accounts] of voyages in different countries around the world; Lithography by H. 
Ode, Member of the Geographical Society of Paris.] 

Description of Map 

Presquile d’Alaska [Alaskan peninsula] is chart number 21 in volume four (North America) of Vandermaelen’s Atlas. It shows 
the western end of the Alaskan peninsula with Unga, Unimak, and Akutan Islands as well as the Pribilof Islands of St. Paul 
and St. George. 

Repository Information 

The original complete six volume atlas can be found in several repositories worldwide, including the Beineke Library, the 
British Library, and the University of Melbourne Library. In addition, a set held by the David Rumsey Historical Map Collec¬ 
tion is digitized and available for viewing on the David Rumsey Map Collection website. 


Historical Background 

Phillippe Vandermaelen (1795 — 1869) was a Llemish car¬ 
tographer famous for his large-scale 6-volume Atlas universel 
of the world. All maps were drawn on the same projection 
and scale and thus could theoretically be joined to form a globe. 
Asia (2), Africa (3), North America (4), South America (5), and 


Phillippe Vandermaelen Chart 9 


























Presqu ile d'Alaska [Alaskan peninsula] chan number 21 in roluae four \onh America) of Vandermaelen's Adas, showing the western end o* the Alaskan 
peninsula frith Unga, Unimak, and Altman Islands as well as the Pribilof Islands of St. Paul and Si. George 


10 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































Historical Background 

Fedor Petrovich Litke (1797—1882) was a Russian naviga¬ 
tor and explorer, and founder and president of the Russian 
Geographic Society. Litke led several expeditions to ex¬ 
plore Russian seas and beyond, including the 1826 voyage 
aboard the Senyavin to explore northwestern America and 
northeastern Asia. This expedition included exploration of the Bering Sea, and took the Senyavin around the north coast of St. 
George Island, where Litke received a shipboard visit from Riazantsev, overseer of the Russian-American Company opera¬ 
tions. Due to weather conditions, the Senyavin did not manage to stop at St. Paul Island. 

Litke’s senior lieutenant aboard the Senyavin, Nikolai Zavalishin, was a principal contributor of charts and descriptions of the 
voyage that appeared in Litke’s 1832 nautical atlas. 

Edition Information 

The charts featured here come from three different parts of Litke’s published works which describe, illustrate, and chart the 
1826—1829 voyage of the Senyavin. 

Published in Russian and French, Litke’s Voyage autour de monde, execute par ordre de Sa Majeste l’empereur Nicholas ler, sur la cor¬ 
vette le Senyavin, dans les annees 1826, 1827, 1828 et 1829 comprises four volumes and two atlases. Many libraries hold editions 
of these works, however only the Library of Congress appears to hold copies of the Nautical Atlas published in Russia in 1832. 

For more information regarding the Litke editions, please see 

Lada-Mocarski, Valerian. Bibliography of Books on Alaska Published before 1868. New Haven and London: Yale University 
Press, 1969. 


Date: Circa 1826-1832 

Summary: Charts of the Pribilof Islands and Bering Sea from 

Fedor Litke’s publications relating to the voyage of the 
Senyavin 


Fedor Litke Charts 11 








Item: Carte Generale De La Mer De 
Behring 

Date: 1828 

Bering Sea chart showing the route oj the 
Senyavin. Contained in Historical Atlas. 


Item: Carte Des lies Pribylojf (Plate XIII) 
Date: 1827 

See enlargement at end of section. 



-r- -->-*---- 


t tt. 1 mv..! 


* ,'jacp 

' lrr:±' 

.H - 

‘1 w + m 
‘ f 

r rx.~_.u~t 

A — X..V- 

if 



Item: I. de St. Paul Date: Circa 183S 

Chan of St. Paul, Otter, and Walrus Islands with 
depths marked out in surrounding sea. In contrast 
to Zavalichine’s depiction of St. Paul Island, this 
chart gives a slightly more complete rendering of 
the island including lakes and otherfeatures. It 
does not show the sealing factory at Kitovi, but 
several lines drawn on Village Hill could indicate 
the settlement which would likely have been there 
by the mid 1830s. 


Contained in Volume IV. 




Item: Carte Des lies Pribylojf (Plate XIII) Date: 182 7 

Chart of St. Paul, St. George, and Otter Islands drawn by Lieutenant de vaisseau Zavalichine. 

The south and east coasts of St. Paul Island are well-defined, however Zavalichine only vaguely depicted the north and west 
coasts and the Northeast Point peninsula, which is understandable since the Senyavin did not sail north around the island. 

The location of the sealing factory is shown in the vicinity of Kitovi Point. 

The location of the sealing factory on St. George Island is shown in the vicinity if Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil). The track of the 
Senyavin is shown sailing north around St. George Island and then northwest. 

Though Otter Island appears on the chart, Walrus Island does not, perhapsfor the same reason Zavalichine did not sail near it. 
Contained in Nautical Atlas. 


12 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















































&cu>jh/o<hc/i 


r 4 few /<$43j 


Biographical Note 

Il ia Gavrilovich Voznesenskii (1816—1871) was a pre¬ 
paratory in the Russian Academy of Sciences’ zoological 
museum. In 1839, the Academy sent Voznesenskii to Rus¬ 
sian America to collect specimens for the museum, and he 
spent several years traveling and collecting throughout the 
Alaskan islands and the North American coast. Voznesen¬ 
skii made drawings of many of the places he visited, including the Pribilof Islands. 


Date: 

Summary: 

J 

Location: 


Circa 1843 

Drawings of the early settlements on St. Paul and St. 
George Islands made by IV ia Gavrilovich Voznesenskii 

Kunstkamera, St. Petersburg, Russia 


Scope and Content 

Voznesenskii’s drawings provide some of the earliest views of the settlements on St. Paul and St. George islands and depict 
the churches, Russian and native living quarters, and other details. 


Provenance 

The drawings form part of collection no. 1142. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Peter the Great Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography (Kunstkamera) 

3, University Emb. 

St. Petersburg, Russia 199034 
7 (812) 328-0812 

Bibliography 

For a comprehensive description of the Voznesenskii collection and individual drawings, see: 

Blomkvist, E.E. “A Russian Scientific Expedition to California and Alaska: The Drawings of I.G. Voznesenskii.” Oregon 
Historical Quarterly, Vol. 73, no. 2 (June 1972): 101—170. 


Il'ia Gavrilovich Voznesenskii Drawings 13 






Item: 1142-8 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 1142-19 

Partially-completed painting of the same view as 
1142-8. Pencil sketch and India ink. 


. ... -V- 

Item: 1142-24 

View of the St. George settlement, probably from 
North Rookery, showing the church and other 
buildings and barabaras. Also shown is the landing 
and flanking cliffs, a ship under full sail at left 
and fur seals at bottom right. Pencil sketch. 




Item: 1142-8 

View of the St. Paul settlement from the top of Village Hill showing the church and administrator’s 
quarters on hill at right, and barabaras below. Also shown are piles of skins at left, sealskins stretched on 
ground to dry, racks for drying fish and meat, and several Aleut men working below. Pencil sketch. 


14 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









































Date: 

Summary: 


1848 

Charts XX arid XXIJrom Alikhai] Tebenkor's atlas 
Atlas sieverozapadnykh beregov Ameriki, 
depicting the Pribilof Islands. 


Historical Background 

Mikhail Dmitrievich Tebenkov (1802—1872) was a Russian 
hydrographer and naval officer. He entered the service of 
the Russian-American Company in 1825, and spent twen¬ 
ty-five years in Alaska and the North Pacific, and eventu¬ 
ally became Governor of the Russian-American colonies. 

Tebenkov amassed cartographic data during his voyages and instructed subordinates to gather such information while on 
theirs. Drawing on this data as well as information compiled by previous explorers, Tebenkov produced a comprehensive atlas 
of Russian America. Atlas sieverozapadnykh beregov Ameriki (Atlas of the northwest coasts of America) was published in 1852 and at the 
time was a great advance in the cartographic resources available for the Bering Sea and northwest coast of Alaska. 


Scope and Content 

Charts XX and XXI from Atlas sieverozapadnykh beregov Ameriki, depicting the Pribilof Islands. 


Full Title 

Atlas sieverozapadnykh beregov Ameriki ot Beringova proliva do mysa Korrientes i ostrovov Aleutskikh s prisovokupleniem niekotorykh miest 
Sieverovostochnago berega Azii. Sanktpeterburg [St. Petersburg], 1852. 

English translation reproduction 

Atlas oj the northwest coasts of America: from Bering Strait to Cape Corrientes and the Aleutian Islands with several sheets on the northeast 
coast oj Asia. Translated and edited by Richard A. Pierce. Kingston, Ontario: Limestone Press, 1981. 


Repository Information 

Atlas sieverozapadnykh beregov Ameriki is held in multiple repositories including the Alaska State Library, the Bancroft Library, 
and Stanford University Library. Atlas of the northwest coasts of America is more widely available in libraries, however its maps 
are simply photocopies and much detail in them is lost. 


Mikhail Tebenkov Charts 15 

















Item: Plate XX 

Chart of St. Matthew and St. Paul Islands 

This chart shows primarily the expanse of Bering Sea between St. Matthew 
Island in the upper left and St. Paul Island in the bottom center. It also 
includes several St. Matthew shoreline sketches. 



Item: Plate XXI 

Chart of the Pribilof Islands 

This chart includes St. Paul, St. George, Otter, and Walrus Islands and shows 
the location oj the settlements on St. Paul and St. George Islands. St. Paul and 
St. George each have a shoreline sketch. 


16 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

























































































* t/}/e/7ca/t 

A%y~/()/Ch 



American Period, 1867-1970s 17 






American Period 


The United States purchased Alaska from Russia at a cost of $7.2 million in 1867. At the time, the northern fur seal repre¬ 
sented the most accessibly valuable natural resource in Alaska. Consequently, entrepreneurial Americans, primarily whalers, 
sealers, and furriers, flocked to the Pribilof Islands to take advantage of the easy kill of fur seals. The United States govern¬ 
ment soon recognized that the impact of such uncontrolled behaviors would prevail not only upon the seal herd, but also the 
islands’ Aleut inhabitants. The government declared the islands’ “a special reservation for government purposes, and issued 
a twenty-year lease to the Alaska Commercial Company (ACC) from 1870—1889 to take seals and care for the welfare of the 
Aleuts. 

Fortunately, from a perspective of historical documentation, photography had advanced sufficiently to allow the most dedi¬ 
cated photographers, such as Hugh H. McIntyre and Alphonse Louis Pinart, to ply their skill on the Seal Islands. Pinart and 
McIntyre produced the first and possibly only stereographs of the Pribilof Islands in the early 1870s. Also in the early 1870s, 
naturalist Henry Wood Elliott employed his talent as an artist to document the Seal Islands’ landscapes and human habitation. 
Into the 1890s, pelagic sealers butchered tens to hundreds of thousands of seals per year on the high seas. After realizing the 
magnitude of the slaughter of the fur-seal herd at sea, Elliott applied his artistic talent in support of his commitment to save 
the fur seal from extinction. Elliott’s sketches and watercolors number in the hundreds and provide some of the best docu¬ 
mentation of the Pribilof Islands in the early years of U.S. administration. 

When the government entered into a second twenty-year lease (1890—1909) with the North American Commercial Com¬ 
pany (NACC), the land harvest was cut back from the 100,000 seals per year allotted to the ACC to around 60,000 per year. 
Thereafter further cutbacks continued until the end of the lease. A conflict with pelagic sealing nearly brought the LInited 
States to war with Great Britain. Great Britain was the Canadian’s sovereign, and it was largely Canadian pelagic sealers who 
took the seals. The countries agreed to allow scientists to make observations and gather data to assist in an equitable resolu¬ 
tion. The ensuing investigations led to an increased use of photography on land to document seals and at sea of pelagic sealing 
at work. Scientific artistry was applied documentation to the principle subject, the northern fur seal, and its rookery habitats 
via map making. 

When the NACC lease ended in 1909, the Pribilof Islands’ seal herd was about one-tenth of what it was in 1870. In 1910, the 
government assumed complete control over the islands, including the welfare of the Aleuts. The Aleuts had served the ACC, 
the NACC, and the government as the primary labor force for the fur-seal harvest. The Aleuts became wards of the govern¬ 
ment, an untenable status following World War II as the Aleuts became more aware of a larger world, and outside interests 
became knowledgeable of the Aleuts plight following their internment at Funter Bay during WWII. Two collections in the 
guide document the military occupation on the Pribilof Islands following the evacuation of the Native inhabitants, as well as 
the evacuation camps in southeast Alaska: the Evan Hill and Fredericka Martin collections. 

Following the 1950s struggle by the Pribilovians for a fair wage and full recognition of their civil liberties, the government 
began to relinquish its hold over the administration of the islands. Tourists were allowed access to view the seals and the 
birds. The 1970s saw a rapid growth in the nation’s environmental movement, and animal rights activists challenged the 
government and the Aleuts right to harvest seals for both furs and subsistence. In 1983, the government continued with its 
management of the fur-seal herd, but it withdrew from its administration of the Pribilof Islands. 


18 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




Biographical Note 

Henry Wood Elliott was an artist and naturalist who 
through his work for the sealing industry became one of 
the strongest advocates for the conservation of the Pribilof 
Islands’ northern fur seal. 

Elliott was born on November 13, 1846, at Cleveland, 
Ohio, to horticulturist Franklin Reuben Elliott, and Sophia 
Appolonia (Hopkins) Elliot. At the time, the family resided 
within “the old Governor [Reuben] Wood mansion in 


Summary: 10 collections containing over 275 sketches and 

watercolors by gftist and naturalist Henry Wood 
Elliott. 

Location: Alaska State Library, Carnegie Museum oj 

Natural History, Museum oj the North, National 
Anthropological Archives, National Museum of 
Natural History, Phoebe Apperson Hearst Museum, 
Alaska and Polar Regions Collections at the 
University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Washington State 
historical Society, National archives and Records 
Administration. 


Rocky River [Ohio] where their children, Henry Wood, 

Frank, Katherine, Cara, and Cora were born.” Henry’s 

middle name likely came from the prestigious Governor Wood of Ohio in whose former home they took residence. 1 2 H. W. 
Elliott married Alexandra Milovidov at St. Paul Island on July 21, 1872. Their first child, Grace, was born at the Seal Islands 
the following year. The Elliotts had nine more children while living at Lakewood (Rockport), Ohio. Henry Wood Elliott died 
at age 84 in Seattle, Washington, on May 25, 1930.’ 


Elliott grew up surrounded by his father’s creative efforts to turn their 22-acre plot in Rockport (later Lakewood) into “a 
paradise with rare shrubs and flowers and fruit trees of every variety.” His father Franklin also put in tennis courts, grape 
vineyards, summer houses, winding paths, and apond stocked with goldfish. In this setting, Elliott developed his artistic tal¬ 
ent, and used his father’s scientific associations with men such as Smithsonian Secretary Joseph Henry, and Assistant Secre¬ 
tary Spencer Baird to springboard into a career as a naturalist of international notoriety and legend. 3 

Although Elliott never completed high school, he took advantage of every opportunity in order to compete among formally 
trained academics. At age 16, Elliott volunteered at the Smithsonian Institution, where he met William H. Dali, who became 
a leading scientist and recognized authority on the subject of Alaska. 4 Both men acquired positions with the 1866 Western 
Union Overland Telegraph Expedition; Elliott did not participate in the Alaska field expeditions because he discovered an 
interest in the telegraph and became a telegraph operator in the Expedition’s Canadian Division. 5 


1 Margaret Manor Butler, The Lakewood Story (New York: Stratford House, 1949), 96. 

2 James Thomas Gay, “Henry W. Elliott: Crusading Conservationist.” The Alaska History and Arts of the North Journal 13, no. 4 (1973): 
216; Robert L. Shalkop, Henry Wood Elliott, 1846-1930: A Retrospective Exhibition (Anchorage: Anchorage Historical and Fine Arts 
Museum, 1982), 15. 

3 Butler, The Lakewood Story, 96-97; and “Elliott Family: Mrs. Townsend’s Scrap Book (Page 8),” http://www.lkwdpl.org/ 
history/5biographyA-F.htm#0:33 (accessed 10/19/2008). 

4 Elliott’s age at the time he began his position in the Smithsonian varies among authors, e.g. James Thomas Gay, stated he was 
fifteen, “Henry W. Elliott,” 211; whereas Butler who interviewed family members for The Lakewood Story, 97, suggested that he was 
sixteen, because he didn’t begin sketching until that age, and as a reward for his artistry his father introduced him to Washington, 
DC. 

5 Morgan B. Sherwood, Exploration of Alaska, 1865-1900( Yale Western Americana series, 7. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1965), 
22-23. Sherwood cited Elliott to Joseph Henry, April 30, 1869, Smithsonian Institution Archives. Washington, DC. 


Henry Wood Elliott 19 












Elliott soon grew disillusioned with pursuing telegraph operations and signed on as the official survey artist for the Hayden 
Survey of the Yellowstone region in 1871. 6 The survey’s prominent guest artists, 1 homas Moran and William Henry Jack- 
son, became Elliott’s mentors. The report (which featured Moran and Jackson’s illustrations rather than Elliott s) remains 
significant because it convinced Congress to designate Yellowstone as the nation’s first national park.' This publication, along 
with William H. Dali’s Alaska and Its Resources, published in 1870, demonstrated to Elliott the importance of landscape art in 
persuading public opinion. 

These lessons undoubtedly influenced Elliott’s decision to sojourn to St. Paul Island in 1872 as an Assistant Agent for the 
U.S. Department of Treasury. Elliott’s experiences on the Seal Islands set him on the path of his life’s work of documenting 
the northern fur seal, and dedicating himself to the fur seal’s preservation. He also met his wife, Alexandra Milovidov, on St. 
Paul Island. 

Robert L. Shalkop characterized Elliott as “dogmatic, logical, intemperate, courageous, tactless, idealistic, and fundamentally 
quixotic, suffering many defeats with undiminished faith in the final triumph of justice.” He summarized Elliott’s dedication 
to fur seals by declaring, “We find scant reference, however, to any aspect of his [married adult] life not related to seals.” 8 El¬ 
liott’s ambition is revealed in a letter he wrote to William H. Dali informing him of his impending sojourn to St. Paul Island 
in 1872 as an Assistant Agent for the Treasury Department: 

Dear Dali, I am going to St. Pauls [sic] nominally as an Agent of the Government assisting Capt. Bryant but really to make as big 
a collection as I can and collect as much material for a monograph of the Seal Islands as I can during my stay out there which keeps 
me until October 1873." 

Whether Elliott’s commission as Assistant Treasury Agent charged him with the study of fur seals, as some authors maintain, 
or, as his letter to Dali suggests, he hid his own agenda to write a monograph of the Seal Islands, remains unclear. Neverthe¬ 
less, Elliott’s experience in the Pribilofs deeply affected the direction of his life. His voluminous artwork and writing attest to 
his interest in the life of the fur seal. 

Elliott’s first attempt to publish a monograph on the Pribilof Islands failed. The Report of the Prybilov Group, or Seal Islands of 
Alaska, all set to publish, contained vulgar comments about the natives and leveled unfavorable allegations against the govern¬ 
ment which outraged William Richardson, the Secretary of Treasury, who pulled the book off the press. Elliott claimed that 
75 copies of his w ork made it off the press and he purportedly recovered these copies from a trash bin. Only a few copies of 
the Report of the Prybilov Group remain today. 111 In 1881, the Government Printing office published A Monograph of the Pribylov 
Group, or Seal Islands of Alaska which omitted any objectionable material about the Aleuts or the government. 

Henry Elliott continued to w'rite for the government and privately about his observations on the Seal Islands. During the 
1870s and 1880s Elliott’s reputation as an authority on the northern fur seal and on the Alaska Territorv grew. His artw'ork 
and publications, particularly Our Arctic Province published in 1886 gave Elliott an even greater audience beyond the scientific 
field. But his popularity w aned during the last decade of the 19 th century and into the first decade of the 20 th century. Elliott’s 


6 Marlene Merrill, Seeing Yellowstone in 1871: Earliest Descriptions S^lmagesfrom the Field (Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2005), 

8. Others, such as Shalkop, stated that Thomas Moran served as the Hayden Expedition’s “official artist,” see Shalkop, Henry Wood 
Elliott, 10. 

7 Eugene Lee Silliman, “Yellowstone Lake as Seen by Artists,” in Yellowstone Lake, Hotbed of Chaos or Reservoir of Resilience?: Proceedings of 
the 6th Biennial Scientific Conference on Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem, ed., Roger J. Anderson, and David Harmon (Yellowstone, National 
Park, WY: Yellowstone Center for Resources, 2002), 242-55 . 

8 Shalkop, Henry Wood Elliott, 5. 

9 Letter from Henry W. Elliott to William H. Dali, April 22, 1872, Smithsonian Institution Archives. Record Unit 7073. Box 10. 
Folder 10. Elliott departed St. Paul Is. for St. George Is. on May 28, 1873, where “he spent the remainder of the summer,” see U.S. 
Congress, House. H.R. 73, Appendix A, 1153. Elliott apparently departed in July 1873. In a letter to William Dali he stated: “The 
steamer has put in her appearance today for the last time this year and on her I am to go down with my wife and family.” Letter from 
H.W. Elliott to William Dali, July 31, 1873, Smithsonian Institution Archives RU 7073, Box 10, Folder 10. 

10 In a letter from Treasury Secretary, B. H. Bristow' to Chairman, Committee on Territories to Senator, P. W. Hitchcock, Bristow' 
stated, “A limited number of a similar report by Mr. Elliott in 1873, was printed with illustrations but only one copy thereof 
remains within files of the Department.” NARA, Alaska File of the Office of the Secretary of the Treasury, 1868-1903, RG22, U.S. Fish 
& Wildlife Service, Microfilm M720, roll 3, January 15, 1876; Victor B. Scheffer observed that a card in the Library of Congress’ 
Rare Book Section, reads “127 copies printed,” in “They Stopped the Press on His Book,” Pacific Discovery 30, no. 1 1977: 27, 

29. Scheffer himself was one of the lucky few' to acquire a copy through an antiquarian bookseller. Several copies are in the Special 
Collections of the University of Washington, Seattle. 


20 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




persistent “goading of public officials and harrying businessmen,” who continued to profit from fur-seal harvests only gar¬ 
nered him animosity in his efforts to help the rapidly declining fur-seal population." 

In 1890, he led an investigation of the conditions of the fur seals, after Treasurv Agent Charles Goff charged that the Alaska 
Commercial Company (ACC) was taking undersized seals and the fur-seal herd suffered serious decline. When Elliott arrived 
in the Pribilofs, his wrath over the decimation of the seal herd led him to focus on the animal’s preservation. But managed 
wildlife conservation would have to wait. Elliott spent another 20 years arguing for the cessation of hunting the northern fur 
seal on land and at sea. Unfortunately for him, his obnoxious reputation, along with the discovery of his clandestine relation¬ 
ship with the ACC, established at least as early as 1876, made him an unwelcome lobbyist in Washington political circles. 

Some of Elliott’s goals to preserve the fur seal were met in 1911 with the passing of the Fur-Seal Treaty between Russia, 
Japan, Great Britain, and the United States prohibiting pelagic sealing in the Bering Sea and in the North Pacific Ocean. In 
1913 Elliott returned to the Pribilof Islands to investigate the condition of the fur-seal herd. He filed a lengthy report along 
with numerous exhibits that became the first document in the Investigation of the Fur-Seal Industry of Alaska. Elliott’s investiga¬ 
tion was clouded, however, and Congress refused him any pay or compensation. 12 Elliott remained determined in his cause to 
save the fur seal, but his tarnished reputation obscured his efforts and he received little respect for his efforts. William Hor- 
naday quipped that “By the year 2000 Mr. Elliott’s great-great-grandchildren may receive for him, ‘the thanks of Congress!’ 
but I doubt it!” 13 

Scope and Content 

Henry Elliott was prolific in his efforts to capture the life of the fur-seal in his artwork. The body of work presented in this 
guide encompasses most of Elliott’s illustrations relating to the Pribilof Islands that are held in public institutions. 

Editor Note: Elliott’s own titles are given in bold. For clarity, modern spelling of locations is substituted where Elliott uses 
obsolete spelling. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Related Material 

See National Archives and Records Administration, RG 76, Series 157, Henry W. Elliott Pribilof Island Charts. These Charts 
are described in detail in this guide. 

Bibliography 

Elliott’s drawings, watercolors, charts, and maps illustrate numerous published reports and texts. For a list of these publica¬ 
tions, see, Pribilcf Islands,Alaska: An Annotated Bibliography by John A. Lindsay and Karla Sclater. 


11 Gay, “Henry W. Elliott,” 213; Though Elliott espoused great knowledge of the Alaska Territory and was more knowledgeable than 
most in political circles, he was not well traveled in Alaska. Once challenged to answer the question of his expertise of the territory 
he offered: “I may say at the outset, that while I concede for the sake of argument that Mr. Dali “has seen more of the country than 
any other individual,” I am not willing to grant the plain inference that he has studied that which he has seen more intelligently or 
patiently than others, who may have seen less, but still enough to form a correct opinion,” Henry W. Elliott, A Report on the Condition 
of Affairs in the Territory of Alaska (Washington, DC: GPO, 1875), 229. 

12 U.S. Congress, House, Investigation of the Fur-Seal Industry, vol. 1 (Washington, DC: GPO), 25. Scheffer and others, History of 

Scientific Study (Washington, DC: GPO, 1984), 21. 

13 William T. Hornaday, Thirty Years War for Wild Life: Gains and Losses in the Thankless Task, Congressional Edition (Stamford, CT: 
Printed by The Gillespie Bros., Inc., 1931), 181. 


Henry Wood Elliott 21 




I 



gem 












(\fa%4 St*A Hfe^e yvv' r T^T” 


f-iiH/V 


» ■ «»» 


1 

Henry Elliott Artwork at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History Item: Drawing2 

Fur-seal harem showing bull surrounded by cows and pups. Watercolor. This painting appears as plate 1 in the Report of Henry W. Elliott on 
the condition of the Fur Seal Fisheries of Alaska, Together with all Maps and Illustrations accompanying said Report. 54th Cong., 1st sess. 
House Doc. 175, Washington, DC: GPO. 


22 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














f/Ce/irij <Sl/iott'./Crtioot'A at t/ie 
<. t/cuiAa f ftate . AAuseu/n 


Provenance 

The Elliott artwork at the Alaska State Museum in Juneau comes from several sources including the A.F. Lavender Collection 
and the Alaska Commercial Company Collection. 


Repository Information 

Alaska State Museum 
395 Whittier Street 
Juneau, AK 99801-1718 
(907)465-2976 


A.F. [Albert Webster] Lavender Collection 

These three illustrations were separated from the A.F. Lavender Papers and Photographs (MS 235) at 
the Alaska State Library Historical Collections. 



Item: 2001-13-1 Date: 1890 

Viewjrom sea of St. George Village showing village 
and landing, cliffs, and haidarra approaching 
ship. Similar to V-A-76. Watercolor. 



Item: 2007-13-2a Date: July 23, 1890 

Government House on St. George Island. Drawing 
has inscription “For Captain A.F. Lavenderfrom 
his friend the sketchist H. Elliott.” Pencil drawing. 



Item: 2007-13-3 Date: July 29, 1890 

Portrait of A.F. Lavender sitting in rocking chair 
and holding fishing pole. “This is papa Lavender" 
is written at top and drawing is inscribed “For 
Capt. Lavender with the kind regards of the artist.” 
Pencil drawing. 


Henry Elliot 23 

























Alaska Commercial Company Collection 

The following eleven watercolors were donated to the Alaska State Museum by the Alaska Commercial 
Company. 



Item: V-A-70 

The Baidarra and Natives. Nine men in 
baidarra with sail. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-71 

A Drive Of Seals, St. Paul Island. Men 

waving arms and carrying clubs driving seals 
across sand. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-73 

Walrus Islet. Two walruses in water with Walrus 
Island and ship in background. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-74 

The Island of St. George. View of St. George 
Islandfrom north east with sea birds in flight and 
blue sky through break in clouds. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-76 


Village of St. George. View from sea of St. 
George Village showing village and landing, 
cliffs, seabirds, and ship. Similar to 2007-13-1. 
Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-79 

The Island of St. Paul, Pribilof Group. View 
from sea of ship with St. Paul and Otter Islands in 
background. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-77 


Village of St. Paul. Viewfrom sea of St. Paul 
Village with Black Bluffs at right. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-80 

Fur-seal “Hauling” at St. Paul Island. 

Fur-seal bachelors hauled out on beach at English 
Bay. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-72 

Poachers at Work. Poachers in small boats off 
St. George Island approaching swimming seals 
with ship in background. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-73 

Otter Island, Pribilof Group. Men rowing 
baidarra toward Otter Island. Watercolor. 



Item: V-A-78 


Tolstoi and English Bay. Seals in surf and 
along beach at English Bay and Tolstoi Rookery on 
St. Paul Island. Watercolor. 



Item: 2005-41-1 Date: July 23, 1872 

Reef Rookery. Reef Rookery from Fox Hill 
showing thousands of seals and Otter Island in 
background. Watercolor. 


24 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











































S/(e/i/uj <Sl/iott, (r/(oor/i at fAe 
(xt/vfey/e < f/uxeu/ti \ atu/Hi/ f/ios/o/uj 


««fW' 


Scope and content 

The Elliott collection at the Carnegie Museum contains two series of watercolors, numbered and annotated on verso of each 
item by the artist. The significance of Elliott’s numbering is not accounted for, but it is clear that Elliott regarded the two 
series as distinct sets. The annotations provide a description of the depicted subject and are often extensive, including details 
about natural history and climate as well. It appears as though many of the annotations were made years after the paintings 
were rendered. Most paintings also have titles and descriptions written on the mat under the painting. 

The collection also includes a set of sketches and a painting given to the museum director by Elliott in 1906. 

Provenance 

The acquisition of the Elliott collection by the Carnegie Museum of Natural History came about through a complicated set of 
circumstances in which Elliott first gave the paintings to the museum for safe keeping in 1905 after a deal to purchase them 
by the government for the national museum fell through. Elliott hoped that the Carnegie Museum would eventually purchase 
the collection. In 1907, Elliott transferred his interest in the paintings to a man to whom he was in debt, and left it up to the 
museum to negotiate with this man for the purchase of the collection. Later that year the paintings were transferred into the 
possession of Elliott’s creditor. 1 

Repository Information 

Carnegie Museum of Natural History 
4400 Forbes Avenue 
Pittsburgh, PA 15213 
(412) 622-3131 


1 In July of 1918 Elliott’s creditor sold the collection to the museum for a little less than the amount owed him by Elliott. 


Henry Elliot 25 






Sketches and watercolor 

The following six illustrations accompanied a letter from Elliott to the Director of the Carnegie Institute, 
Dr. W. J. Holland. The letter explained, 

“/n [sorting] my papers yesterday, I came upon several field sketches which I believe will be of great 
aid to your taxidermist now busy over that group of fur seals: the studies of the bull’s head showing 
the set of eyes and the nostrils cannot be out of place in his hands... 

I enclose these sketches above mentioned, with the trust that they will be useful to you.” 

Date: March 12, 1906 



Cm . At 



wu— 




‘ 




Item: Drawing4 Date: July, 1872 

Group oj fur-seals showing size proportions of 
varying ages of male and female seals. Pen and 
ink. 



Item: Draw ing2 

See enlargement at beginning of section. 



WU_ 


Item: Drawing3 

Group of fur-seals showing size proportions of 
varying ages of male and female seals. Pen and 
ink. 




Item: Drawing5 Date: July, 1872 

Study of a fur-seal cow comprising three views of 
cow in different positions. Pen and ink. 



Item: Drawing6 Date: July, 1872 

Study of a fur-seal bull comprising front and rear 
views of bull and close up of face. Pencil and pen 
and ink. 


26 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Watercolors - Series 1 

Elliott’s own descriptions are in quotations. 



Item: 1.1 Date: June 9, 1872 

No. 1. The breeding grounds of 
Gorbatch, Reef Point, St. Paul Island. 

“First arrivals of the fur-seal bulls. ..taking up 
their positions.. .Looking south over the bight of 
Gorbatch onto its slopes, and pinnacles of the Reef 
parade ground in middle distance.” Otter Island in 
background. 



Item: 1.4 Date: July 4, 1872 

No. 4. Panoramic view of a section of Novastoshna 
(Vostoshni). “Viewfrom Little Cross Hill [with 
broken Russian orthodox cross] over the ‘shoulders’ 
of the breeding grounds of Northeast Point.. .the 
largest breeding ground on the Pribilof Islands: this 
belt of breeding seals is extended around the entire 
coast of the point, 3 1/3 miles, varying in width 
from 50 to 500feet.”Man sitting on hill at right. 



Item: 1.7 Date: 1891 

No. 7. Novastoshna (Vostoshni) Bulls 
at the Opening of the Season. “Fur-seal 
bulls taking up their stations on the breeding 
grounds at Novastoshna” with fighting, injured, 
and dying bulls inforeground. View “ from the 
foot of Hutchinson’s Hill” with sea-lion rookery in 
left distance and Walrus Island at right. Painting 
made 1891 from 1872 life sketch. 



Item: 1.2 Date: July 17, 1872 

No. 2. Kitovi Rock and Lukanin Hill from Kitovi 
Point. “Breeding grounds of the fur-seal looking 
across Lukanin Bay to Polovina [Hill] in the 
distance.. .335,000 seals [bulls, cows, and pups] 
in thefield of view on this date.” Two men at base 
of Kitovi Rock. 



Item: 1.5 Date: July 24, 1873 

No. 5. The North Rookery [St. George 
Island]. “Looking w[est] across to Starry Arteel 
[Staraya Artil] Bluffs in the middle distance... 
this is the largest breeding ground on St. George 
[Island].” Two “agents inspecting the animals”at 
left, ship in distance at right. 



Item: 1.8 Date: July 26, 1872 

No. 8. The Breeding Grounds of Tolstoi, 
and Hauling in English Bay. “Viewfrom the 
slope of middle hill looking east over onto Tolstoi 
Rookery showing the squadrons of hauling seals 
coming and going. 



Item: 1.3 Date: July 4, 1872 

No. 3. The Breeding Grounds of 
Novastoshna. “View looking W[est] along the 
Novastoshna breeding and hauling grounds of the 
fur-seal.. .showing the immense herd at the foot of 
HutchinsOh Hill." Two men near hill. 





. *«* _ , . 


W* 4 ' "I 


«*• 

irntmL & i 


M . 


Item: 1.6 Date: August 4, 1873 

No. 6. The Great Eastern Rookery and 
Hauling Grounds of St. George Island. 

“View looking south from outskirts of the hauling 
grounds. Natives ‘cutting out a drive’”at right. 



Item: 1.9 Date: July 26, 1872 

No. 9. The Great Hauling Grounds of 
English Bay. View “From the Tolstoi Sands 
looking W[est] over English Bay to Zapadni.” Two 
men standing at center. 


Henry Elliot 27 



























































Item: 1.10 Date: July 9, 1872 

No. 10. The “Hauling Grounds” of the 
Fur-seal at Polovina. “Squadrons of young 
male seals of the uplands back of the breeding 
grounds: about 40,000 in this field on this date. 
View looking NNE ‘Polovina Sopka’ to the left in 
middle distance.” 



Item: 1.11 Date: July 19, 1872 

No. 11. The “Neck,” Novastoshna 
(Vostoshni). “View looking north over the sand 
neck of Northeast Point.. .Cross Hill and Webster’s 
house in middle distance to the right, Hutchinson’s 
Hill to the left, and Big Lake dunes in foreground. 
“Immense squadron of bachelor seals hauling on 
the sands. ” 



Item: 1.13 Date: August 16, 1872 

No. 13. Zapadni. “Viewfrom Lower Zapadni 
looking up and over the sands of English Bay and 
Tolstoi. The breeding grounds of Upper Zapadni 
to left and extreme northwest shoulder of Lower 
Zapadni in the right foreground. Hauling bachelor 
seals in middle ground.” 



Item: 1.16 Date: 1891 

No.16. Novastoshna (Vostoshni). “The 
Hollschickie [bachelor seals] hauling on the 
eastern slopes of Hutchinson’s Hill.” Painting made 
1891 from 1872 life sketch. 



Item: 1.14 Date: July 3, 1872 

No. 14. Zapadni. “The Zapadni killing 
grounds, andfur-seals hauling out upon them... 
viewed from the [northwest] shoulder of Lower 
Zapadni Rookery. ..‘Morgan's Place’ 1868 
[building in distance?].. .agents [two, at center] 
inspecting the condition of the seals.. .the site of 
the first landing and occupation of the island, July 
22, 1787.” Birds flying overhead. 



Item: 1.17 Date: July 22, 1873 

No. 17. Starry Arteel [Staraya Artil]. “View 
looking west from the site of the old settlement" 
of breeding and hauling grounds of Starry Arteel 
Rookery on St. George Island with lichen-covered 
boulders in foreground and man sitting on rock 
at left [possibly Elliott depicting himself], “The 
first fur-seal rookery worked by the Russians after 
the discovery of the island in 1876.. .thefirst 
settlement of discoverers was established in the 
slope in the foreground. ” 



Item: 1.12 Date: July 2, 1872 

No. 12. A View of Lower Zapadni 
Rookery, St. Paul Island. “From the crest 
of Upper Zapadni. ..Rookery bulls in position, 
awaiting the cows. ” 



Item: 1.15 Date: July 19, 1872 

No. 15. Lukanin. “The Lukanin breeding 
grounds of the fur-seal, from the sands north 
northeast. The breeding seals swarming on the hill 
slopes of Lukanin: a few old males and bachelors in 
the foreground, driven by the natives.” 





H- f—— r—i 

T «*!- •* ♦t**- *«•.*£•**■ '-II' ** ***1 " < *T- 


Item: 1.18 Date: July 10, 1872 

No. 18. Life study of an old male fur- 

J 

seal, “Seecatch,” and his harem [St. Paul 
Island], Bull with cows and pups, “his length, 7 
feet, weight, 5601bs, age 15 years. Females 4 feet, 
100 lbs. 4year olds-2 year olds 651bs. Young 17 
to 20 lbs.” 


28 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































tv t- 


■if.* f &J. iL-c fiif-W 


"-'- ~ : : ~ 3 ^ 53 ^ 0 .. - 

-*» ~ „ ~ ^ ~-- V 



Item: 1.19 Date: August 13, 1890 

No. 19. St. Paul Island. “The Island of St. 

Paul viewedfrom the sea showing the low elevation 
of its coast as contrasted with that of St. George... 
bearing west northwest distance 7 miles from 
Village Hill.”Otter Island at lift with seals in 
water in foreground, showing “characteristic 
pelagic attitudes.. .sleeping, swimming, jumping, 
etc. ” and ship at left. 



No. 22. The Pelagic Sealer at work, 
North Pacific. Men with spears in canoes 
with Mount Fairweather and ships in background 
showing “a view of the method of taking fur-seals 
on the high seas by Indian spearmen in canoes, 
dropped and picked up by white men in small 
schooners: 10 to 12 canoes to one schooner... 
British Columbian sealers following the pelagic 
migration path in the Pacific Ocean of the Pribilof 
fur-seal herd up the n[orthwest] coast.” 



Item: 1.25 Date: June 24, 1890 

No. 25. Pelagic sealers at work. Sealers in 
canoes near Unimak Island with Mount Shishaldin 
and Mount Pogromni [steaming] in background 
and small sailed craft at right in front of entrance 
to Unimak Straits. 




*<<--- 


\ 



Item: 1.20 Date: August 14, 1890 

No. 20. St. George Island. “The east end and 
north shore [of St. George Island]from the ship, 
Tolstoi Mees bearing [5 miles] west southwest." 
Garden Cove at center and many birds both in 
flight and on water, and ship at left. 



Item: 1.23 Date: June 6, 1872 

No. 23. Reef bulls waiting for the cows. 

Bulls in position at ReeJ Rookery. View “south 
from the Grand Parade Pinnacle, over Seevitchie 
Kammon [Sea Lion Rock] to Otter Island.”Ship 
at right. 

HUH HHHHHHHHHPHH 

1 • 



Item: 1.26 Date: July 1890 

No. 26. Pelagic Fleet — Unalaska Island. 

Pelagic schooners in Captain’s Harbor at 
Unalaska. 



Item: 1.27R Date: July 7, 1890 

No. 27 [right]. Walrus Island. Walrus 
Islandfrom 1/2 mile distant with two walruses 
swimming in foreground, ship in distance at right, 
and birds inflight and on water. “This is a famous 
egg island.. .millions of sea fowl breed upon it.” 







Item: 1.21 Date: July 4, 1872 

No. 21. Sea Lion Neck. Small sailed cxaft 
containing people in water among sea lions near 
Sea Lion Neck with sun setting behind Hutchinson 
Hill in background. “From the Neck the large 
sea-lion drives of 1873—1876 were made every 
November." 



No. 24. White hunters — pelagic sealers 
at work. “Pelagic sealers shooting fur-seals [from 
rowboat] in the entrance to Unimak Pass.”Mount 
Pogromni [steaming] and Mount Shishaldin at 
right and small schooner at left. 



Item: 1.27L Date: June 22, 1872 

No. 27 [left] Otter Island. Otter Island 
from boat 2 1/2 miles distant with two sea lions 
swimming in foreground and ship in distance at 
right. 



Item: 1.28 Date: 1890 

No. 28. Pelagic Sealers at work. British 
Columbian sealers with spears in canoes preparing 
to kill seals iff south coast of Kodiak Island. 


Henry Elliot 29 













































































Item: 1.29 Date: June 9, 1874 

No. 29. Mount St. Elias and the Elias 


Alps. Mount St. Elias and surrounding range 
with probably pelagic sealing vessel and seals in 
foreground. 



Item: 1.32 Date: July 3, 1872 

No. 32. The south shore of St. Paul Island from 
the Anchorage. Men in baidarra “returning Jrom 
Otter Island”surrounded by swimming seals with 
ship in Village Cove in background. 



Item: 1.3S Date: July 10, 1890 

A view of the breeding rookeries on the sweep of 
Gorbatch and the Reef Point jrom the Village Hill. 
“A topographical profile showing the lay of the 
land” identfying topographic features as well as 
showing ground occupied by breeding seals in 1872 
and in 1890. 



Item: 1.30 Date: June 4, 1874 

No. 30. A glimpse of Mount 
Fairweather. View of mount Fairweather with 
Mount Crillon beyond “from the famous whaling 
grounds, North Pacific Ocean” with ship on 
horizon at right. 



Item: 1.33 Date: June 22, 1874 

No. 33. The Island Volcano and Pass of 
Akutan. Akutan Island from ship near Unalaska 
Island showing birds and school of humpback 
whales in pass, ship at right, and steaming volcano 
in background. “This is the steamers pass into 
Unalaska Harbor and it is a great pelagic highway 
for thefur-seal herds of the Pribilof Islands.” 



No. 31. The north shore of St. Paul 
Island. View “from the summit of Hutchinson 
Hill looking south over Novastoshnah Rookery... 
showing the first arrival of thefur-seal bulls.” 
Webster’s house at left, man wielding club over 
bull in center and man sitting on rock next to club 
in foreground. 





Item: 1.34 Date: August 18, 1890 

No. 34. View of Captains Harbor, Unalaska 
Harbor, and Dutch Harbor, Unalaska Island. View 
north from the summit of Mount Wood with men 
on hill next to lichen-covered rocks in foreground, 
Unalaska village and ships in harbors in distance. 


Watercolors - Series 2 



Item: 2.1 Date: 1871 

No. 1. “Parahodt ejodt!” Men rowing 
baidarra with Village Hill in background and 
Zoltoi Sands at right. Painting made 1891 from 
1872 life sketch. 





Item: 2.2 Date: 1891 


No. 2. The village and the killing grounds of St. 
Paul Island. St. Paul Village at center with seal 
drive and harvest at left and right from Black 
Bluffs. “The village church [center] is not quite 
one half mile distant from this point of view... 
this gives an extended and accurate outline of the 
entire south shore of St. Paul Island.” Painting 
made 1891 from 1873 life sketch. 



hem: 2.3 Date: 1891 

No. 3. “Rounding Up.” Sealers “bringing the 
Tolstoi ‘drive’ down to the village killing grounds... 
theJigures [inforeground] are portraits of two of the 
most important natives [Jacob Korchootin (Kochutin?), 
left, and George Buterin, right] and the old white 
foreman, Daniel Webster [right], who helped kill and 
skin 300,000fur-seals in 1868. They are ‘shunting 
off a pod of ‘culls’ [seals not fit for killing].” Painting 
made 1891 from July 14, 1872 lfe sketch. 


30 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


































































Item: 2.4 Date: July 29, 1892 

No. 4. Lukanin Beach. View north northeast 
from foot of Lukanin Rookery, Stony Point of fur- 
seal bachelors hauling out on beach under rainy 
sky. 



Item: 2.1 Date: July 9, 1872 

No. 7. Polovina Rookery. View north over 
beach toward bluffs of Polovina Rookery and 
hauling grounds showing concentration of seals at 
rookery next to scattered hauled-out bachelor seals. 



Item: 2.10 Date: 1891 


No. 10. Pelagic migration of the fur- 
seal. Fur-seals swimming in Unimak Strait on 
return to Pribilof Islands showing Mount Pogromni 
[steaming] and Mount Shishaldin in right 
background. Painting made 1891 from June 22, 
1874 sketch. 



Item: 2.13 Date: 1891 

No. 13. “Morserovia.” Walrus bulls hauled 
out on Walrus Island. Painting made 1891 from 
July 4, 1872 sketch. 



Item: 2.5 Date: 1891 


No. 5. The Fog Windows of the Seal 
Islands. Fur-seal bulls taking positions on beach 
at Tolstoi, St. Paul Island with bluffs behind 
visible through “windows” in the fog. Painting 
made 1891 from June 4, 1872 life sketch. 



Item: 2.8 Date: 1891 

No. 8. The Eve of Departure. View west 
southwest Jrom east shore ofNovastoshna of “fur- 
seals ‘podding’ preparatory to their departure from 
the island” with Hutchinson Hill in background. 
Painting made 1891 from November 1, 1872 life 
sketch. 



Item: 2.11 Date: 1891 


No. 11. Sea Lion Neck - Novastoshna 
(Vostoshni). Sea lions andfur-seals on rocks 
and in water at Sea Lion Neck with rookery in 
background at right. Painting made 1891 Jrom 
July 22, 1872 sketch. 



Item: 2.6 Date: 1891 


No. 6. Polovina Rookery and Hauling 
Grounds. View south along bluffs of Polovina 
Rookery and hauling grounds. Painting made 
1891 from October 24, 1872 life sketch. 



Item: 2.9 Date: 1891 

No. 9. English Bay. Bachelor seals hauled out 
on beach at English Bay showing old bulls among 
young males and two sealers walking at left center. 
Painting made 1891 from July 30, 1872 sketch. 



No. 12. Otter Island. North shore oj Otter 
Island showing Crater Point, the landing, and the 
West End Bluffs. Painting made 1891 from July 3, 
1872 sketch. 



Item: 2.14 Date: 1891 

See enlargement at end of section. 


Henry Elliot 31 































































Item: 2.15 Date: 1891 

No. 15. Progression of a drive. Sealers 
driving seals from Tolstoi toward lagoon en route 
to St. Paul Village killing grounds. Painting made 
1891 from June 14, 1874 sketch. 



Item: 2.16 Date: 1891 

No. 16. Lukanin Beach. “The hauling 
grounds of Lukanin hay looking south from Tonkie 
Mees [Stony Point] over the bay” with man walking 
on beach in center. Painting made 1891 from June 
14, 1874 sketch. 




W, 






Item: 2.14 Date: 1891 


of a Flock To<t«Hfr .’ 

«* VfAlwt ; 6w» p-. Q at.U (freak 

*.• ivMt t.l* »( vC. f'ju. 

»W* n w.Mt J-.U AvA (A.. vV* HwV. 

m» .A—^ U^l. u%SW Mubi .V.tv imUmA m 3 «i ... . m ^ 

W ^ l *'***^' **■* 'A *. W.A«f M (w^.b4 fllA. UA A, . V> J; R. I, . ■. .. 

u. * i ‘ 5 ' — -*•<*•* •* *♦ My J£mJT~ ^.V-Tw. pH tTiy. t*;££ . 

1W |*kW ^ «U * llfr *f»-, •• /W *--** W *AW*. »H fr ** Wfc. . Am. i - Mm* J(bw tpr-M 


No. 14. Birds of a feather flock together. 

Numerousflocks of sea birds in flight and on water around Walrus Island. Painting made 1891 from July 4, 1872 sketch. 






32 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































< / (/'fu)Of'/t at t/ie 

^JUu&eu/n 


Provenance 

The Elliott artwork at the University of Alaska Museum of the North comes from several sources including a gift from Wil¬ 
liams Holmes Davis (Accession 9S-068), a gift from Harriet Wetmore Chapell Newcomb (Accession 482-1-8), and a museum 
purchase (Accession 95-001-046). 

Repository Information 

University of Alaska Museum of the North 
907 Yukon Drive 
Fairbanks, AK 99775 
(907) 474-7505 


Watercolors 



Item: 95-001 Date: July 4,1872 

Herd of Old Walrus Bulls. Walrus bulls on 
Walrus Island. 





... ' ... 

Item: 95-004 Date: July 24, 1872 

The Hauling Grounds of the Reef Rookery. 
Seals hauled out near Reef Rookery with Otter 
Island in distance under grey clouds with break 
showing blue sky above. 



Hona. 

t€e . Po.r«t 

Item: 95-002 Date: July 4, 1872 

Sea Lions. Sea lions along rocky shore at 
Northeast Point, St. Paul Island, with flock of 
birds on water at left. 



Item: 95-005 Date: June 1, 1873 

St. George Village. St. George Villagefrom sea 
showing village, clffs, and hills in background 
and ship, baidarra, and birds in North Anchorage. 





*V» Liorv», SW Po.ut 
S»P*wl Pribyiov O»rouo. 


Item: 95-003 Date: July 10, 1872 

Sea Lions. Sea lions at Southwest Point, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: 95-006 Date: July 28, 1913 

Otter and St. Paul Islands. Ship billowing 
smoke with Otter and St. Paul Islands in 
background “bearing W by N 17 miles distant”and 
break in clouds showing blue sky. 


Henry Elliot 33 





















Item: 95-007 Date: August I, 1913 

St. George Island. St. George Islandfrom 
distance of 7 miles with ship at left and birds on 
water and flying. 







IkUi\d > "Rubliov Gro\ip» 
atK-xna amv- 


Item: 95-022 

Dalnoi Mees. Dalnoi Mees, St. George Island. 


<*:— JU-. f:— "■— r _______ 

Item: 95-027 Date: July 7, 1913 

Walrus Island. Vignette of Walrus Island with 
hazy sun and birds inflight. 



Item: 482-2 Date: October 20, 1872 

Seal Drove Crossing. Men driving seals across 
sand with rain coming down from thick clouds. 


Alaska* 

Item: 95-020 

St. George Island. St. George Islandfrom sea. 



Tolstoi Head. Tolstoi Point, St. George Island 
from distance of 8 miles. 



Otter Island. Vignette of Otter Island under blue 
sky with ship at right and birds flying at left. 



Item: 482-3 Date: November 20, 1872 

Halt of the Sea Lion Herd. Herd of sea lions, 
probably stopped to rest along drive, near body of 
water with men sitting in center. 



Item: 95-021 

Polovina. Polovina Rookery on St. Paul Island 
showing fur seals in surf and along beach strewn 
with kelp. 



Walrus Island. Vignette of Walrus Island with 
hazy sun and birds in flight. 



Item: 482-1 Date: October 18, 1872 

Parade Ground of the Fur-seal Pups. Reef 
Rookery on St. Paul Island showing thousands of 
fur-seals with pups in front and man (probably 
Elliott depicting himself) standing in foreground 
with tablet under arm. 



Item: 482-4a Date: 1872 

Fur-seal Rookery. Fur seals on rocks at rookery 
(matted with 482-4b). 


34 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









































Item: 482-4b Date: 1872 

Killing Fur-seals Near Village of St. Paul. 

Men surrounding and clubbing seals with skinned 
carcasses at left, man in dark coat at right and St. 
Paul Village in background (matted with 482-4a). 



Item: 482-5 Date: April 30, 1872 

The Reef Point. Fur seals at Reef Point with 
Otter Island in distance. 



Item: 482-7 Date: 1872 


Village Cove and Hill. Village Cove, Village 
Hill, and St. Paul Villagefrom Tolstoi Ridge with 
two men in leftforeground. 



Item: 482-8 Date: 1872 


The Hauling Grounds. Bachelorfur-seals 
hauled out among sand dunes, probably at English 
Bay. 


Pen and Ink Drawing 



Treasury Agent’s Dwelling. Treasury agent’s 
residence on St. Paul Island built by Captain 
Charles Bryant in thefall of 1872. 



Item: 482-6 Date: 1872 


Gorbatch Rookery. Fur seals at Gorbatch 
Rookery with storm clouds above and large waves 
in surf 


Henry Elliot 35 



























Item: 482-4a Date: 1872 

Fur-seal Rookery. Fur seals on rocks at rookery (matted with 482-4b). 



Item: 482-4b Date: 1872 

Killing Fur-seals Near Village of St. Paul. Men surrounding and clubbing seals with skinned carcasses at left, man in dark coat at right and St. Paul 
Village in background (matted with 482-4a). 


36 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




• c 7(e/// f i (/ <S//{'g 
t ytnt/i i 


Provenance 

The drawings form part of manuscript collection 7119, Smithsonian Institution National Anthropological Archives, and the 
map forms part of the Records of the Bureau of the American Ethnology, Map Collection. 

Repository Information 

National Anthropological Archives 
Smithsonian Institution 
Museum Support Center 
4210 Silver Hill Road 
Suitland, MD 20746 
(301) 238-1310 


Paintings 



Bay, by running and waving arms. Graphite and 
wash on canvas. 



Item: 8595200 Date: 1891 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 8594400 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 8595400 Date: July, 1872 

View south west from Northeast Point showing 
thousands of seals at rookery at right, Webster 
Lake at left and Polovina, Bogoslof, and other hills 
in background. Graphite and watercolor on canvas. 



Item: 8595100 Date: 1891 

Sealers clubbing and skinning seals at Zapadnie, 
St. George Island. Hillside in background has 
Russian orthodox crosses at center and building, 
possibly salt house, at right. Graphite and 
watercolor on canvas. 


Henry Elliot 37 





























Map 



■MU mmmm, - - r 

Item: 374 Date: April, 1872 

St. Paul Island with inset of Otter and Walrus 
Islands, and annotated profile of south shorejrom 
water. Pen and ink and watercolor. 



hem: 8S9S200 Date: 1891 

Men driving seals to killing grounds. Graphite and watercolor on canvas. 



Item: 8594400 

Two men clubbing sea otters among boulders and kelp with cliffs and surf in background. Graphite and watercolor on canvas 


38 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































ffle/iry Slliott, (/'fator/i at t/ie 
< 1 at/o/m /i f/axeam of, 1 Erfura/ f/dfSto/uj 


Provenance 

The artwork and maps form part of the Kellogg Collection. 


Repository Information 

National Museum of Natural History 
Smithsonian Institution 
Chair, Department of Paleobiology 
P.O. Box 37012, MRC 121 
Washington D.C., 20013-7012 


Drawing and watercolors 



. Cl ■ V J^ y .U ,u f > a 

. «L Kn.it. y tJUy . i a,.. 

Item: 3266 Date: 1874 

The Island of St. George. South west coast 
oj St. George Islandfrom sea with ship in I ft 
foreground. Pen and ink. 




* 'J.. j / - t —a i. y „ Jl i. J 

Item: 3270 

Fur-seals, Male Female <X_ Young: 
Proportionate Sizes. Fur-seal bull, cows, and 
pups with rookery in background, St. Paul Island. 
Watercolor. 



Item: 3273 Date: September, 1872 

The Hauling Grounds of the Fur-seal. Fur 

seals at rookery and hauling grounds on St. Paul 
Island. Watercolor. 


:1. . Ii.<. / -<■' 

././ f—■.. * r-~ *'■ 

if- y, ./ 

Item: 3274 Date: August, 1874 

Sea Lions, Male Female Young: 
Relative Sizes. Sea-lion bull with cows and 
pups, St. Paul Island. Watercolor. 


Henry Elliot 39 














Maps, surveyed and drawn by Henry Elliott in 1873 



Item: 3282 Date: April, 1873 

Southwest Point, St. Paul Island showing location 
of hauling ground and sea-lion rookery. Pen and 
ink. 




Item: 3281 Date: April, 1873 

Northeast Point showing location of salt house and 
“Norton’s house,”St. Paul Island. 


Item: 3280 Date: April, 1873 

Tolstoi Point, St. Paul Island. Pen and ink. 


tAlfa (Siu^ 


LukhNNON 8* V. 


Lrtuooi 




Stall 


Item: 3285 Date: 1873 

Gorbatch, Reef Point, Sea Lion Rock, and Zoltoi 
Bay, St. Paul Island. Pen and ink. 


Item: 3284 Date: April, 1873 

Zapadni Point, St. Paul Island including location 
of salt house and cemetery. Pen and ink. 


Item: 3283 Date: April, 1873 

Kitovi Point and Lukanin Rookery, St. Paul 
Island. Pen and ink. 



Item: 3286 Date: April, 1873 

Polovina Point, St. Paul Island. Pen and ink. 


40 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















































































£Wesi/yt/ <S//iott . trtcvor/t at t/e f^/ioe6e 
< (/.y/jc/sso/f . c /(ea/wt . (fuxeu/n 




nwmrmfif^ 


Provenance 

The collection was donated to the museum in 1917 by Leon Sloss, son of Alaska Commercial Company (ACC) founder Louis 
Sloss. They now form part of the museum’s ACC collection. For more information, see Graburn, Nelson H.H. et ah, Catalog 
Raisonne of the Alaska Commercial Company Collection (Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1996). 

Repository Information 

Phoebe A. Hearst Museum of Anthropology 
103 Kroeber Hall 
Berkeley, CA 94720-3712 
(510) 642-3682 



Item: 17-216 Date: January 1873 

Village of St. Paul’s Island. Barabara tfLuka 
Mandregan showing snow-covered structures and 
seal meat and skins hanging on lines. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-219 Date: September 24, 1872 

A View on Zapadnie Rookery. Zapadni 
Rookery on St. Paul Island with Tolstoi Point in 
background. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-218 Date: July 18, 1872 

Polovina Rookery. View north across Polovina 
Rookery on St. Paul Island showing thousands of 
fur seals. Watercolor. 


Item: 17-217 Date: September 20, 1872 

The East Landing. Fur-seal pups at East 
Landing on St. Paul Island. Watercolor. 





Item: 17-220 Date: June 20, 1872 

Fur seals on Lukanin. Fur seals in surf at 
Lukanin Bay. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-221 Date: September, 1872 

Northeast Point. View southwest from summit if 
Sea Lion Hill at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island, 
showing fur-seal rookery and Webster Lake and 
buildings with setting sun on horizon. Watercolor. 


Henry Elliot 41 













































































Item: 17-222 Date: November 18, 1872 

Natives Creeping Between a Sea Lion 
Herd. Men creeping along beach at midnight 
toward sea lions at Northeast Point, St. Paul 
Island. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-225 Date: July 5, 1872 

Herd of Walrus Bulls. Walrus bulls on Walrus 
Island. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-229a Date: June 4, 1872 

Capturing Fur seals. Sealers drivingfur seals 
from English Bay, St. Paul Island. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-233 Date: December 31, 1872 

Interior of Luka’s Hut. Interior of house 
showing bunks and other furniture and grass- 
covered floor with two people and cat sitting in 
candlelight. Caption: “watching the new year out.” 
Watercolor. 



Item: 17-223 Date: November 29, 1872 

Spearing the Sea Lion Cows. Men 
surrounding and spearing mass of sea-lion cows on 
killing ground near St. Paul Village with woman 
and children standing nearby and cemetery in 
background. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-226 Date: January, 1873 

Village Cove and Lagoon. Barabaras and 
other buildings near Village Cove with Salt Lagoon 
in background. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-229b Date: June 10, 1872 

Driving Fur seals. Two sealers waving arms 
to drive large herd of seals across Zoltoi Sands. 
Watercolor. 



Item: 17-234 Date: 1872 

Seal Rookery. Seal Rookery showing thousands 
of seals among rocks and along cliffs. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-224 Date: November 18, 1872 


Natives Capturing Sea Lions. Men at 

Northeast Point on St. Paul Island rousting and 
driving sea lions at midnight by shouting and 
waving arms. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-227 Date: 1876 


St. Paul’s Island, Alaska. Men clubbing and 
killing seals on St. Paul Village killing grounds 
with St. Paul Village in background. The view of 
the village shows the 1840 and 1875 churches side 
by side. Probably photogravure. 



Item: 17-230 Date: August 18, 1872 

The South Shore of St. Paul’s Island. View 
from summit of Telegraph Hill overlooking English 
Bay, Salt Lagoon, St. Paul Village, and rookeries, 
with two men in foreground and Otter Island in 
background. Watercolor. 


42 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







































































Item: 17-232 Date: 1872 

Aleutian Boy, “Lok.” Portrait of boy standing 
next to table holding pitcher with cat on floor. 
Watercolor. 



Item: 17-238 Date: July, 1872 

Walrus. Group of walrus bulls on Walrus Island. 
Watercolor. 




Item: 17-233 Date: May, 1872 

Fur seals Fighting for Harem. Two fur-seal 
bulls engaged in fight, St. Paul Island. Watercolor. 




Item: 17-243 Date: 1873 

After the Poorga (Snow Gale). St. Paul 
Village covered in snow with chimneys smoking 
and woman walking ankle-deep in snow at right. 
Watercolor. 



Item: 17-243 Date: July 3, 1872 

Sea Bird Rookery. Gulls, auks, puffins, and 
guillemots on rocks and cliffs and in flight with 
sea lions in background. Watercolor. 




Item: 17-236 Date: No date 

“Old John.” Fur-seal Bull. Caption: “King of 
Gorbatch, St. Paul.” Watercolor. 



Item: 17-244 Date: July 22, 1874 

Kitovi Point. Kitovi Rookery showing thousands 
offur-seals with East Landing and ship in 
distance. Watercolor. 



Item: 17-246 

View of St. Paul Village from Salt Lagoon channel 
with Church of Saints Peter and Paul on hill at left 
and person with water-carrier in foreground. 


Henry Elliot 43 





















































































































tfCe/iry f/a/M' and (i/arf# at die 

'/ f/iio e/vti/i/ <>/< (fan A a e/aadianns' 


Provenance 

The maps form part of the Henry Wood Elliott Map Collection. 

Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


Maps 



Item: M0316 Date: 1872 


Hauling Grounds at Southwest Point. 

Southwest Point on St. Paul Island showing 
location of fur-seal hauling grounds, Fox Hill, 
and other features. The map was made in 1872, 
but Elliott’s later annotation notes that “no seals 
have hauled out here to speak of since 1884, none 
whatever landed here in the season of 1890, the 
whole area above indicated now covered with sod 
andflowers.” 



Great Eastern Rookery. Great Eastern Rookery 
on St. George Island showing location of sea lions 
andfur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries in 

1873-74 and 1890. 



Item: M0377 Date: 1890 

Land Angles of “Tolstoi.” Tolstoi Point on St. 
Paul Island showing location offur-seal hauling 
grounds and rookeries in 1872 and 1890 and 
including an analysis offur-seal population 



Item: M0378 Date: 1890 

Lukanin and Kitovi Rookeries. Lukanin and 
Kitovi Points on St. Paul Island showing location 
offur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries in 1872 
and 1890 and including an analysis offur-seal 
population density. 


44 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































Item: M0380 Date: 1890 

North Rookery. North Rookery on St. George 
Island showing location ofjur-seal hauling 
grounds and rookeries in 1813—14 and 1890. 



Item: M0383 Date: 1890 

Starry Arteel Rookery. Starry Arteel (Staraya 
Artil) Rookery on St. George Island showing 
location ofjur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries 
in 1813-14 and 1890. 



r 

V * 

Item: M0381 Date: 1890 

Zapadnie Rookery. Zapadnie Rookery on St. 
George Island showing location ofjur-seal hauling 
grounds and rookeries in 1813—14 and 1890. 




Item: M0385 Date: 1890 

St. George Island, Pribilof Group. St. George 
Island showing general topography as well as 
location of fur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries 
in 1813-14 and 1890. 


Item: M0384 Date: 1890 

St. Paul Village and surrounding area including 
killing grounds, East Landing, Black Blujfs, Salt 
Lagoon, and Village Cove. Details include location 
of village buildings, lagoon salt house, village well 
and descriptions of landscape and natural features. 



Item: M0382 Date: 1890 

Little East Rookery. Little East Rookery on St. 
George Island showing location oj fur-seal hauling 
grounds and rookeries in 1873—74 and 1890. 



Item: M0386 Date: 1890 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: M0387 Date: 1890 

Novastoshnah Rookery. Northeast Point on St. 
Paul Island showing location of fur-seal hauling 
grounds and rookeries in 1872 and 1890, killing 
grounds, Webster house and other buildings and 
features, and including an analysis ofjur-seal 
population density. 


Henry Elliot 45 
























































-y- 


— j - - aSg -v-ji? 

L ., ,— .._i 

BHBHHBSi 

Item: M0388 Date: 1890 

St. Paul Island, PribiloJGroup. St. Paul 
Island showing general topography as well as 
location of fur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries 
in 1872, 1874 and 1890, and including Otter 
and Walrus Islands. 



Item: M0389 Date: 1890 

The Polovina Rookeries. Polovina Rookeries 
on St. Paul Island showing location of fur-seal 
hauling grounds and rookeries in 1872—74 and 
1890 as well as descriptions of landscape and 
natural features. 



Item: M0390 Date: 1890 


Gorbatch Rookeries on St. Paul Island showing 
location ofjur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries 
in 1872 and 1890, descriptions of landscape and 
natural features, and including an analysis offur- 
seal population density. 



—- VjT- — Kf'Z?" ' - V.y ' ' j m 



Item: M0386 Date: 1890 

The Zapadni Rookeries. Zapadni Rookeries and English Bay on St. Paul Island showing location of fur-seal hauling grounds and rookeries in 1872-73 and 
1890 and including an analysis offur-seal population density. 


46 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



























































<s(e/uvj £//iott Go//ection at t/ie 

< uate £R2stowcal\Sbcieta 



on 


Scope and Content 

The collection includes several pencil sketches of walruses and the St. George Island shoreline, and a set of photographs col¬ 
lected by Dr. C.A. Lutz, Alaska Commercial Company doctor on the Pribilof Islands in 1888-1889. 

Provenance 

The drawings and photographs form part of the Henry W. Elliott Collection. 

Repository Information 

Washington State Historical Society Research Center 
315 N. Stadium Way 
Tacoma, WA 98403 
(253) 798-5914 


Pencil Drawings 



Item: PD1 Date: July 4, 1872 

Herd ojwalruses on Walrus Island. Elliott’s 
annotation suggests that their skin looks like 
“dried orange peels. ” 


' 





Item: PD6 Date: July 19, 1913 

St. George Village from the North Anchorage 
showing village, cliffs, and cemetery at left. 


r 

i \l 



Item: PD2 Date: July 4, 1872 

Herd of walruses on Walrus Island. Elliott’s 
annotation says that “each walrus shows up like a 
sack of bran, with reddish yellow skin-hairless and 
on strong contrast with the rocks. ” 



Item: PD3 Date: July 4, 1872 

See enlargement at end of section. 


Henry Elliot 47 




















Photographs 



Item: 087.3a 


Men surrounding and clubbing seals. 



Item: 087.3f 

Group of men including seal clubbers Clark and 
Eugene Kirst, St. Paul Island school teacher Clark , 
ACC superintendent Morgan, and US Treasury 
Agent Manchester, wielding clubs with Church of 
Saint George the Victorious in background. 


p e 



hem: 087.3b 

Seven men, three holding rifles and one holding 
oar, and small boy. Karp Buterin in left front. 



Item: 087.3g 

Church of Saint George the Victorious with 
barabara in background at right. 



Item: 087.3d 

Catherine Nedarazoff, St. Paul Island. 


SJ I ,1 , „ 1 If i / ' / J lA rtUr K i AjU* xt-J -4 — w : ... 

X. Ltf &ft> a* ij *, ^ UL u ^ ^ 

ITZ.t 4 ^ ^ ^ •**- ; ‘r, ^ 

^ ^ U J~IO It*. y^~- 

j ttW~*rfy*£- —• -'S '■ f " c 


44 ,t_ ' .<V 444 _ 

_ ^ .mv-I •-*<*—j t, iC-L- - w a tX. t J 


1/ / # 

* ta4 ’ M *" — ► f—»*r 

_.4-4-»4 




: 


r j l^-fr J-( ^ 


4 iJx. J i&~-k 


»*»V { >» —1 , 

/ 

<2a *-£*■*-» 



v#‘ \ 







JotiA ±l t L • A ., r , 




rU^lxU.. 


-tP r- 

414 - ^ ll L~~ 

y 1 .CC l\4 C-’ 1 ■ ~. LctA yx.iL ^ 

./ ,.7 


Jlcl- .. *l~~ ; af 


~ h » 


ftfi- 


mm- 

Item: PD3 




&>*-*• —iC ^v^«. 




Date: July 4, 1872 

Study of walrus bull on Walrus Island from front, side, and rear with detailed description. 


48 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
































. < /<fV///y <Sl/iott' /Cf'tioof'/i att/ie 
(J/eoe/a/u /L Mu&eimi ofi 1 7ita/'a/f/lo'itofHj 


Provenance 

The watercolors form part of the Cleveland Museum’s Fine Arts Collection. 


Repository Information 

Cleveland Museum of Natural Historv 

J 

1 Wade Oval Drive 
Cleveland, OH 44106 
(216) 231-4600 



Item: FA I Date: 18/2 

The Belt of Breeding Seals at Northeast 
Point. Thousands of seals along rocky shore with 
two men in center. 




Item: FAS 

The Breeding Seals on Northeast Point 
Rookery. Fur seals at Novastoshnah Rookery with 
Hutchinson Hill at I ft. 



Item: FA3 Date: 1874 

Cape Prince of Wales. Two walruses in water 
with Cape Prince of Wales in background. 



Item: FA6 Date: 1872 


The Caravan of Fur Seals. Men driving 
seals at the head of the Salt Lagoon from Tolstoi 
Rookery to the village killing grounds. 


Item: FA4 Date: 1874 

Capturing Fur Seals in the Kelp Beds. 

Pelagic sealers in canoes hunting seals in the 
Straits of Akutan with pelagic schooner in 
background. 


Henry Elliot 49 































Item: FA7 Date: 1872 


The Drive. Viewfrom Telegraph Hill showing 
seal drive en route around Salt Lagoon to village 
killing grounds from Tolstoi Rookery with St. Paul 
Village in distance and Otter Island on horizon. 



Item: FA 10 Date: 1872 


English Bay — St. Paul Island. View of 
English Bay from hill above Tolstoi Rookery 
showing rookeries and hauling grounds. 



Item: FA13 Date: 18 76 

Fur Seal City. St. Paul Village and Black Bluffs 
from North Anchorage. 


mm 



Item: FA 16 Date: 1874 

“Gayorgie.” Fur seals and humpback whales in 
water east of St. George Island with east side of 
island in background. 



Item: FA8 Date: June 1, 1872 

The East Landing and Kitovi Point. Fur- 
seal bulls waiting for cows at Kitovi Point with 
Black Bluffs and Reef Point in background and 
ship off shore at left. 



Item: FA 11 Date: August, 1872 

Fur Seal Parade. Fur seal bulls and possibly 
young bachelors on beach at English Bay. 



Item: FA 14 Date: 1872 

The Fur Seal’s Weather. Fur seals on shore 
and in surf St. Paul Island. 



** -^ -v 

...... . -. • 

Item: FA 17 Date: 1873 

“Gayorgie. ” Fur seals in water east of St. George 
Island with east side of island in background and 
ship in distance at right. 



English Bay Sands. Two fur-seal bulls on 
Middle Hill with wounds from fighting with seals 
on beach at English Bay in background and several 
men in right distance. 



water with pelagic sealers hunting seals from 
canoes and Canadian pelagic schooner at right. 



Item: FA 15 


Fur seals Sporting with Whales. Fur seals 
and whales swimming near ship with sun setting 
next to snow-capped mountain in background. 



Item: FA 18 Date: 1872 

The Grand Parade Ground: Beef and 
Gorbatch. View south west down Reef peninsula 
showing seals, Sea Lion Rock at left, Otter Island 
on horizon, and two men in center. 


50 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 































































Jtu 



Item: FA 19 Date: 1872 

The Grand Parade of Polovina. Thousands of 
seals at Polovina Rookery with cliffs at right and 
sun streaming through grey clouds in background. 



The Great Eastern Rookery. View of cliffs 
and beach of East Rookery on St. George Island 
showing men possibly starting to round up a seal 
drive. 

A* 

rtf 



Item: FA25 Date: 1872 

The Holluschickie “FFauling .” View (probably 
from middle hill) of fur seals hauled-out at English 
Bay. 


X 



Item: FA28 Date: 1872 

Hutchinson’s Hill: “Novastoshna." 
Novastoshna Rookery and hauling grounds at base 
of Hutchinson Hill at Northeast Point. 



Item: FA20 Date: July 28, 1872 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: FA23 Date: 1873 

Harem Masters Taking their Stations. 

Fur-seal bulls on claims at North Rookery prior to 
arrival of cows with St. George Village in distance- 



item: FA26 Date: 1872 


Holluschickie on the Sands of English Bay. 

Fur seals hauled out on beach at English Bay with 
two men at right and sun streaming through clouds 
over Zapadni Point. 



Item: FA29 Date: July 20, 1872 

Inspecting the Holluschickie. Man walking 
among hauled-out bachelor seals at Polovina with 
Polovina Hill in background. 



Item: FA31 Date: 1872 


Lukanin. View across Lukanin Bay toward 
Lukanin Point with seals in water and Otter Island 
in distance. 


7-e*. 



Item: FA21 Date: 1872 

The Grand Parade, Reef Point. View south 
west down Reef peninsula showing thousands of 
seals, Sea Lion Rock at left, and Otter Island on 
horizon. 





Item: FA24 Date: 1872 

“Holluschickie Edoot.” Fur seals swimming 
and hauling at Little Polovina with young males 
climbing hillside to hauling grounds. 



carrying club walking toward herd of hauled-out 
fur seals on beach at English Bay. 



Item: FA30 Date: 1872 

The Lords of the Harems. Fur-seal bulls on 
claims at Novastoshna Rookery at Northeast Point 
prior to arrival of cows. 


Henry Elliot 51 


























































Item: FA32 Date: 1872 


Lower Zapadni Rookery. Sailboat in English 
Bay with Zapadni Point Rookery in background. 




Item: FA3S Date: July 12, 1872 

Lukanin FI ill. Lukanin Hill and Rookery from 
east slope of volcanic ridge with St. George Island 
on horizon. 






Item: FA38 Date: 1872 

“Moserovia.” East side of Walrus Island from 
water showing walrus herd on shore, “guano belt” 
on rocks, and clouds of sea birds in flight. 



Item: FA42 Date: 1872 

Novastoshna. View from Big Lake sand dunes 
toward Northeast Point showing fur-seal herds on 
sandy neck with Hutchinson Hill, Cross Hill, and 
Webster’s House in distance and ship anchored off 
shore at right. 




1,1 ’-5s- 



■■ -*■ •-,] 




Item: FA33 Date: 1872 

Zapadni Rookery from Cemetery Ridge. 

View from Cemetery Ridge of rookeries and hauling 
grounds at Little Zapadni and Zapadni Point, 
Anton Lake at right, building at center, and Otter 
Island in distance. 





Item: FA36 Date: 1890 

Mahlsulkmahnee. Two men on dunes at Big 
Lake, St. Paul Island. 








Item: FA34 Date: 1872 

Lukanin Bay. Seals on beach at Lukanin Bay 
with Polovina Hill in background. 


At. 





Item: FA37 Date: July 6, 1874 

The Village of St. George, St. George 
Island. View west from road next to cemetery 
east of St. George Village showing village, cliffs, 
and High Bluffs in distance and ship in North 
Anchorage. 



Item: FA40 Date: 1872 

Natives Gathering a “Drive” of Fur Seals. 
Men driving sealsfrom beach at Tolstoi Rookery on 
English Bay with Otter Island in distance. 



Item: FA43 Date: 1872 


Novastoshnah. Rookery on north shore of 
Northeast Point with Bogoslof and other hills in 
background. 



Item: FA4S Date: 1872 

Novastoshna. Rookery near Hutchinson Hill at 
Northeast Point with two men at left and rays of 
sunlight shining through clouds. 



Item: FA41 Date: 1874 

Northeast Point and Rookery. Northeast 
Point from sea with seals in water in foreground, 
baidarra with sealers approaching rookery, and 
Hutchinson Hill at right. 



Item: FA44 Date: 1872 

Novastoshna. View from Big Lake sand dunes 
toward Northeast Point showing fur-seal herds on 
sandy neck with Hutchinson Hill, Cross Hill, and 
Webster’s House in distance and rays of sunlight 
shining through clouds. 


52 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
































































Item: FA46 Date: 1872 

Novastoshna. Men driving seals toward 
Webster’s bouse and killing grounds at Northeast 
Point with ship anchored offshore at right, canoes 
transporting men to shore, and Cross Hill at left. 



“Pavel.” St. Paul Island on horizon from sea 
with Otter Island at left, ship at right, and seals 
swimming in foreground. 


Item: FA41 Date: 1872 

Otter Island. Otter Island with men rowing 
canoe in foreground. 



Item: FA 50 


Rookery on north shore of Northeast Point with 
Bogoslof and other hills in background. 


- x: 






Item: FA53 Date: 1872 

Polovina. Bachelor seals at Polovina hauling 
grounds. 




Item: FA52 Date: 1890 

The Pelagic Hunter at Work. Men in canoes 
hunting seals with St. George Island in background 
and pelagic schooner at left. 


i 


Item: FA56 Date: 1876 

St. George Village. St George Island from 
North Anchorage showing Village, Cemetery 
Hill at left, clffs at right, and Ulakaia Hill in 
background. 







Item: FA55 

Polovina. Seals on beach and in surf 
Rookery. 


Date: 1872 
at Polovina 




Item: FA57 Date: 1872 

The Sands of English Bay. Seals on beach 
and in surf at English Bay with Tolstoi Point in 
background. 



Item: FA48 Date: 1872 

“Pavel.” St. Paul Island on horizon from sea with 
Otter Island and ship at left and seals swimming 
in foreground. 


' 




■stswagg 


"* ^ * 

r , > 

—• <. - A 

* 
y. 

V 


£ — 






Item: FA 51 

Date: 1890 


Pelagic Fur Seal Hunters. Pelagic schooner 
and two-man sealing canoes off shore of Northeast 
Point. 




Item: FA54 Date: 1872 

Polovina. Seals on beach and in surf at Polovina 
Rookery. 



Item: FA58 Date: 1872 

The Sands of English Bay. Seals on dunes 
surrounding English Bay with Bogoslof and other 
hills in background and man at left. 


Henry Elliot 53 






































































Item: FAS9 Date: 1872 


Seal Breath Fog on the Rookery. 

Novastoshnah Rookery at Northeast Point showing 
cloud oj breath rising from seals and Hutchinson 
Hill in background. 



Item: FA62 Date: 1872 

South West Bay — Zapadni. Seals at Zapadni 
and Little Zapadni beach along Southwest Bay 
with Tolstoi Point in background. 



Item: FA65 

Starry Arteel IStaraya Artilf Rookery. 

Seals on beach and sandy hillside at Starry Arteel 
(Staraya Artil) Rookery. 



Item: FA68 Date: 1872 

Tolstoi Fie ad. Tolstoi Rookery from beach in 
Jront of Middle Hill. 



Item: FA71 Date: 1872 


Tolstoi Rookery. Fur seals at Tolstoi Rookery 
and on Beach at English Bay. 



Item: FA60 

Sea Lion Corral. Fur seals and sea lions 
gathered in enclosure near lagoon. 



Item: FA63 Date: 1872 

Southwest Point. Bachelor seals hauled out 
at Southwest Point with rays of sunlight shining 
through clouds above. 



Item: FA66 Date: 1872 

Taking their Stations at the Beginning 
of the Season. Fur-seal bulls on claims prior 
to arrival of cows at Novastoshna Rookery at 
Northeast Point. 



Item: FA69 Date: 1873 

Tolstoi Mees. Cliffs of Tolstoi Mees on St. 

George Island from sea with two people in kayak in 
foreground and ship at right. 




Item: FA61 Date: 1872 

Sea Lion Neck. Sea lions in water and on rocky 
outcrop of Sea Lion Neck at Northeast Point. 





Item: FA64 Date: 1890 

Spearing Fur Seals. Men in canoe preparing 
to spear seal in Straits of Unimak with pelagic 
schooners in background. 


1 



Item: FA67 Date: 1872 

Tolstoi. Seals on beach and in surf at English 
Bay with Tolstoi Point in background and rays of 
sunlight shining through clouds. 



Item: FA70 Date: 1872 

Tolstoi Mees. Tolstoi Mees on St. George Island 
showing fur seals on rocks at base of cliffs and kelp 
beds off shore. 


Item: FA72 Date: 1872 

Tolstoi. Fur seals at Tolstoi Rookery and on 

y 

Beach at English Bay. 


54 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




























































Item: FA73 Date: 1872 

The Village Hill. St. Paul Village Hillfrom sea 
with Zoltoi Sands at right, ship and Village Cove 
at left, and seals swimming in foreground. 




Item: FA77 Date: 1873 

“Zapadni .’ Zapadni Rookery on St. George 
Island. 



Item: FA74 

The Village Hill. St. Paul Village Hillfrom sea 
with Zoltoi Sands and Gorbatch at right and ship 
and Village Cove at left. 



Item: FA80 Date: 1873 

Starting the “Drive”: English Bay, St. Paul 
Island. Men rounding up fur seals at English Bay 
hauling grounds. 


v 



Item: FA76 


Lower Zapadni, St. Paul. View from Cemetery 
Ridge of rookeries and hauling grounds at Little 
Zapadni and Zapadni Point with Anton Lake and 
building at right. 

*» 

:«sf- 



Item: FA835 Date: 1890 

Picking Up the Hunters. Canoes carrying 
sealers and pelagic schooner in Unimak Pass with 
sun setting over Akun, Akutan, and Unimak 
Islands. 



Item: FA20 Date: July 28, 18/2 

The Grand Parade: Beef and Gorbatch. Thousands of seals at Reef and Gorbatch Rookeries with man in center right. 


Henry Elliot 55 










































f/le/t/y matt, (tZtoo/A at fAc . \ a/iota1/ 
. €/ t cAwcs and f/t cco/h/w < ((Am/it\s/fHt/io/t 


Provenance 

The Elliott artworks show n here are photographs of original paintings. The original negatives are glass plates and are filed in 
Record Group 121, Records of the Public Buildings Service, Office of the Supervising Architect of the Treasury. Prints made 
from these negatives are filed in Record Group 22, Records of the LI.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. The location of the original 
paintings is unknown. 

This set of paintings illustrates the Report of Henry W. Elliott on the condition of the Fur Seal Fisheries of Alaska, Together with all 
Maps and Illustrations accompanying said Report. 54th Cong., 1st sess. House Doc. 175, Washington, DC: GPO, 1896. 

Repository Information 

NARA - Still Picture Reference 

Special Media Archives Services Division 

National Archives at College Park 

8601 Adelphi Road 

College Park, Maryland 20740-6001 

( 301 ) 837-0561 


■ 



*_£_qAjlA. i k N , * 

Item: 22-HE-l Date: July 2, 1812 

Old fur-seal bull crippled. Fur-seal bull 
injured “after a fight with his rival.” Plate 38 in 
the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-4 


Sealer skinning seal on killing ground. Plate 25 in 
the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-2 Date: July 18, 1872 

Fur seals hauling, English Bay. Fur seals 
hauled out at English Bay, St. Paul Island, with 
sealers starting a drive. Plate 4 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-5 Date: 1890 

Life study of the sea lion. Sea lion bulls, 
cows, and pups on rocks near surf Plate 33 in the 
Report. 



Item: 22-HE-3 Date: July 2, 1812 

Jealous fires consume them. Two fur-seal 
bullsfighting. Similar to plate 37 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-6 Date: July 18, 1890 

Zapadnie Rookery from Cemetery Ridge. 

View of Zapadnie and English Bay showing sealing 
crews arriving at beach. Plate 11 in the Report. 


56 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















Item: 22-HE -7 Date: June 2, 1890 

View of Webster’s House, Salt House, and Killing 
Grounds at Northeast Point. View from Cross Hill 
of Webster’s House and Salt House at Northeast 
Point with sealing crew arriving on beach. Plate 
41 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-10 


The north shore of St. George Island. View- 
east from Starry Arteel Bluff including Starry 
Arteel (Staraya Artil) Rookery and St. George 
Village. Plate 16 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-13 Date: July 17, 1890 

The killing grounds and village of St. Paul 
Island. View from Telegraph Hill of Salt Lagoon, 
St Paul Village and Village Cove, and Ref Point 
with seal drive in progress at right. Plate 7 in the 
Report. 



Item: 22-HE-19 

Two walruses in water with Walrus Island in 
background and ship at right. Plate 34 in the 
Report. 



Item: 22-HE-8 


Ship surrounded by sea birds with northeast coast 
of St. George Island in background. 



Item: 22-HE-ll Date: July 13, 1890 

The north shore of St. Paul Island from the 
summit of Little Cross Hill. View west from 
Little Cross Hill. Plate 45 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-14 

Seal grounds at Polovina Point. Seals at 
Polovina Rookery with sealer holding club at I ft 
and Polovina Hill in background. Similar to plate 
12 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-21 

Seal drive around Village Cove with St. Paul 
Village at left, Tolstoi and Zapadni Points at 
right, and seals on spit along Salt Lagoon channel. 



Item: 22-HE-9 

On the killing grounds at St. Paul Village. 

Large herd of seals on Zoltoi Sands with two sealers 
at right. Plate 23 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-12 


Among the fur seals. Two men (man on left 
probably Elliott depicting himself) surrounded 
by fur seals on “a tour of inspection on the Ref 
parade ground.” Plate 42 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-18 Date: July 20, 1890 

Zapadni Rookery, St. George Island. Plate 
15 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-22 


Men rowing baidarra with Otter Island in 
background. Plate 20 in the Report. 


Henry Elliot 57 
















































Item: 22-HE-23 Date: July 20, 1890 

Starry Arteel Rookery [Staraya Anil], St. George 
Island. Plate 17 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-26 Date: May 20, 1890 

The south shore of St. George Island. View 
from sea of St. George Island with ship and birds 
on water. Plate 48 in the Report. 



4 . 

Item: 22-HE-30 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 22-HE-33 

Tolstoi and English Bay from Zapadnie. Plate 40 
in the Report. 






Item: 22-HE-24 

Tolstoi Rookery from the sands of English Bay. 
Plate 10 in the Report. 


Item: 22-HE-27 

Sealers carrying and loading skinsfrom salt house 
to small boat at Northeast Point with Cross Hill in 
background and ship at anchor at left. Plate 36 in 
the Report. 


Item: 22-HE-2S Date: June 2, 1890 

“Sea Lion Neck,”from Pulpit Point. 
Southeast shore of Northeast Point and Sea Lion 
Neck, St. Paul Island. Plate 47 in the Report. 


Item: 22-HE-3S Date: 1890 

View of the Island of St. Paul. Southern 
coast of St Paul Island from sea with Otter Island 
at left and ship and birds on water. Plate 2 in the 
Report. 


Item: 22-HE-34 

Man with folio under arm (probably Elliott 
depicting himself) on beach with fur-bulls. Plate 
46 in the Report. 


Item: 22-HE-31 

Kitovi Point with Polovina Point and Hill in 
background. Plate 39 in the Report. 


Item: 22-HE-29 Date: July 17, 1872 

The East Landing at St. Paul’s. View from 
Kitovi Rookery toward Black Bluffs, East Landing, 
Zoltoi Bay, and Reef Rookery. Plate 9 in the 
Renort. 


Item: 22-HE-32 

Seals hauled out on beach at Tolstoi with sun 
setting. Plate 19 in the Report. 


58 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






































<4. t- *L- 4 ir-' v *- 

Ui>(_ U' *-L W • U,L A_# *1-^*. 


Item: 22-HE-36 Date: August 13, 1890 

The east shore of St. George Island. East 
shore of St. George Island from sea with ship and 
birds on water. Plate 3 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-39 

Fur-seal bulls hauled out at Polovina, St. Paul 
Island. Plate 13 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-42 Date: July 2, 1890 

View down hill toward East Rookery on St. George 
Island with man looking over boulder at center. 
Plate 18 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-4S 

Lukanin sands. View across beach at Lukanin 
with Polovina hill in background. Plate 43 in the 
Report. 







Item: 22-HE-37 


The Reef and “Gorbatch .” Gorbatch and 
Reef Rookeries from Fox Hill with Otter Island in 
background. Plate 6 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-40 Date: July 29, 1890 

The Village of St. George and the north shore 
of St. George Island, looking west, over the 
killing grounds and the landing. View shows 
seal harvesting activities on killing ground, St. 
George Village, High Bluffs, and rays of sunlight 
streaming through clouds. Plate 28 in the Report. 


V 



Item: 22-HE-43 

Northeast Point.. from the sand dunes of the Big 
Lake, overlooking the “Neck.” View across dunes 
toward Northeast Point. Plate 21 in the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-38 


English Bay from the Tolstoi. Beach at 
English Bay with Tolstoi at left and Zapadni 
in distance with two men sitting on dune in left 
center. Plate 5 in the Report. 



- j. t-l'l-v i 

Item: 22-HE-41 

The Village of St. George. St. George village 
from sea with ship and birds on water. Plate 27 in 
the Report. 



Item: 22-HE-44 


Fur Seal Pups. Man surrounded by fur-seal pups 
among dunes. Plate 14 in the Report. 


Henry Elliot 59 


































Item: 22-HE-30 

Killing fur seals. Sealers clubbing seals and surrounded by skinned carcasses on St. Paul Village killing grounds. Plate 24 in the Report. 


60 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















<- C/fi/to/ise ■_ (oum ^S/iot<)(// i a^/m 

'cw /6 y 7/J //i t/ie < fte/ t eoy/ t a/j/i'S' of t/ie 

t o/?i t/ie wycmc/'o/l- / M/Hf/y 
(uol/ecfio/i 


Biographical Note 

Alphonse Louis Pinart (1852—1911) was a French 
explorer and philologist who had broad linguistic 
and ethnological interests. He traveled extensively 
throughout the Americas and Asia studying languages 
and collecting documents and artifacts. Pinart’s voy¬ 
age of 1871—1872, his first major exploration, includ¬ 
ed a trip to the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands. 

Scope and Content 

These images comprise some of the earliest photographs of St. Paul island and include a rare view of the first church on St. 
Paul. One image shows Aleut islanders with baidarkas (kayaks). 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Stereographs of the 1 Vest from The Bancroft Library Pictorial Collection. See also the Alphonse 
Louis Pinart Papers (MSS Z-Z17) at the Bancroft Library, University of California Berkeley. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

The Bancroft Library 
University of California 
Berkeley, CA 94720-6000 
(510) 642-6481 


Date span: Circa 1871 

Summary: Stereographic views of St. Paul Island and baidarkas made 

by Alphonse Louis Pinart 

Location: Bancroft Library, University of California Berkeley 


Alphonse Louis Pinart Photographs 61 












Item: 1905.00121 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul on St. Paul Island. 

This church was built in 1840 and replaced a chapel made with driftwood built 
in circa 1821. 



Item: 1905.00127 


View possibly northwest across English Bay. Written on verso: “view of north 
western part of St. Paul Island.” 



Item: 1905.00125 

View, from Village Hill, of St. Paul Village with shallow pool at left and 
church in far right. 





Item: 1905.00130 


Three Aleut men holding paddles standing between several baidarkas in front 
of tent, and man, possibly Pinart or companion, sitting in foreground holding 
rifle. 


62 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
































Historical Note 

Photographs in this collection bear the stamp, usually 
on the photo mount, ot “Gray & Hereford.” Hereford 
was probably Dr. William S. Hereford (1853—), doctor 
on St. Paul Island for the Alaska Commercial Company 
(ACC) and later the North American Commercial 
Company. Gray was probably Nicolas Gray, an agent 
and teacher for the ACC. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1880 

Alaska State Library Historical Collections 

Views of St. Paul Island and its inhabitants attributed to 
photographers Gray and Hereford. 


Scope and Content 

These early images of St. Paul Island include St. Paul Village and buildings, as well as seals and sea lions, groups of people, 
and individuals. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of PCA 185, the Gray & Hereford Photograph Collection. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


Gray Si Hereford Photograph Collection 63 








Item: PI 8 5.2 

See enlargement at end of section. 


Item: PI85.3 

Group picture of St. Paul men including Arseney 
Arkashoff, George Kochutin, Simeion Melovidov, 
Alex Hanson, Peter Tetoff, Shabolin Necon, and 
Nicolai Krukoff. 




Item: P185.5 

Sea lions sleeping near ground strewn with bones. 





Item: PI85.8-9 

Exterior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: PI85.11 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing nave, sanctuary, and iconostasis. 



Item: PI85.6 

Point warehouse on Village Cove. 


} 

m 

Li 



Item: PI85.8-9 

Exterior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: PI85.12 


Rows of houses in St. Paul Village with church and 
schoolhouse in center. 



Item: PI85.4 

Fur seals herded together on killing grounds. 



Item: PI85.7 

Government House on St. Paul Island. 



Item: PI85.10 

Christmas Star with nativity scene painted in 
center. 


64 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











































Item: PI85.13 


Dr. Hereford with a man, woman, and boy in front 
of dispensary on St. Paul Island with church in 
background (same as cyanotype in NARA Records 
of the Pribilof Islands Program, ca. 1868—1984: 
Photographs and Charts of Treasury Agent A.P. 
Loud). 



Item: PI85.16 

Man and two women sitting infrront of house, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: PI 85.14 


St Paul Village showing company house, 
government shop, stable, and other buildings with 
barabara or sod storehouse in foreground. 



Item: PI85.17 


Woman with boy and girl, St. Paul Island. 



Item: PI85.15 


Man and boy, St. Paul Island. 



Item: PI85.18 


St. Paul Island orchestra showing twelve musicians 
with instruments including Alex Hansen, Anton 
Melovidov, and Nicholas Gray. 


Cray & Hereford Photograph Collection 65 


































Item: P18S.2 

Class picture of St. Paul students outside of schoolhouse. 




66 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






































/{a f/?eoe/tae Gutte/' 


at //m , V ew GBedfrM'd 

> Mu&euiri/ fca /<$<$Oss) 


Historical Background on the U.S. 
Revenue Cutter Service 


Date span: Circa 1880s 


Summary: Photographs showing U.S. Revenue Cutters in service 

The Revenue Cutters were authorized by an act of 1790 ' in lBe Bering s ea, and St. Paul Village 

to enforce laws governing the collection of customs and , . „ , r , „„ , 

° & Location: New Bedford Whaling Museum 

tonnage duties, and were supervised by customs collectors. 

In 1871, oversight ol the Revenue Cutters was placed in the 

new Revenue Marine Division within the Treasury Department. By an act of 1894, the division became the Revenue Cutter 
Service (RCS). The purview of the RCS expanded to include suppression of smuggling, piracy, and the slave trade; it assisted 
ships; removed navigation hazards; enforced quarantine regulations, neutrality laws, and laws prohibiting the importation 
of Chinese coolie labor; and, after 1867, enforced regulations in Alaska concerning the unauthorized killing of fur-bearing 
animals, fishery protection, and the firearms, ammunition, and liquor traffic. In 1915, the RCS merged with the Life Saving 
Service to form the United States Coast Guard (USCG). 1 




Historical Background on the U.S. Revenue Steamer Corwin 

The U.S. Revenue Steamer Thomas Corwin , also known as Corwin , commissioned in 1877 in San Francisco, California. During 
its career as a Revenue Cutter the Corwin made annual cruises to Alaskan waters and patrolled the waters off Washington and 
Oregon when not in the Arctic. 2 

Historical Background on the U.S. Revenue Steamer Bear 

The U.S. Revenue Steamer Bear was originally built as a whaler and sealer. Although not a true icebreaker, the Bear’s hull was 
reinforced for operations in light ice and was a forebear of modern icebreakers. The Bear was purchased by the U.S. Navy for 
the Greelv Arctic rescue mission in 1884 and was turned over to the Revenue Cutter Service in 1885. With the RCS the Bear 
served in Alaskan waters for over 40 years under the command of many captains, including Captain Michael Healy. 3 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

New Bedford Whaling Museum 
18 Johnny Cake Hill 
New r Bedford, MA 02740-6398 
(508) 977-0046 


1 National Archives and Records Administration, Guide to Federal Records, RG26. 

2 http: //www.uscg. mil/history/ 

3 http://www r .uscg.mil/history/ 


Alaska Revenue Cutter Photographs at the New Bedford Whaling Museum 67 








Item: 1990.31.14 


St. Paul Village showing village and livestock 
grazing near shallow pool. 

The Revenue Cutter Corwin was based in San 
Francisco and monitored pelagic sealing and 
whaling in the Bering and Arctic seas. This 
photograph was made during an 1885 cruise. 

From the Corwin Collection. 



Item: 200.100.202.103 

See enlargement at end ojsection. 



Item: 00.200.419.27.c 
Revenue Cutter Bear 

Flerbert L. Aldrich (1860—1948) was a journalist 
and publisher and in 1887 accompanied the New 
Bedford arctic whaling fleet hunt in order to 
document the whaling industry. 

From the Aldrich Collection. 



Item: 200.100.202.104 


Revenue Cutter Bear next to ice pack with people 
sitting on ice and in small boats alongside ship. 

Flartson FI. Bodfish (ca 1862—1945) was a whaler 
in the Arctic. 



Item: 2000.100.200.74 

Revenue Cutter Bear in ice pack from ship. Two 

men are standing on the ice between the ships. 

David Henry Jarvis (1852—1911) served in the 
U.S. Revenue Cutter Service and was captain of 
the Bear. 

From the Jarvis Collection. 


From the Bodfish Collection. 



Item: 200.100.202.103 

Revenue Cutter Bear in ice pack. Photograph by Dr. Samuel J. Call. Hartson H. Bodfish 
(ca 1862-1945) was a whaler in the Arctic. From the Bodfish Collection. 


68 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





























t Hi/M/tie / 1 o/i //e 

4 f-A/6unv 


Historical Note 

In May of 1888, Alaska Governor Alfred P. Svvineford 
took part in a four-month voyage aboard the U.S. 

Revenue Cutter Thetis, which covered 10,000 miles 
of Alaska coastline. Swineford collected photographs 
documenting the voyage and had them compiled into a 
souvenir album. 

Scope and Content 

These selections from “A Summer on the Thetis ” Photograph Album (PCA 27) include images of fur-seal harvesting and St. 
Paul Village made during the 1888 voyage. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of “A Summer on the Thetis ” Photograph Album (PCA 27). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 

J 

PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


Date span: 1888 

Summary: Views of St. Paul Island including images of the village 

and seal harvesting from a souvenir album documenting an 
1888 voyage made by the USRC Thetis. 

Location: Alaska State Library Historical Collections 


"A Summer on the Thetis" Photograph Album 69 





1 

m 





Item: P27.7 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: P27.72 

Herded seals on killing grounds. 



Item: P27.6 

Seal harvesting on killing grounds showing men 
clubbing and skinning seals. 



Item: P27.70 
Men clubbing seals. 



-- s V-tP«~£ £.*■' 

Item: P27.7S 

Barabaras on St. Paul Island. 



Item: P27.69 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: P27.71 

Men clubbing seals at right with herded seals at 
left. 



Item: P27.106 

St. Paul Village from shore of Village Cove. 



Item: P27.69 

Men skinning seals with herded seals in background. 


70 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















































Biographical Note 

Harry Dennison Chichester (1872—1911) was an as¬ 
sistant to Special Agent Joseph Stanley-Brown of the 
U.S. Treasury Department during an 1891 mission to 
investigate the fur-seal industry of the Pribilof Islands 
in Alaska. Following this assignment Chichester stayed 
in Alaska as an agent to the North American Commer¬ 
cial Company from 1893—1900, and in 1901 became 
assistant agent of the Alaska Seal Fisheries. 

Chichester was stationed on St. George Island and worked there during the sealing season. He attended college in the off 
season, and graduated from George Washington University medical school in 1910. 

During his years on the Pribilof Islands, Chichester took hundreds of photographs documenting the seals and sealing industry 
of the Pribilof Islands. In 1898, Chichester published many of his photographs as photogravures in Seals and the Seal Islands. 

In May of 1911, a boat carrying Harry Chichester, Dr. Walter Hahn, their wives, and Neon Tetoff capsized in the Salt Lagoon 
on St. Paul Island. All were rescued from the water, but Chichester and Hahn died from the resulting hypothermia. 

Scope and Content 

The collection contains photographs of the Pribilof Islands and other Alaska views made by Harry D. Chichester while 
working for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the North American Commercial Company, and the Alaska Seal Fisher¬ 
ies. Subjects include fur-seals and rookeries, sealskin harvesting, villages and people on St. Paul and St. George Islands, U.S. 
Treasury agents on the Pribilof Islands, and Dutch Harbor and other Unalaska views. Images document the Pribilof Island 
fur-seal industry in the late 19th century, as well as life on the islands. 

Manv of Chichester’s rookery photographs form broad panoramas, providing a unique view of the Pribilof Islands’ landscape. 

Arrangement 

Photographs are arranged into lour series: 

1. Seal rookeries, harvesting, and processing 

2. General views of Pribilof Islands 

3. U.S. Treasury and other agents 

4. Unalaska and other places 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 


Date span: Circa 1891—1905 

Summary: Photographs of the Pribilof Islands and other Alaska 

views made by Harry D. Chichester while working for the 
U.S. Department of the Treasury, the North American 
Commercial Company, and the Alaska Seal Fisheries. 

Location: American Museum of Natural History, Special Collections 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 71 










Repository Information 

American Museum of Natural History 

Research Library, Special Collections 

Central Park West at 79th St., New York, NY 10024 

(212) 769-5420 

Related Material 

The photographs in this collection were made by Chichester as part of his work for the government. Consequently, copies ot 
the images in this collection were appended to various government reports and other documents, which exist in multiple col¬ 
lections in repositories throughout the United States and Great Britain. Such collections include the Records of the Fish and 
Wildlife Commission (RG 22) at the National Archives and Records Administration, the Lantern Slide Collection of Joseph 
Stanley-Brown (Photo lot 54) at the National Anthropological Archives, and the D’Arcy Thompson Collection at the Univer¬ 
sity of St. Andrews Library, St. Andrews, Scotland. 

Bibliography 

Chichester, H.D. Seals and the Seal Islands. Copyright 1898 by H.D. Chichester, Washington D.C. Printed by the Albertype 
Co., NY 


Series 1. Seal rookeries, harvesting, and processing. 


Seals, Rookeries, and Hauling Grounds on St. George Island 


Garden Cove, St. George 



Item: HDC1 Negative no.: 101149 

Sea-lion bulls at Garden Cove. 



Item: HDC4 Negative no.: 101148 

Sea-lion bulls at Garden Cove. 



Item: HDC2 Negative no.: 34856 

Sea-lion bulls at Garden Cove. 



Item: HDC3 Negative no.: 34858 

Sea-lion bulls at Garden Cove. 


72 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil), St. George Island 



Item: HDC5-6 Negative no.: 46447, 46446 

Panorama of probably view from Little East Rookery toward Starry Arteel Rookery, formed by 2 photographs. 



Items: HDC7-9 Negative no.: 46369, 46366, 46368 
Panorama of Starry Arteel Rookery, formed by 3 photographs. 



Item: HDC10-I2 Negative no.: 46466, 46465, 46464 
Panorama of Starry Arteel Rookery, formed by 3 photographs. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 73 













































Little East, St. George Island 



Item: HDCI3-I4 Negative no.: 46424, 46423 
Panorama of Little East rookery, formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDCIS Negative no.: 46383 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Little 
East Rookery. 



Item: HDCI8 Negative no.: 46386 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Little 
East Rookery. 


I 

P 

» 



Item: HDCI6 Negative no.: 46382 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Little 
East Rookery. 



Item: HDCI9 Negative no.: 46381 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Little 
East Rookery. 



Item: HDC17 Negative no.: 46389 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Little 
East Rookery. 


> 



Item: HDC20 Negative no.: 46418 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Little 
East Rookery. 


74 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













































Item: HDC21-22 Negative no.: 46426, 46427 
Panorama of possibly Little East Rookery, formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC23 Negative no.: 101147 Item: HDC24 Negative no.: 101150 

Sea-lion bull at Little East Rookery. Sea-lion bull at Little East Rookery. 


North, St. George Island 



Item: HDC2S-31 Negative no.: 46432, 46433, 46431, 46429, 46430, 46428, 46434 
Panorama probably of North Rookery, formed by 7 photographs. 



Item: HDC32-33 Negative no.: 46469 

Panorama probably of North Rookery, formed by 2 photographs. 




Harry D. Chichester Photographs 75 
























































Zapadnie, St. George Island 



Item: HDC34-35 Negative no.: 46422, 46423 
Panorama ojZapadnie Rookery, formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC36-38Negative no.: 46476, 46475, 46421 
Panorama of Zapadnie Rookery, formed by 3 photographs. 



Item: HDC39-4INegative no.: 46457, 46458, 46459 
Panorama of Zapadnie Rookery, formed by 3 photographs. 


76 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















































Item: HDC42 Negative no.: 34851 

Zapadnie Rookery showing several areas dense 
with fur-seals as well bachelor seals spread out 
along beach. 


Seals, Rookeries, and Hauling Grounds on St. Paul Island 


Gorbatch, St. Paul Island 



Item: HDC43-46 Negative no.: 46371, 46370, 46373, 46372 
Panorama of Gorbatch Rookery, formed by 4 photographs. 



Item: HDC47-51 Negative no.: 101103, 101145, 101101, 101102, 101100 
Panorama offemale seals on rocks and in water at Gorbatch Rookery, formed by 5 photographs. 





Item: HDC52 Negative no.: 34910 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 



Item: HDC53 Negative no.: 34911 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 
Rookery. 



Item: FI DC 54 Negative no.: 34844 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 17 


























































« 



Item: HDC55 Negative no.: 34843 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorhatch 
Rookery. 



Item: HDC58 Negative no.: 101146 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 
Rookery. 


1 



Item: HDCS6 Negative no.: 34842 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 
Rookery. 



Item: FI DC 59 Negative no.: 34909 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 
Rookery. 



Item: HDC57 Negative no.: 34908 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 
Rookery. 



Item: HDC60 Negative no.: 34850 

Fur-seals among rocks and along shore at Gorbatch 
Rookery. 



Item: HDC61 -63 Negative no.: 46362, 46363, 46361 
Panorama of Reef and Gorbatch Rookeries, formed by 3 photographs. 


Kitovi and Lukanin, St. Paul Island 



hem: HDC64-65 Negative no.: 46407, 46406 
Panorama of Kitovi Rookery, Jormed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC66 Negative no.: 34849 

Fur-seals among boulders at Kitovi Rookery. 


78 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































































Item: HDC67 Negative no.: 34847 

Fur-seals among boulders at Kitovi Rookery. 



Item: HDC68 Negative no.: 34848 

Fur-seals among boulders at Kitovi Rookery. 



Item: HDC69 Negative no.: 46387 

Fur-seals among boulders at Kitovi Rookery. 




Item: HDC70 Negative no.: 34843 

Fur-seals among boulders at Kitovi Rookery. 


Item: HDC71-72 Negative no.: 46441, 46408 
Panorama ojLukanin Rookery, formed by 2 photographs. 


Northeast Point, St. Paul Island 



Item: HDC73- Negative no.: 46471, 46409, 46470, 46473, 46472, 46410 

Panorama of Northeast Point probably taken from Cross Hill showing Webster Lake, rookery, dunes, Webster’s House, salt house, and ship off shore, formed by 6 
photographs. 



Harry D. Chichester Photographs 79 






























































Polovina, St. Paul Island 



Item: HDC80-82 Negative no.: 46412, 46411, 46413 
Panorama of Polovina Rookery, formed by 3 photographs. 


Tolstoi, St. Paul Island 



Item: HDC83-88 Negative no.: 46363, 46364, 46367 

Panorama at Tolstoi Point showing dead seal pups, formed by 3 photographs. 





Item: HDC86 Negative no.: 46384 

Tolstoi Rookery. 


1 



Item: HDC87 Negative no.: 34846 

Tolstoi Rookery. 


mtmm 



Item: HDC90-94 Negative no.: 46474, 46463, 46436, 46462, 46461 

Panorama of Village Cove, Tolstoi Point, and Salt Lagoon with Point Warehouse in foreground, formed by 5 photographs. 


80 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































































Item: HDC88-89 Negative no.: 46385, 46388 

Panorama of seals at rookery, possibly Tolstoi, formed by 2 photographs. 


Zapadnie and English Bay, St. Paul Island 


-- X— 


* 







hem: HDC95-98 Negative no.: 46415, 46416, 46417, 46419 
Panorama of Tolstoi, English Bay, and Zapadni Point, formed by 4 photographs. 



Item: HDC99-100 Negative no.: 46460, 4646 7 

Panorama of English Bay and Zapadni Point, formed by 2 photographs. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 81 










































Item: HDC101-104 Negative no.: 46443, 46442, 46444, 46319 
Panorama of English Bay and Zapadni Point, formed by 4 photographs. 



Item: HDC105 Negative no.: 101099 

Fur seals at Zapadni Rookery. 



Item: HDC107 Negative no.: 34868 

Dead fur-seal bull on beach at English Bay. 


Seals, Rookeries, and Hauling Grounds, unidentified 



Item: HDC108 Negative no.: 46445 

Fur-seals on beach at Rookery. 



Item: HDC109 Negative no.: 34854 

Fur-seals in rocky inland area, possibly on St. 
George Island. 



Item: F1DC111 Negative no.: 34852 

Large pod offur-seal pups on boulders. 


Item: HDC112 Negative no.: 34855 

Pod of fur-seal pups on beach. 




Item: HDC110 Negative no.: 34853 

Large pod offur-seal pups with bull and cow in 
background. 



Item: HDC114 Negative no.: 34944 

Young male fur seal. 


82 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















































Item: HDC115 Negative no.: 46448 Stee P cIi Jf lowing birds along cliff wall. 


Rocky area. 


Seal harvesting and processing 


Killing seals 



Item: HDC119 Negative no.: 34921 

Men clubbing seals with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: HDCI22 Negative 

Men clubbing seals with St. Paul Villag 
background. 


no.: 34933 
e in 



Item: HDC125 Negative no.: 34932 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: HDC120 Negative no.: 34919 

Men clubbing seals with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: HDC123 Negative no.: 34920 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: HDC126 Negative no.: 34934 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: HDC121 Negative no.: 34923 

Men clubbing seals with St. Paul Village in 
background. 


• -- - - >» '*' - 



Item: HDC124 Negative no.: 34922 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: HDC12 / 

Men clubbing seals. 


Negative no.: 3493S 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 83 























































Item: HDC128 Negative no.: 34936 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: HDC131 Negative no.: 1011 S3 

Men with clubs surrounding seals with Black Bluffs 
in background, St. Paul Island. 

-! 



Item: HDC134 Negative no.: 101113 

Donkey-drawn carts being loaded with skins at 
left with seals being herded and killed at right, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: HDC129 Negative no.: 3494S 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: HDC132 Negative no.: 101109 

Seals rounded up to be killed, St. Paul Island. 





Item: HDC130 Negative no.: 101104 

Men surrounding and clubbing seals, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: HDC133 Negative no.: 101112 

Seals rounded up to be killed, St. Paul Island. 


W 



Item: HDC13S-136 Negative no.: 101110, 101111 

Panorama ojmen with clubs surrounding seals near North Rookery on St. George Island, formed by 2 
photographs. 





Item: HDC137 Negative no.: 34939 

Seals rounded up with St. Paul Village in 
background. 





Item: HDC138 Negative no.: 34926 

Seals driven into shallow pool to cool off with St. 
Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC139 Negative no.: 34869 

Sea lions in enclosure. 


84 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















































Item: HDC140 Negative no.: 34943 

Sea lions in enclosure. 



Item: HDC141 Negative no.: 101108 

Men driving sealsfrom Ref Rookery to killing 


Gathering skins and meat 



Item: HDC142 Negative no.: 34928 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC14S Negative no.: 34941 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC148 Negative no.: 46391 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC143 Negative no.: 34929 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC149 Negative no.: 34930 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC144 Negative no.: 34937 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: HDC147 Negative no.: 34940 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 





Item: HDC1S0 Negative no.: 34942 

Men and women skinning seals on killing ground 
with St. Paul Village in background. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 85 


























































Item: HDC151 Negative no.: 34931 

Man, possibly Harry D. Chichester, standing 
beside sea-lion carcasses at Northeast Point 
with hides drying on hillside and buildings in 
background. 



Item: HDC154 Negative no.: 101106 

Men killing and skinning seals surrounded by seal 
carcasses with group of live seals in background, 

St. George Island. 



Item: HDC157 Negative no.: 46393 

Sealers and treasury agents standing among seal 
carcasses on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC160 Negative no.: 46402 

Sealers and treasury agents standing among seal 
carcasses on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC152 Negative no.: 34925 

Skinned carcasses on killing ground. 



Skinned seal carcasses, St. George Island. 



Item: HDC158 , . Negative no.: 46395 
Sealers and treasury agents standing among seal 
carcasses on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC161 Negative no.: 46403 

Sealers and treasury agents standing among seal 
carcasses on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC153 Negative no.: 34938 

Skinned carcasses on killing ground. 



Item: HDC156 Negative no.: 46399 

Sealers and treasury agents standing among seal 
carcasses on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC159 Negative no.: 46396 

Sealers and treasury agents standing among seal 
carcasses on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC162 Negative no.: 101084 

Men and women gathering seal meat on killing 
grounds, St. Paul Island. 


86 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























































Item: HDC163 Negative no.: 46398 

Women gathering seal meat on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC166 Negative no.: 46392 

Men and women gathering seal meat on killing 
grounds. 





Item: HDC169 Negative no.: 46394 

Men and women gathering seal meat on killing 
grounds. 



hem: HDC164 Negative no.: 46400 

Women gathering seal meat on killing grounds. 



Item: HDC167 Negative no.: 46401 

Men and women gathering seal meat on killing 
grounds. 



Item: HDC16S Negative no.: 34916 

Women cleaning sea-lion intestines. 


r 



Item: HDC168 Negative no.: 46390 

Men and women gathering seal meat on killing 
grounds. 


Sealskin preparation 



Item: HDC170 Negative no.: 46403 

Donkey-drawn wagon loaded with skins. 



Item: HDC171 Negative no.: 34866 

Donkey-drawn wagon parked beside salt house 
loading dock with men unloading skins. 



Item: HDC172 Negative no.: 101114 

Men standing on porch of salt house with newly 
delivered skins, St. Paul Island. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 87 


























































Item: HDC173 Negative no.: 34863 

Men standing on porch oj salt house with stacks of 
skins, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDCI76 Negative no.: 34867 

Men bundling skins in salt house, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDCI79 Negative no.: 101119 

Men salting skins in salt house. 



Item: HDC182 Negative no.: 34859 

Sea-lion skins drying on rack with Joseph Stanley- 
Brown standing at right. 



Item: HDC174 Negative no.: 101115 

Interior of salt house showing skins draped over 
wall. 



Item: HDC177 Negative no.: 101117 

Men bundling skins in salt house, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC180 Negative no.: 101120 

Men salting skins in salt house. 



Item: HDC183 Negative no.: 46404 

Seal meat drying on racks with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: HDC175 Negative no.: 101116 

Men bundling skins in salt house, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC178 Negative no.: 101118 

Interior of salt house showing mounded salt and 
skins draped over low wall. 



Item:HDC181 Negative no.: 34860 

Bundled seal skins on loading dock of salt house. 



Item: HDC184 Negative no.: 101169 

Wrecked Brig Alexander June 1892. Anton 
Melovidov, Alex Hanson in center with men 
Nicolai Krukoff, Pereria Pankoff, Peter Tetoff and 
other sealers from St. Paul Island recovering ship’s 
cargo and equipment. The wood was used to build 
a smokehouse. 


88 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












































Item: HDC185 Negative no.: 101138 

Salted seal carcasses saved to feed foxes on deck of 
ship. 


Branding Seals 



Item: HDCI86 Negative no.: 101143 

Two men looking at brandedJur seal, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: HDC189 Negative no.: 101151 

Alan with rope and pole capturing sealsjor 
branding, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC192 Negative no.: 101098 

Government Agent Joseph Murray branding seals, 
St. Paul Island. 





Item: HDC187 Negative no.: 10109 7 

Alan with rope and pole capturing seals for 
branding, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC190 Negative no.: 101141 

Government Agent Joseph Alurray branding seals, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC188 Negative no.: 101144 

Alan with rope and pole capturing seals jor 
branding, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC191 Negative no.: 101142 

Government Agent Joseph Alurray branding seals, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC193 Negative no.: 101152 

Government Agent Joseph Murray branding seals, 
St. Paul Island. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 89 






































Scries 2. General views of the Pribilof Islands 


St. Paul natural and built features 



Item: HDCI94-19S Negative no.: 34900, 34897, 34892, 37901, 34906 

Panorama ojSt. Paul Village showing Zoltoi Bay at left to village and Village Cove at right, formed by 5 photographs. 



Item: HDC199-200 Negative no.: 34893, 34891 
Panorama of St. Paul Village, formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC201-205 Negative no.: 46376, 46374, 46377, 46378, 46375 

Panorama of St. Paul Village showing Zoltoi Bay at left to village and Village Cove at right, formed by 5 photographs. 



Item: HDC206 Negative no.: 101158 

St. Paul Village. 



Item: HDC20 / Negative no.: 46451 

St. Paul Village. 



Item: HDC208 Negative no.: 34896 

St. Paul Village. 


90 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









































































Item: HDC209 Negative no.: 34893 

St. Paul Village under snow. 



center. 



Item: HDC210 Negative no.: 46452 

Government House, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC213 Negative no.: 34879 

Ice and snow on St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC211 Negative no.: 34876 

Dr. Luman A. Noyes and two other man with rifles 
sitting on chunks of ice and snow, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC214-215 Negative no.: 46449, 46420 
Panorama of Crater Lake, formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC216 Negative no.: 46438 

Rock arch, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC217 Negative no.: 46439 

Rock formations, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC218 Negative no.: 46435 

Black Bluffs, St. Paul Island. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 91 





















































> 

Item: HDC219 Negative no.: 101086 

Black Bluffs, St. Paul Island. 




Item: HDC220 Negative no.: 46440 

Black Bluffs, St. Paul Island. 


t HsT"- 

Item: HDC221 


Negative no.: 4645S 



Black BluJffs, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC222 Negative no.: 101075 

Field of lupines, St. Paul Island. 


Item: HDC223 Negative no.: 101135 

Flowers and grasses growing in sand among basalt 


Item: HDC224 Negative no.: 101170 

Two young girls gathering wildflowers. 



Item: HDC226 Negative no.: 101133 

Local wildflower and foliage arrangement, St. Paul 


Item: HDC228 Negative no.: 34905 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


Item: HDC229 Negative no.: 101074 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul with 
priest in vestments, possibly Father Nikolai Rysev 
standing in center. 


92 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
































































Item: HDC232 Negative no.: 46454 

Interior oj Church of Saints Peter and Paul with 
priest in vestments standing in center. 


Item: HDC231 Negative no.: 46456 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul with 
priest in vestments standing in center. 



Item: HDC233 Negative no.: 46397 

Men loading baidarra in Salt Lagoon. 



Item: HDC230 Negative no.: 101166 

Priest in vestments, possibly Father Nikolai Rjsev, 
in vestments in Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


St. George Village and people 



Item: HDC234-235 Negative no.: 101085, 101159 
Panorama of St. George Village, formed by 2 photographs. 


7 ‘ 

f 

(■ 



Item: HDC236 Negative no.: 34840 

Men loading baidarra at rocky beach with ship in 
distance. 



Item: HDC237 Negative no.: 1010/7 

Men loading baidarra at rocky beach. 


r 



Item: HDC238 Negative no.: 34961 

St. George school class picture. 



Item: HDC239 Negative no.: 34918 

St. George Island villagers gathered in building. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 93 


















































































Item: HDC240 Negative no.: 34947 

St. George Villagers with Christmas stars. 


People and boats 



Item: HDC242 Negative no.: 34841 

Baidarra made from sea-lion skins with St. Paul 
Village in background. 


A 



Item: HDC245 Negative no.: 101167 

Two men with double-ended kayak paddle on beach 
wearing kamleikas. 



Item: HDC243 Negative no.: 101079 

Baidarra madefrom sea-lion skins, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: HDC246 Negative no.: 101168 

Two men on beach wearing kamleikas working on 
kayak frame. 





Item: HDC248 Negative no.: 34914 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: HDC244 Negative no.: 34915 

Two men wearing kamleikas (waterproof garments 
made from sea mammal intestine) paddling kayak 
("iqyaxj covered with sea-lion skins. 



Item: HDC247 Negative no.: 46450 

Family in front ofbarabara. 


94 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































Birds 



Item: HDC249 Negative no.: 101122 

Mattes and kittiwakes on cliffs, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC2S2 Negative no.: 34864 

Murres on Walrus Island. 



Item: HDC2SS Negative no.: 101124 

Flock of Burgomaster Gulls on rocks and in flight, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC258 Negative no.: 101127 

Burgomaster Gull chicks. 



Item: F1DC2S0 Negative no.: 101140 

Murres on clijjs, St. George Island. 



... 


Item: HDC2S3 Negative no.: 34862 

Birds on west side oj BogoslofIsland. Photograph 
by N.B. Miller. 



A 

> „ -r v 

ill, iiaifr 

* v 4 



Item: HDC2S6 Negative no.: 101128 

Burgomaster Gull chicks. 



Item: HDC259 Negative no.: 101129 

Burgomaster Gull chicks. 



Item: F1DC251 Negative no.: 101123 

Auklets (possibly Cassins or Least), St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC254 Negative no.: 101121 

Burgomaster Gulls at Lukanin Point, St. Paul 
Island. 



M i ___■ mmJ 

Item: HDC2S7 Negative no.: 101126 

Burgomaster Gull chicks. 



haul of murre eggs gathered on Walrus Island. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 95 

























































Series 3. Treasury and other agents 



Item: HDC261 Negative no.: 34917 

Joseph Murray and Charles Hamlin in a two¬ 
wheeled donkey-drawn carriage with small 
building in background at Northeast Point, 1893. 



Item: HDC264 Negative no.: 34948 

Harry D. Chichester (right), Dr. Luman A. Noyes 
(center), and other man playing cards, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: HDC267 Negative no.: 34960 

Harry D. Chichester (left) and two other men in 
living quarters, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC262 Negative no.: 34956 

Group at Northeast Point including Joseph 
Stanley-Brown (left), Joseph Murray (next right), 
and Charles Hamlin (next right) with small 
building in background. 



Item: HDC265 Negative no.: 34958 

Harry D. Chichester (right), Dr. Luman A. Noyes 
(center), and other man playing cards, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: HDC268 Negative no.: 34959 

Man reading in living quarters, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC263 Negative no.: 34957 

Group in front of building including schoolmaster 
(left), Joseph Murray (center) Joseph Stanley- 
Brown (secondfrom right) and Dr. Luman A. Noyes 
(right). 



Item: HDC266 Negative no.: 34951 

Harry D. Chichester (right) and two other men in 
living quarters, St. Paul Island. 



Item: HDC269 Negative no.: 34952 

Man in living quarters, St. Paul Island. 


96 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































hem: HDC270 Negative no.: 34953 

Joseph Stanley-Brown writing at desk. 


r- 


■- g ■ / 

, 

owe _ ] 

Item: HDC273 Negative no.: 34950 

Harry D. Chichester (right) and other man 
standing in snow. 



Milton Barnes. 



Item: HDC274 Negative no.: 34946 

Harry D. Chichester sitting on snow bank. 



Item: HDC272 Negative no.: 34955 

Milton Barnes. 



Item: HDC275 Negative no.: 34878 

Harry D. Chichester (right) and other man sailing 
on frozen bay on “Ice boat” configured with sail 
and skates. 




Series 4. Unalaska and other places 


Views of North American Commercial Company holdings at Dutch Harbor, Alaska 



American Commercial Company buildings. 



hem: HOC 277 Negative no.: 34889 

Dutch Harbor from water showing store and North 
American Commercial Company buildings. 



Dutch Harborfrom water showing store and North 
American Commercial Company buildings. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 97 

















































_ 

Item: HDC 279 Negative no.: 101156 

Dutch Harbor from water showing store and North 
American Commercial Company buildings. 




Item: HDC280 Negative no.: 34898 Item: HDC281 Negative no.: 34887 

Dutch Harbor showing village and ships in bay. Dutch Harbor showing stern wheel steamer pulling 

barges. 



Item: HDC282-284 Negative no.: 34874, 34870, 34872 

Panorama oj revenue cutter and stern wheel steamer docked at Dutch Harbor and ships in bay formed by three photographs. 



Item: HDC285-286Negative no.: 101157, 101160 

Panorama of revenue cutter and stern wheel steamer docked at Dutch Harbor formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC287-288 Negative no.: 34838, 34839 

Panorama of ship docked at Dutch Harbor formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: HDC289 Negative no.: 34875 

Ship docked at Dutch Harbor. 



Item: HDC290 Negative no.: 101162 

Steam schooner "Homer” docked at Dutch Harbor. 


98 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







































































Item: HDC29I Negative no.: 101161 

North American Commercial Company 
headquarters buildings at Dutch Harbor. 



Item: HDC300 Negative no.: 34861 

Salmon drying on lines in front of houses in Dutch 
Harbor. 



Item: HDC304 Negative no.: 34836 

Interior of North American Company store in 
Dutch Harbor. 



hem: HDC307 Negative no.: 34903 

Interior of North American Commercial Company 
buildings in Dutch Harbor showing dining 
quarters. 



Item: HDC292 Negative no.: 34894 

\orth American Commercial Company buildings 
in Dutch Harbor. 



Item: HDC302 Negative no.: 34912 

Interior of North American Company store in 
Dutch Harbor. 




Item: HDC305 Negative no.: 34904 

Interior of North American Commercial Company 
buildings in Dutch Harbor showing living 
quarters. 



Item: HDC308 Negative no.: 34831 

Interior of North American Commercial Company 
buildings in Dutch Harbor showing dining 
quarters. 



Item: HDC293 Negative no.: 34899 

North American Commercial Company buildings in 
Dutch Harbor. 



hem: HDC303 Negative no.: 34835 

Interior of North American Company store in 
Dutch Harbor. 



hem: HDC306 Negative no.: 34901 

Interior of North American Commercial Company 
buildings in Dutch Harbor showing living 
quarters. 



hem: HDC309 Negative no.: 34902 

Interior of North American Commercial Company 
buildings in Dutch Harbor showing sleeping 
quarters. 


Harry D. Chichester Photographs 99 





































































Item: HDC241 Negative no.: 101132 

Interior of church, possibly at Dutch Harbor 
showing iconostasis and priest in vestments. 



100 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















ca 



Biographical Note 

Joseph Stanley-Brown (1858-1941) was a geologist and 
served as Special Treasury Agent on the Pribilof Islands 
from 1891 tol893, and Superintendent for the North 
American Commercial Company from 1893 to 1899. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1890s 

Lantern slides (some hand-colored) and other 
photographs depicting Pribilof Island subjects. 

National Anthropological Archives, Suitland, MD 


Early in his career, Stanley-Brown became secretary to 

John Wesley Powell, geologist and early director of the U.S. Geological Survey. Through his work with Powell, Stanley- 
Brown met Congressman James A. Garfield. When Garfield became nominated for President, Stanley-Brown left the USGS 
to become his personal secretary, and remained his private secretary after he was elected. 


After the death of President Garfield, Mrs. Garfield employed Stanley-Brown to assist her in cataloging the late President’s 
personal papers. After the year’s work, she provided financial assistance to Stanley-Brown to attend Yale University’s Shef¬ 
field Scientific School, where he graduated with a Ph.D. in 1888. That same year Stanley-Brown married the Garfields’ 
daughter, Mary. 


Following Yale and a year of graduate studies at the University of Heidelberg, Stanley-Brown became an assistant geologist at 
the U.S. Geological Survey. 


In 1891, Stanley-Brown was sent to the Pribilof Islands on independent assignment by Secretary of the Treasury John W. Fos¬ 
ter to investigate the condition of the fur seals and possible causes of their decline. Between 1891 and 1893, he surveyed both 
islands and made detailed large-scale rookery charts that were used for many years to record fur-seal population statistics. He 
also began systematically photographing the rookeries from specific points that were indicated on the charts. Upon his return 
to Washington in 1893, Stanley-Brown accepted a position with the North American Commercial Company as superinten¬ 
dent of its Pribilof Islands concession. 


Scope and Content 

The Joseph Stanley-Brown photograph collection is primarily made up of lantern slides. The forerunners of modern film 
slides, lantern slides were viewed bv projection in a “magic” lantern, often to illustrate lectures and presentations. Stanley- 
Brown probably compiled his lantern slides for such purposes. As photographic prints on glass, lantern slides are often copies 
of images made from original or copy negatives. In the collection of Stanley-Brown, many slides are copies of Harry D. 
Chichester photographs. Images that duplicate Chichester’s collection have been omitted here, as the Chichester photographs 
are the originals, and are described elsewhere in the guide. 

The lantern slides document a broad range of Pribilof Island subjects, including people, St. Paul and St. George villages, seal 
life and the harvest, and the environment. Many of the Stanley-Brown lantern slides are hand-colored. 

Several prints include images of Webster’s House, Point Warehouse, and St. Paul and St. George villages. 

Provenance 

The lantern slides form part of Photo Lot 54, the Lantern Slide Collection of Joseph Stanley-Brown, and the prints are part of 
the Department of Anthropology Division oi Ethnology Manuscript and Pamphlet File. 


Joseph Stanley-Brown Photograph Collection 101 















Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

National Anthropological Archives 
Smithsonian Institution 
Museum Support Center 
4210 Silver Hill Road 
Suitland, MD 20746 
(301) 238-1310 

Related Material 

Joseph Stanley-Brown Rookery Charts (see NARA maps and charts, RG23LA945-1891). 

Rookery photographs (See NARA U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service photographs, 22-SR: Photographic Album of Seal Rookeries 
on the Pribilof Islands in the Bering Sea, 1892—1897). 



Item: 54-109 

Panorama of North American Commercial 
Company buildings and ships at Dutch Harbor, 
formed by 3 photographs. 



Item: 54-336 


St. George Village from North Anchorage. 



Item: 54-295 


Church of the Holy Great Martyr, St. George 
Island. 


Item: 54-101 

North American Commercial Company buildings 
at Dutch Harbor. 



Item: 54-052 
St. George Village. 



1 




Item: 54-212 


North American Commercial Company buildings at 
Dutch Harbor including the Hotel Healey-Anne. 



Item: 54-405 


St. George Village. 


102 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


































Item: 54-245 


Church of Saints Peter and Paul, St. Paul Island. 

r 1 





Item: 54-365 

Two men holding rifles standing in front of 
barabara. 







Item: 54-047 


Men rowing baidarra toward ship. 



Item: 54-317 

Array of bundled and labeled samples of vegetation. 



Item: 54-260 


Barabaras, possibly in Dutch Harbor. 



Item: 54-320 


Small cabin mostly buried in snow. 



Item: 54-246 

Man wearing kamleika paddling kayak. 



Item: 54-321 

Dead whale, possibly North Pacific right whale. 



Item: 54-111 

Chicken perched on ladder leaning against 
building. 



Item: 54-019 
Men loading baidarra. 



Item: 54-014 


Field of Lupines. 



Item: 54-131 

Dead whale, possibly humpback, with several men 
standing nearby. 


Joseph Stanley-Brown Photograph Collection 103 





































































■ 


t 



Item: 54-132 


Seals on St. Paul Village killing grounds. 



Item: 54-392 


Sealers clubbing seals. 



Item: 54-368 

Men preparing to unload skinsfrom wagon at salt 
house. 



Item: 54-383 


Woman hanging seal meat on rack to dry. 



Item: 54-032 


Seals on St. Paul Village killing grounds. 



Item: 54-002 


Men and women skinning seals and gathering meat. 





Item: 54-039 


Men bundling skins in salt house. 



Item: 54-380 

Woman next to rack strung with drying seal meat. 



Item: 54-337 

Seals driven into shallow pool to cool off before 
killing with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: 54-003 

Men clubbing and skinning seals. 



Item: 54-107 

Piles of bundled skins on porch of salt house. 



Item: 54-072 

Pelagic sealing vessels in harbor. 


104 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













































Item: 54-247 

Porfiri and Varvara PankoJ. 



Item: 54-382 

Orchestra of violins, cello, bass, and trumpet. 



Item: 54-386 


Man with wheelbarrow containing large object, 
probably an inf lated sea-lion stomach. 



Item: 54-090 

Karp Buterin and child with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: 54-110 


School class picture. 



Item: 54-364 

Men and women (probably agents and their wives) 
sitting around table drinking coffee or tea. 



Item: 54-058 

Zoltoi Sands and village Hill. 



Item: 54-379 


Woman with Jour girls. 



Item: 54-367 

See enlargement at end ojsection. 



Item: 54-389 


Four men painting small, decorative objects. 



Item: 54-426 

Fur-seal bull on village hill with St. Paul Village 
in background. 


Joseph Stanley-Brown Photograph Collection 105 












































































Item: 54-004 

Man wearing kamleika holding club and skinning 
knife. 



Item: 54-045 
Fur-seal harems. 



Item: 54-344 
Fur seals on beach. 



Item: 54-258 


Fur-seal bull and cow surrounded by pups. 



Item: 54-018 

Drawing of seals sleeping in water with small 
sailboat nearby. 


T 



Item: 54-006 
Fur-seal harem. 



Item: 54-310 
Fur-seal harem. 



hem: 54-266 

Fur seals on rocks. Photograph by h'.B. Miller. 



Item: 54-286 

Drawing of man with camera who hasfallen over 
backwards shaking fist at seals. 



hem: 54-343 


Fur seals on beach. Photograph by N.B. Miller. 



hem: 54-023 


Fur-seal pups. 



hem: 54-031 


Fur seals in surf. 


106 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Cuide to Photos and Illustrations 



































































Item: 54-026 


Fur-seal harem. Photograph by N.B. Miller. Bull 
and cow at right have been retouched. 



Item: 54-097 


Murres and kittiwakes on cliff- 



item: Msp.b7.J92.1 
Men painting house. 



Item: Msp.b7f92.2 

St. Paul Village with company house in left 
center and sod-covered building in foreground. 
Similar view to asl_pl85_14 (Gray Solder ford 
Collection). 



Item: 54-283 
Fur-seal harem. 



Item: 54-102 
Dead fur-seal pups. 



Item: 54-310 
Murres on Walrus Island. 



Item: 54-423 

Birds inflight over rocks. Photograph by Charles 
Townsend. 



Item: 54-080 


Dead fur-seal pups on beach. 



Item: 54-349 
Sea-lion bulls. 



Item: 54-301 
Murres on Walrus Island. 



Item: 54-373 
Cormorants on rocks. 


Joseph Stanley-Brown Photograph Collection 107 

























































TT 



Item: Msp.b7 i f92.3 Men loading skins into baidarra at Point 

Men building rock foundation or retaining wall. Warehouse on St. Paul Island. 



Item: Msp.b7.J94.3 

St. George Village from North Anchorage. 



Item: Msp.b7.J94.2 

Agent Daniel Webster’s house at Northeast Point. 



Item: S4-367 

Group picture of men on St. Paul Island, some holding sealing clubs. Photograph by N.B. Miller. 


108 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








































/ tf e< I atujfuil' Oit/i/Hj/jo/oi/ica/ 

/lives 


Scope and Content 

The photographs in this collection are from a variety of 
sources, compiled gradually into one collection over the 
years by staff at the National Anthropological Archives. 
However, taken together they broadly document people, 
life, and sealing operations on St. Paul and St. George 
islands in the 1890s. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1890s 

Photographs of people, lije, and sealing operations on 
St. Paul and St. George Islands in the 1890s. 

National Anthropological Archives, Suitland, MD 




Images of sealing operations show sealers and agents killing and skinning seals on the St. Paul Village killing grounds, and a 
largely female workforce gathering meat. Attempts to deter pelagic sealing by branding seals is documented in a sequence of 
images showing men rounding up, holding down, and applying hot irons to the live seal skins. Processing by-products for use 
is shown in images of women working with sea-lion intestine and seal meat drying on racks. 

Photographs of people include both agents and natives in portraits and engaged in various activities. Two photographs show 
barabaras, probably on St. Paul Island. Rookery photographs include images of Tolstoi, Zapadni, Kitovi and Northeast Point. 

Many of the photographs are mounted on board and signed by Joseph Stanley Brown. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Arctic: Aleut series in Photo Lot 24, Photographs of American Indians and Other Subjects 
1840—1960s, also known as the “Source Print Collection." 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

National Anthropological Archives 
Smithsonian Institution 
Museum Support Center 
4210 Silver Hill Road 
Suitland, MD 20746 
(301) 238-1310 


St. Paul Island Photographs from the National Anthropological Archives 109 






Item: 1460800 
Fur-seal bull with harem. 



Item: 1460400 Date: Circa 1890 


Seals at rookery. 



Item: 1460700 


Seals at Kitovi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 14S7300 Date: May 9, 1892 

Seal meat drying on lines with Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul in background. Photograph by 
Joseph Stanley-Brown. 



Item: 1460200 

Rookery at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Charles Townsend. 



A 



v & - 

1 VJjPTr.-W •" 

* im*- t n S * 4 

> r-' -. 


Item: 1460800 


Seals at Zapadni Rookery with Anton Lake in 
background, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1457S00 Date: May 9, 1892 

Seals at Tolstoi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Joseph Stan ley-Brown. 



Item: 1457200 Date: May 9, 1892 

Sealers and agents skinning seals and gathering 
meat on St. Paul Village killing ground, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by Joseph Stanley-Brown. 



Item: 1460300 Date: Circa 1890 


Seals at Kitovi Rookery “amphitheater” with 
Polovina Hill in background, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1460600 


Seals at Tolstoi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 





Item: 1457600 Date: Circa May, 1892 

Seals at Rookery, possibly Tolstoi, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Joseph Stanley-Brown. Annotation 
by Joseph Stanley-Brown: “to accompany my 
affidavit of July 11, 1892.” 



Item: 1457800 


Sealers and agents skinning seals and gathering 
meat on St. Paul Village killing ground, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph probably by Joseph Stanley- 
Brown. 


110 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































































Item: 1457400 Date: May 9, 1892 

Women gathering meat on St. Paul Village killing 
ground. Photograph by Joseph Stanley-Brown. 



Item: 1457900 


Woman with boy and girl gathering meat on St. 
Paul Village killing ground. 



Item: 1458500 


Young woman on killing grounds with skinners at 
work in background. 



Item: 1459300 


Men clubbing seals with small building in 
background. 



Item: 1457700 


Women gathering meat on St. Paul Village killing 
ground. Photograph probably by Joseph Stanley- 
Brown. 



Item: 1458100 


Men clubbing seals. 



Item: 1458300 


Men and boys with seal carcasses on killing ground 
at edge of shallow pool. 



Item: 1459400 

Men preparing to skin seals. 



Item: 1457000 Date: May 9, 1892 

See enlargement at end of section. 

-I 



Item: 1458400 


Men clubbing and skinning seals with agents 
watching and woman with knife standing by. 



Item: 1459500 


Skinned carcasses on killing ground with seals in 
background. 



Women working with sea-lion intestine. 


St. Paul Island Photographs from the National Anthropological Archives 111 
































































Item: 1462500 


Woman stretching or straightening sea-lion 
intestine. 



Item: 1458900 

Seal on table about to be branded. 



Item: 1459200 


Men branding seal. 



Item: 1459600 

Four men sitting against wall. 



Item: 1458700 


Man carrying young seal over shoulder. 



Item: 1459000 


Men branding seal. 



Item: 1459900 


Men unloading bundled seal skins from 
wheelbarrow and piling them at door of building. 



Item: 1459800 


Men in baidarra rowing toward ship. 



Item: 1458800 

Men herding young seals together for branding. 



Item: 1460000 


Piles of bundled skins on porch of salt house in St. 
Paul Village. 



Item: 1458600 


Men and baidarra at St. George Landing. 


112 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































































hem: 1464200 

Man sitting on rock next to surveying equipment 
on tripod. 


Item: 1463800 

William Ainsworth (right) and two other men 
standing outside of building. 


hem: 1463900 
Man and girl. 


hem: 1464300 

William Ainsworth standing beside wagon pulled 
by ox with Church ojSaint George the Victorious 
in background. 


hem: 1463100 

Harry Chichester and Joseph Stanley-Brown 
looking at probably photographic plates with man 
descending steps in background. 








Item: 1462000 

Father Nikolai Rysev handing crown to Joseph 
Stanley-Brown inside Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul. 


hem: 14S3000 

Agents and wives on St. George Island. Standing, 
left to right: William Ainsworth, Joseph Murray, 
Joseph Stanley-Brown, Joseph Crowley, Harry 
Chichester. Sitting, left to right: Mary Garfield 
Stanley-Brown, Alice Newlin Crowley. 


T 



hem: 1463200 


William Ainsworth and Joseph Crowley looking on 
as Dr. Luman Noyes tilts pitcher over dead sheep 
held by Joseph Murray. 



hem:1463000 


Joseph Murray asleep in chair. 



hem:1464000 


Man standing in front of building. 



hem:1464400 


Bidarka frame in grass. 



hem:1464500 

Women and children in front ofbarabara. 


St. Paul Island Photographs from the National Anthropological Archives 1 13 




























































r— w ..> 



Item: 1457100 


Young man, George (?). 



Metrofan Krukof, St. Paul. 



Item: 1464600 


Alex Hanson and Anton Melovidof, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1464900 


George Buterin and daughter. 



Item: 1464700 

Porfiri Pankof, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1465000 

Neon Mandregan, St. Paul. 


114 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















































Item: 1465100 

Daughter of Father Nicolas Rysev. 


Item: 1465300 
Young woman. 


Item: 1465500 

Daughter of Father Nicolas Rysev. 



Item: 1465600 

Daughter of Father Nicolas Rysev. 


Item: 1465800 
Man and girl. 



Item: 1466000 Date: 1895 

Woman and children in doorway of house. 
Photograph by Frederick William True. 


Item: 1461500 
Villagers at dance 



Item: 1461400 
Barabara. 


Item: 1461100 

Two men standing in field of lupines. 


St. Paul Island Photographs from the National Anthropological Archives 115 

























































Item: 1452100 

Woman holding baby with Point Warehouse in 
background, St. Paul Island. 



l/U 


l/L<Si‘Wt4s‘ 




WlA. 


7 


. tcjj 
(i*A 


•1 \AJ a-A aJ? vA- 


W/-X, 


*9- 

^ fjy 


Item: 1457000 Date: May 9, 1892 

Women gathering meat on St. Paul Village killing ground with agents and sealers in background. Photograph by Joseph Stanley-Brown. 


116 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Biographical/Historical Note 

Frederick William True (1858—1914) worked for the 
U.S. Fish Commission from 1878—1881 and was a 
biologist and curator with the Smithsonian Institution 
from 1881 — 1914. In May 1895, True was temporarily 
detailed to the United States Fish Commission to study 
seal rookeries in Alaska. 


Date span: 1895 

Summary: These photographs show the people, village, natural 

Jeatures, and wildlife of St. Paul Island during biologist 
Frederick William True’s 1895 visit on behalf of the U.S. 
Fish Commission. 

Location: National Anthropological Archives, Suitland, MD 


Scope and Content 

These photographs show St. Paul Island people, village, natural features, and wildlife during True’s 1895 visit. Images include 
views of geologic and botanical features, village buildings, and candid views of village inhabitants. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of Photo Lot 37, Scenic Views of North America 1871—1912. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

National Anthropological Archives 
Smithsonian Institution 
Museum Support Center 
4210 Silver Hill Road 
Suitland, MD 20746 
(301) 238-1310 

Related Material 

See also the Frederick William True Papers (Record Unit 7181) held at the Smithsonian Institution Archives. 


Frederick William True Photographs 117 










Item: 1466100 

Two men walking in road in St. Paul Village. 



“M.Rlm '*7/ s 

' Al\. *J<aaa4 

Item: 1466300 


Men in baidarra at East Landing. 



Item: 1466600 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 1467100 

Carpenter shop with Salt Lagoon and salt house in 
background. 



Item: 1466200 

Group of people, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1466800 

View down main street in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 1467000 


See enlargement at end of section. 



« f t*uti V 

iiA. ^OakX JV ‘f , CV'aaA*, 


Item: 1466400 

Men in baidarra at East Landing with Black Bluffs 
in background. 



Item: 1466500 

Men in baidarra leaving East Landing and rowing 
toward ship in distance. 





Item: 1466900 


View down main street in St. Paul Village. 


"I 



Item: 1467200 
St. Paul Village. 


118 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





























































J U >UA«u 

fir^S. f.tu. 2 . 


Item: 1467300 

Man pushing wheelbarrow down main street in St. 
Paul Village. 



C((ru.l, ■ 

Ot. QxaU ' uyCrXff ifi). (UkjsL*. • 

fSfS ■ ■ 


Item: 1467700 
Man, St. Paul Village. 



Item: 1468000 

Girl and boy walking in road in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 1467400 

Men standing in and around doorway of carpenter 
shop, St. Paul Village. 

I - 



^.(ri^t.PryirUrf 4vj.CI(»i4a- 
/*ff ^ 6, 4j ■ 

Item: 1467900 

Man on dock, possibly at Village Cove. 


M 



Item: 1467800 

Paraskovia with young son, St. Paul Village. 
Annotation by True: “she did our washing and 
madefires. ” 


V 


( 

I 



J ' ‘i<> / -.j u " j ci.UaJ, *. 

MS- *.u, V*/* 


Item: 1467500 

Men walking in road in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 1467600 
Boys, St. Paul Village. 



Item: 2746600 

Zoltoi Sands, St. Paul Island. 


Frederick William True Photographs 119 









































Item: 2746700 

View northeast toward Kitovi Point. 



Si H aUtA. 

WWO' n'MB IJW^i — ■ 



Item: 2747000 


Polovina Hill. 











k ‘ - 




p- , :?^Ur£ to .,GJU*U . 

. W tr. j-Pti ** 





Item: 2747400 

Tolstoi Cliffs, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2747700 

Pedicularis blossom and Reindeer Moss, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: 2746800 


View southwest across Zoltoi Bay from Village Hill 
toward Reef and Gorbatch Rookeries with rock 
formation in foreground, St. Paul Island. 



'Ai $<f /fc j TS-- 


> «/ J 

hem: 2747100 

Alaska Poppies, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2747S00 


The “Pinnacle” rock formation and Kitovi Point 
from Black Bluffs. 



Item: 2747800 
Polemonium, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2746900 

The “Pinnacle" rock formation at Black Bluffs with 
ship in background, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2747200 

Cliffs on west side of St. Paul Island. 



?C,i ^t tf*t t. 

< P u&4la~q s . ur . 


Item: 2747600 

Village Cove, Tolstoi, and Southwest Point with 
salt house at right. 


120 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























































Item: 2141900 

Lichen on rocky ground near Southwest Point, St. 
Paul Island. 


Item: 2148000 

View through rock arch at Black Bluffs. 




Item: 1461000 

Church ojSaints Peter and Paul and church cemetery. 


Frederick William True Photographs 121 


































Item:1466600 


Men in baidarra at East Landing. 


122 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









Biographical Note 

Norman Briscoe (N.B.) Miller (1849-1897) worked for the 
U.S. Fish Commission and was a lab assistant to Charles 
H. Townsend aboard the USS Albatross in the 1890s. Miller 
served as assistant naturalist during the investigations of 
the U.S. Department of the Treasury Commission on Fur 
Seals under David Starr Jordan. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

J 


Location: 


Circa 1890 

18 photographs bj'N.B. Miller of Pribilof Island 
people, villages, wildlife, and pelagic sealing 
operations. 

University of Washington Libraries, Special 
Collections 


Scope and Content 

The photographs show the people, villages, and wildlife on St. Paul and St. George islands, as well as pelagic sealers and their 
equipment. Changes in the Church of Saints Peter and Paul over time are apparent in the village images. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Alaska Marine Resources and Pribilof Islands Photograph Collection, PH Coll 595. 

Custodial History 

The photographs in this collection, which appear to have once formed a photograph album, were dispersed throughout sub¬ 
ject files in the University of Washington Special Collections reading room. Recognizing that they formed a distinct collec¬ 
tion, the Visual Materials Curator reunited the photographs. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

University of Washington Libraries 
Special Collections Division 
Box 352900 

Seattle, WA 98195-2900 
(206) 543-1929 

Bibliography 

Jordan, David Starr, et al. United States Department of the Treasury. Commission of Fur-Seal Investigations. The Fur-Seals 
and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. 4 volumes. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1898. 


N. B. Miller Photographs 123 








Item: 595.1 

Beach at Village Cove showing boats and houses at 
base of Village Hill. 



Item: 595.2 Date: circa 1895 

St. Paul Village from Village Hill. The cupolas 
on Saints Peter and Paul Church no longer have 
windows or domes. 



Item: 595.4 Date: circa 1890 

St. Paul Village with shallow lake in Joreground. 
The cupolas on Saints Peter and Paul Church still 
have windows and domes. 



Item: 595.3 Date: circa 1904 


Panorama of St. Paul Village from killing grounds east of village formed by 2 photographs. Bell tower of 
Saints Peter and Paul Church has been removed and is sitting in yard to left of church. 



Item: 595.5 

Sealing crews in horse and donkey-drawn wagons 
en route across sand to killing fields, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: 595.6 

St. Paul villagers including Elary Gromoff (second 
from right). 



Item: 595.7 


Room set upfor Christmas banquet given by the 
North American Commercial Company for St. Paul 
Villagers decorated with flags and NACC banner. 



Item: 595.8 

See enlargement at end of section. 


124 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
































































Item: 595.9 

Field of wildjlowers on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 595.13 


Pelagic sealing equipment including spears, bow, 
and arrows. 



Item: 595.10 Date: circa 1890 

St. George Village. 



Item: 595.14 

Two men in sealing canoe with one man about to 
throw spear. 



Item: 595.17 

Crew on pelagic sealing vessel. 


Item: 595.18 

Pelagic sealers with equipment including spears, 
line, and paddle. 



Item: 595.11 

St. Paul Village children with two men. 



Item: 595.16 

Men sitting on stacks of lumber next to baidarkas 
in Unalaska. 


N. B. Miller Photographs 125 




























































































Item: 595.8 

Wedding party on steps of Saints Peter and Paul Church with Father John Orlov (OrloJJ) at left. 


126 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































































Biographical Note 

Dr. Samuel Johnson Call (18S8—1909) worked for the 
Alaska Commercial Company in San Francisco and 
Unalaska. In 1890, Call became company surgeon on the 
U.S. Revenue Cutter Bear, based in San Francisco but trav¬ 
eling regularly to Alaska and the Arctic. After working on 
the Bear, Call went to Nome and practiced medicine, including serving as Quarantine Officer for the Marine Hospital Service 
and as City Health Officer of Nome. In 1903, Call returned to the U.S. Revenue Service as surgeon on the Thetis and on the 
McCulloch.' 


Date span: 

Summary: 

✓ 

Location: 


Circa 1890s 

Images of Walrus Island and St. Paul Island including St. 
Paul Village and fur-seal rookeries 

Alaska State Library Historical Collections 


Scope and Content 

These five photographs of Walrus Island and St. Paul Island include images of St. Paul Village and fur-seal rookeries. 

Provenance 

The photographs form part of the Samuel J. Call Photograph Collection (PCA 181). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


1 From the guide to the Samuel J. Call Photogr aph Collection, Alaska State Library. _ 

Samuel J. Call Photograph Collection 127 















Item: PI81.10 


View east toward St. Paul Village killing ground 
from above church cemetery showing cemetery, 
houses, and shallow pool. 



Item: PI 81.13 


Fur seals at Zoltoi Sands with Village Hill in 
background and St. Paul schoolhouse in distance 
at right. 



Item: P181.ll Date: 1889 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: P181.S6 


Sea gulls and cormorants on Walrus Island. 



Item: P181.I2 
Fur-seal rookery. 



Item: PI 81.11 Date: 1889 


Egg-gathering party at Walrus Island showing group on rocks and in two skiffs. 


128 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























1 





i/i 1/10 (iZia/Ze# ' J. 
Oe/w few 






Biographical Note 

Charles Sumner Hamlin (1861—1938) was an attorney and 
served as Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, 1913—14. 

He later served in other capacities at the Federal Reserve 
Board including chairman (1914—16), member of the 
Board of Governors (1916—36), and special counsel to the 
Board of Governors (1936—38). In 1897, Hamlin was U.S. 
special commissioner at the convention of Japan, Rus¬ 
sia, and United States to negotiate fur-seal fishery controversy and was chairman of the Fur-Seal Conference between Great 
Britain, Canada, and the United States. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1890s 

Photographs of several Pribilof Island families, church 
and school groups, and the U.S. Revenue Cutter 
Rusl \from the papers of Charles Sumner Hamlin. 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska S^Polar Regions 
Department 


Scope and Content 

The photographs include images of Pribilof Islands families, church and school groups, and the U.S. Revenue Cutter Rush. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Charles S. Hamlin Papers (accession 728). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


Photographs in the Charles S. Hamlin Papers 129 












Item: 728.35 Date: circa 1890s 

Peter Rezanoff with wife and daughter. 



Item: 728.38 Date: circa 1890s 

Eojf Philemonoff with wife Maria, two daughters, 
and son. 



Item: 728.41 Date: circa 1890s 

Eustine and Mrs. Krestina Swetzof with son 
Gregorie. 



Item: 728.179 Date: 1895 

Revenue Cutter Rush. 



Item: 728.36 Date: 1894 


Religious procession in St. George Village led by 
Father Innokenty Lestenkof (center). 



Item: 728.39 Date: circa 1890s 

Eugenia Nederayoff (widow ofArkenty) with 
daughter and sons. 



Item: 728.42 Date: circa 1890s 

Alexia and Mrs. Marfa Oustegoff with daughters 
(Alexandra (L.) and Stepineda (R.)). 



Item: 728.37 Date: circa 1890s 


St. George school class picture. 



Item: 728.40 Date: circa 1890s 

Malavansky Family of St. George Village. Left to 
right: Stepenida, Nicoli, Peter, Kleopatra, and 
Repsemia. 


130 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 























Biographical Note 

Captain Albert Webster Lavender (1842—1916) was an 
agent for the U.S. Treasury, in charge of sealing operations 
on St. George Island from 1890 to 1893. 

Provenance 

The photographs form part of the A.F. Lavender Papers and 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 

Related Materials 

See also the Henry Elliott Drawings from the A.F. Lavender Collection at the Alaska State Museum, which include a sketch of 
Albert Webster Lavender. 


Date: Circa 1890 

Summary: Portrait of Albert Webster Lavender and picture of 

Lavender and other revenue cutter servicemen 

Location: Alaska Historical Collections, Alaska State Library 


Photographs (MS 235). 


Albert Webster Lavender 131 





Item: ASL_235-49 

Left to Right: Assistant Engineer Wood, Second Lieutenant Camden, Dr. Samuel J. Call, Captain C.F. Shoemaker. Far right: Captain Albert W. Lavender. 



Item: ASL_m234_38 

Portrait of Albert Webster Lavender with long beard and wearing fur coat and hat. 


132 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















fo/ix related to the leal 

’ujaf/o/t'S, /(?9J?—/(9p7 


By 1890, it was evident that a marked decline in the fur-seal population was taking place. The U.S. had control over the tak¬ 
ing of seals on land, but pelagic sealing, or the killing of seals at sea, was unregulated. Multiple nations took part in pelagic 
sealing around the Pribilof Islands, which more often than not employed wasteful practices. 

In 1891, the U.S. and Great Britain struck a Modus Vivendi (ratified May 7, 1892). The basic provisions were: 1) appointment 
of a commission to investigate the habits of the fur-seal, pelagic sealing, and the management of the herd the islands; and 2) 
submission of all disputes to a tribunal of arbitration in Paris, France. 

The Paris Tribunal of Arbitration was asked, essentially, to judge whether land or pelagic sealing was responsible for the 
decline of the fur-seal population. At its conclusion, deciding against most of the U.S. claims, the tribunal established a num¬ 
ber of regulations which limited but did not prohibit pelagic sealing. The regulations included: 1) pelagic sealing prohibited 
within 60 miles of the Pribilof Islands; 2) pelagic sealing season closed from May 1—July 31; 3) nets, firearms, and explosives 
forbidden in sealing in the Bering Sea. The regulations supplanted those of the Modus Vivendi. 

By 1896, the U.S. was adamant that the regulations formulated by the Paris Tribunal of Arbitration ‘for the protection and 
preservation of the fur-seal herd’ had failed to accomplish their intended object. Though the U.S. was without success in 
securing the cooperation of Great Britain in revising the regulations, they accepted Great Britain’s proposal that each nation 
conduct an independent scientific investigation into the decline of the fur-seal herd. The results of these studies would form 
the basis for reconsideration of the regulations. 

Both the U.S. Department of the Treasury and Great Britain formed commissions to investigate causes for the decline in the 
fur-seal population in the northern Pacific islands and the impact of that decline on the fur-seal industry. The U.S. Commis¬ 
sion on Fur Seals was headed by David Starr Jordan, ichthyologist, and Stanford University President. The Fur-Seal Investi¬ 
gations of 1896—1897 yielded the comprehensive four-part Report of the Fur-Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean , 
published in 1898. 

The investigations also produced a large number of photographs and drawings. For Great Britain, D’Arcy Thompson and 
Richard Maynard made photographs of seals and sealing operations. For the U.S., Bristow Adams and other artists made 
drawings to illustrate the report. Other members of the U.S. Commission made photographs which appear in the four-part 
Report of the Fur-Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. 


Collections related to the Fur-Seal Investigations 133 










Sir D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson Photographs 
Item: DT31 _ Ms43795-86 Date: July 25, 1896 

Woman with leather pack holding knije on killing ground strewn with seal carcasses. 


134 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



f/iic/ia/n/\ f/ay/ut/Ht </ ) /iofoyra/)/i'S' ft$f)2) 



Biographical Note 

Richard Maynard (1832—1918) was a photographer in Vic¬ 
toria, B.C. He was appointed by the Canadian government 
to be the official photographer for the British Commission 
investigating the fur seals following the Modus Vivendi of 
May, 1892. Maynard arrived on St. Paul Island on Julv 21, 

1892, along with James Macoun, Canada’s seal expert and 
botanist. 

Scope and Content 

This collection documents seal harvesting activities on St. Paul Island with images of men and women clubbing and skinning 
seals and gathering seal meat on the killing grounds. Also in the collection are several views of St. Paul Village, the Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul, and a man kayaking. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Maynard Family Fonds (MS-1077). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Royal B.C. Museum 
B.C. Archives 
67S Bellville Street 
Victoria, BC, V8W9W2 
(250) 387-1952 


Date span: 1S92 

Summary: Photographs by Richard Maynard Showing St. Paul 

Village and seal harvesting activities. 

Location: Royal B.C. Museum 



hem: A04771 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


I 



Item: F077S2 

St. Paul Village from Zoltoi Sands. 



Item: F0128S 


St. Paul Village with cemetery in foreground. 


Richard Maynard Photographs 135 
















Item: F07623 

Men clubbing seals on killing ground with St. Paul 
Village in background. 



Item: F0762S 

Men and women skinning seals and gathering 
meat on killing ground. Group of agents including 
Joseph Murray standing at left. 



Item: F07624 

Men skinning seals and gathering meat on killing 
ground. 



Item: F07627 


Man wearing kamleika paddling kayak. 



Item: F0216S 

Men with skinning knives on killing ground 
including Nester Kushin, Jacob Kochutin, Pineria 
PankoJ, Karp Buterin, Neon Mandregan, and 
Nicolai Bardanoff. 





Item: F07626 

Men and women skinning seals and gathering meat 
on killing ground. 



Item: F07298 


Skinned carcasses and wheelbarrows on killing 
ground with men and women gathering meat in 
background. 



Item: F02871 

Man wearing kamleika paddling kayak. 



Item: F01284 

Men and women skinning seals and gathering meat 
on killing ground. 


j 

i 

« 

J 



Item: F07628 

Men and women skinning seals and gathering meat 
on killing ground. 



Item: A06846 

Skinned carcasses and wheelbarrows on killing 
ground with men and women gathering meat in 
background. 



Item: F077SS 

Fur-seal bachelors hauled out on Zoltoi Sands with 
St. Paul Village in background. 




136 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



















N&rmtou> < (c/a/ns 







Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


1897 

Drawings made by Bristow Adams while artist appointed 
to the Fur-seal Investigations on the Pribilof Islands in 
1897. 

Cornell University Library, National Museum of Natural 
History 


Biographical Note 

Bristow Adams (1875—1957) was an artist, journalist, 
forester, and faculty member and publications director 
for the New York State College of Agriculture at Cornell 
University. 

Born in Washington D.C., Adams left high school in 1892 
to become co-founder and editor of the Pathfinder , a maga¬ 
zine which started as a weekly news review for children but later evolved into a current events paper for teachers. In 1896, 
he began college at Stanford University, where he studied art and English. While at Stanford, Adams paid his expenses by 
writing for newspapers including the Seattle Post-Intelligencer and the Boston Transcript, and he founded the Stanford Chaparral, a 
humor magazine still in publication. 

In 1897, David Starr Jordan, ichthyologist, Stanford University President, and Chairman of the Fur-seal Commission, ap¬ 
pointed Adams field illustrator for the fur-seal investigations taking place on the Pribilof Islands. 


Scope and Content 

Included are Adams’ pencil field sketches of fur seals as well as his original pen and ink drawings, many based on his sketches, 
which appear in the published report of the Fur-Seal Commission. 


Provenance 

The pencil drawings form part of the Bristow Adams Papers, Collection no. 3205, at Cornell University. The pen and ink 
drawings form part of the Kellogg Collection at the National Museum of Natural History. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Division of Rare and Manuscript Collections (pencil drawings) 

2B Carl A. Kroch Library 
Cornell University 
Ithaca, NY 14853 
(607) 255-3530 

National Museum of Natural History (pen and ink drawings) 

Smithsonian Institution 

Chair, Department of Paleobiology 

P.O. Box 37012, MRC 121. 

Washington D.C., 20013-7012 

Bibliography 

Jordan, David Starr, et al. United States Department of the Treasury. Commission of Fur-Seal Investigations. The Fur-Seals 
and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. 4 volumes. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1898. 


Bristow Adams Drawings 137 









Pencil Drawings at Cornell University Division of Rare and Manuscript Collections 




Item: Sealsketch23 Date: August 8, 1897 

Face offur-seal bull. See NAINH1007for 
corresponding pen and ink drawing. 



Item: SealsketchlS Date: August 14, 1897 

Profile offur-seal cow. See NMNNH1007 for 
corresponding pen and ink drawing. 





Item: Sealsketch24 Date: September 2, 1897 
Profile ofjuvenile male fur seal. 



flit otet' .fins . 'j$ah ■ Q ?4 

Item: Sealsketch03 Date: August 11, 1897 

Face offur-seal pup. See NMNH1004for 
corresponding pen and ink drawing. 



Item: Sealsketch21 Date: August 16, 1897 

Fur-seal pup. See NMNH1003for corresponding 
pen and ink drawing. 


Item: Sealsketch28 Date: August 15, 1897 

Face offur-seal bull. 



Item: Sealsketch25 Date: August 26, 1897 

Fur seals in various poses including sleeping and 
scratching positions. 



Item: Sealsketchl9 Date: July 31, 1897 

Profile offur-seal bull. See NAINH1006for 
corresponding pen and ink drawing. 



Item: Sealsketch22 Date: August 15, 1897 

Fur-seal cow with small sketch of cow and pup in 
corner. 



I ■*.,» 


Item: Sealsketchl 1 Date: August 11, 1897 

Starved fur-seal pup. See NMNH1012for 
corresponding pen and ink drawing. 



Item: Sealsketch26 Date: August 11, 1897 

Fur seals in various poses including scratching and 
“porpoising” in water, and rough sketch off lying 
bird. 


138 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































Item: SealsketchOl Date: July 10, 1891 

Several small sketches on one page including head 
offur-seal bull and sleeping young male sea lion. 
See NMNH1002for corresponding pen and ink 
drawing of sea lion. 



Item: SealsketchOS Date: August 12—13, 1897 
Fur seals in various poses including bull sleeping, 
pup scratching and cow vocalizing. 



Item: Sealsketch04 Date: August 23, 1897 

Fur seals in various poses in the water. See 
NMNH1008for corresponding pen and ink 
drawing. 



Item: Sealsketchl6 Date: August 24, 1897 

Fur seals in various poses in water and on land. 



Item: Sealsketchl4 Date: June 6—10, 1897 

Fur-seal bulls in various poses including sleeping 
on rocks. 



Item: Sealsketchl7 Date: August 12, 1897 

Fur seals in various poses including pup sleeping, 
bull scratching head, and cow nursing pup. 



Item: SealsketchlO Date: June 6, 1897 

Fur-seal bulls including one bull in hostile position 
toward another, with annotation “a case of bluff." 



Item: Sealsketchl3 Date: June 25, 1897 

Fur-seal harem on rocks. 



Item: Sealsketchl2 Date: June 15—17, 1897 
Fur seals in various poses including bull sleeping 
on rocks and cow with pup. 



Item: Sealsketch06 Date: August 18, 1897 

Fur-seal cow. 



Item: Sealsketch09 Date: August 26—27, 1897 
Fur-seal pups. 



Item: Sealsketch07 Date: June 8, 1897 

Several sketches on one page including old male 
bulls and view of fur-seal bulls at North Rookery. 


Bristow Adams Drawings 139 









Item: Sealsketch27 Date: June 30, 1897 

Fur-seal bull with injuries from fighting with 
annotation “an outcast."See Sealprint07 for 
corresponding print of pen and ink drawing. 



Item: Sealsketch20 Date: June 16, 1897 

Fur-seal bull vocalizing with annotation “the 
challenge.” 



Item: Sealsketch08 Date: August 25, 1897 

Sleepingjur-seal cow and pup. 



Item: Sealsketch02 Date: June 14, 1897 

See enlargement at end of section. 




Item: Sealsketchl8 Date: June 29, 1897 

Fur-seal bull scratching with water and hill in 
background. 



% 



Item: Sealprint07 

Print (published in The Fur-seals and Fur-Seal 
Islands of the North Pacific Ocean, Part I) 
made from pen and ink drawing titled “a defeated 
beach master” showing jur-seal bull with injuries 
from fighting. See Sealsketch27jor corresponding 
pencil drawing (original pen and ink drawing not 
Jound in NMNH collection). 


Item: BirdsketchOl Date: August 17, 1897 

Bird and bird's webbed foot. 


Pen and ink drawings at the National Museum of Natural History 

The following pen and ink drawings were published in The Fur-seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North 
Pacific Ocean. Published titles are in bold. 



Item: 1002 Date: Circa 1897 


Young male seal lion. Sea lion sleeping on 
rocks. See SealsketchOl for corresponding pencil 
drawing. 



Item: 1003 Date: Circa 1897 

Fur-seal pup. See Sealsketch21 for 
corresponding pencil drawing. 



Item: 1005 Date: Circa 1897 


Head of female fur seal. Profile of fur-seal 
cow. See Sealsketchl 5 for corresponding pencil 
drawing. 


140 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































Item: 1004 Date: Circa 1897 

Head of fur-seal pup. Face of fur-seal pup. See 
Sealsketch03for corresponding pencil drawing. 






m 


Item: 1008 Date: Circa 1897 

Attitudes of fur-seals in the water. Fur 
seals in various poses in the water with land in 
background. See Sealsketch04for corresponding 
pencil drawing. 




Item: 1006 Date: Circa 1897 

Head of a typical rookery bull. Profile of 
jur-seal bull. See Sealsketchl9for corresponding 
pencil drawing. 



Item: 1009 Date: Circa 1897 

A rookery dispute. Two fur-seal bulls engaged 
infight. 



Item: 1012 Date: Circa 1897 


A starved pup. Starvedfur-seal pup. See 
Sealsketchll for corresponding pencil drawing. 


Item: 1011 Date: Circa 1897 

An abducted cow. Fur-seal bull lfting cow off 
ground by hind end. 



Item: 1007 Date: Circa 1897 

A typical rookery bull. Face of fur-seal bull. 

See Sealsketch23for corresponding pencil drawing. 



Item: 1010 Date: Circa 1897 

Herded seals in the Salt Lagoon. Seals in 
Salt Lagoon trapped behind fence. 









Item: 1013 Date: Circa 1897 

A rookery courtship. Fur-seal bull and cow. 


Bristow Adams Drawings 141 

















































* 



Item: Sealsketch02 Date: June 14, 189/ 

Men surrounding and clubbing seals. 


142 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






. tnatomical (fi/HKoim/'S' ofTfur Sea/s fca /<Sff)7j 


Scope and Content 

The nine drawings in this collection appear or relate to 
illustrations in Part Three of The Fur-Seals and Fur-Seal 
Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. With one exception, 
the artists of the drawings in this collection are not 
identified. 


Date span: 
Summary: 


Location: 


Circa 1897 

Nine anatomical drawings that appear or relate to 
illustrations in Part Three of The Fur-seals and Fur-Seal 
islands of the North Pacific Ocean 

National Museum of Natural Historj 


Provenance 

The drawings form part of the Kellogg Collection at the National Museum of Natural History. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 


Repository Information 

National Museum of Natural History 
Chair, Department of Paleobiology 
P.O. Box 37012, MRC 121. 

Washington D.C., 20013-7012 

Bibliography 

Jordan, David Starr, et al. United States Department of the Treasury. Commission of Fur-Seal Investigations. The Fur-Seals 
and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. 4 volumes. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1898. 



Pencil drawing of stomach of fur-seal pup 
with annotation “stomach of pup, 22”long 
undistended.”See 1014 for related pen and ink 
drawing. 





Item: 1014 

Pen and ink drawing of stomach offur-seal pup. 
Figure 1, Chapter II in report with title: “Stomach 
of fur-seal pup, one-half natural size.” 



Pencil drawing of heart of jur-seal pup. 
Corresponds to Figure 2, Chapter 11 in report with 
title: “Fleart of seal pup, natural size.” 


Anatomical Drawings of Fur Seals 143 





















t V w-X. .. 

Item: 587 

Pen and ink drawing of fur-seal posterior arterial 
system. Figure 3, Chapter 2 in report. 



Item: 586 


Pen and ink drawing ojposterior venous system. 
Corresponds to Figure 6, Chapter II in report. 





Pen and ink drawing offur-seal right anterior 
venous system. Figure 4, Chapter II in report. 



Pen and ink drawing of fur-seal pup veins of 
forelimb. Figure 5, Chapter II in report with title 
“veins offorelimb of pup, one-half size." 



Pencil drawing offur-seal pup liver. Corresponds 
to Plate III in report. Artist: Chloe Lesley Starks. 



Item: 3287 


Pencil drawing of squid. Possibly corresponds to 
Plate XII in report. 


144 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































'!(/' Qfii. (fHAty f(fi/it(oo/ l f/i i¥7iomhtS'o/i 

f/ffih-ASftSf 



Biographical Note 

D’Arcy Thompson (1860—1948) was a biologist, mathema¬ 
tician, classics scholar, and Professor of Natural History at 
the University of St. Andrews, Scotland, from 1917—1948. 
He was knighted Sir D’Arcy Wentworth Thompson in 
1937. 


Date span: 1896-1898 

Summary: Images of seal harvesting, rookeries, and pelagic 

sealing made or collected by biologist D’Arcy 
Thompson while a member of the U.S. Department of 
the Treasury Commission on Fur-seals Investigations 
of 1896-1891. 


. . . Location: University of St. Andrews, St. Andrews, Scotland 

1 hompson was asked to represent the British government _ ___ 

on the U.S. Department of the Treasury Commission 

on Fur-Seals Investigations of 1896—1897. His final report brought attention to the near-extinction of the sea otter and the 
threat to wdiale populations as well as the decline in fur-seal populations, all of w hich contributed to the issuance of species 
protection orders. 






Scope and Content 

The photographs include images of seal harvesting and rookeries on St. Paul and St. George islands, as w^ell as views of pelagic 
sealing vessels and operations. Many of the rookery images are panoramas formed by tw r o or more photographs, probably 
made by Charles H. Tow nsend. 


Provenance 

The photographs form part of the Correspondence and Papers of Sir D’Arcy Wentworth Thompson , held in the manuscripts collections 
of the University of St. Andrew's Library (ms9013-29950; ms37781; ms40500-50161). See An Index to the correspondence and 
papers of Sir DArcy Wentworth Thompson (1860—1948), St. Andrews [Scotland]: University Library, 1987. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

University of St Andrew's Library, St Andrews, Fife KY16 9AJ, Scotland 

Bibliography 

Jordan, David Starr, et al. United States Department of the Treasury. Commission of Fur-Seal Investigations. The Fur-seals 
and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. 4 volumes. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1898. 

U.S. Bureau of Fisheries. Illustrations showing condition offur-seal rookeries in 1895 and method of killing seals, to accompany report of 
C.H. Townsend, Assistant, United States Fish Commission. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1896. 


Sir D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson Photographs 145 







Item: DTl_Ms4281(a)-147 

Group photograph of men on St. Paul Island. 



Item: DT6_ Ms43333-35 

Rookery on St. Paul Island showing seals and 

hundreds of dead seal pups. 



Item: DT2_ Ms428l(a)-169 
Men with clubs surrounding seals. 



Item: DT7_Ms43333-84 Date: August 6, 1896 
Dead seal pups at Tolstoi Rookery on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: DT3_ Ms4281(a)-164 
Men skinning seals. 



Item: DTll_ Ms43794-SSS Date: 1893 


Seals on beach, possibly some dead seal pups, with 
two ships in background. 





Item: DT8_ Ms43333-100, 101 

Panorama of dead seal pups at Tolstoi Rookery on St. Paul Island formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: DT9_ Ms43333-73 Date: 1896 


Panorama of Salt Lagoon, Village Cove, St. Paul Village, and Reef Point in distance formed by 4 photographs. 


146 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































Item: DT10_ Ms43794-61 Date: July 24, 1896 

Panorama ojReeJ Rookery and St. Paul Village across Zoltoi Bay formed by 4 photographs. 



Item: DT12 Ms43194-SSl Date: 1895 


Man with water carriers at ReeJ Rookery near 
small stone cairns. 



Item: DT13_ Ms43794-725 Date: July 22, 1892 
Man standing near small stone cairns at Reef 
Rookery. 



Item: DT18_ Ms43794-48 


Men inspecting seal carcasses, possibly on the 
Commander Islands. 



Item: DT14_ Ms43794-1100 Date: August 5, 
1895 


Child sitting in grass at ReeJ Rookery. Photograph 
by C.H. Townsend. 



Item: DT19_ Ms43794-618 Date: 1895 


Men clubbing seals. 



Item: DT16_Ms43794-l 15-117 

Panorama of fur-seal bulls at Reef Rookery with St. Paul Village and East Landing in background, formed by 3 photographs. 


Sir D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson Photographs 147 






































Item: DTI7_ Ms43794-unnumbered Date: July 18, 1892 

Panorama of Lower Zapadni Rookery from “Station 8’formed by 2 photographs. 




Item: DT20_ Ms43794-630 Date: 1895 Item: DT22_Ms43794-6I4 Date: 1895 

Men skinning seals. Seal skins and carcasses. Photograph by C.H. 

Townsend. 



Item: DT25_ Ms43794-617 Date: 1895 


Men clubbing and skinning seals. 


Item: DT26_ Ms43794-619 Date: 1895 

Men skinning seals with rejected seals leaving in 
background. 




Item: DT23_ Ms43794-615 Date: 1895 

Rejected sealsfrom seal drive leaving killing 
grounds. 



Item: DT24_Ms43794-616 Date: 1895 

Men clubbing seals. 



148 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



















hem: DT27_ Ms43794-629 Date: 1895 

St. Paul Village from Village hill with Zoltoi Sands 
in background. Photograph by C.H. Townsend. 


r 



Item: DT30_ Ms43794-699 
Date: August 6, 1892 

Panorama ojPolovina Rookery from “station 21,” 
formed by 3 photographs. 



Item: DT34_ Ms43797-135 

Man with two dead seal pups on boulder. 




Item: DT28_Ms43794-631 Date: 1895 

View from Village Hill of Point Warehouse and 
Village Cove. Photograph by C.H. Townsend. 



Item: DT29_ Ms43794-655 Date: 1895 

Point Warehouse and other Buildings on Village 
Cove. 



Item: DT31_ Ms43795-86 Date: July 25, 1896 

Woman with leather pack holding knife on killing 
ground strewn with seal carcasses. 



Item: DT39_ Ms43797-132 
Men branding seals. 



y ~/ ' ».V; 

y at, hH 


Item: DT32_ Ms43/95-unnumbered 
Three men sitting on huge chunks of ice. 
Photograph by H.D. Chichester (published in Seals 
and the Seal Islands). 



Item: DT3 /_ Ms43/9/-unnumbered 
Man standing next to three adult otter skins 
hanging on wall, Unalaska. 


- t — 


Item: DT36_ Ms43797-unnumbered 

Man standing next to skins of adult and young 

otters hanging on wall, Unalaska. 


Sir D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson Photographs 149 



































































































































Item: DT40_ Ms43797-133 
Joseph Murray branding seals. 



Item: DT43_ Ms43797-138 


Man moving toward fur-seal bull. 



Item: DT46_ Ms43797-638 Date: 1893 

Pelagic schooner Columbia with canoes in tow. 



Item: DT49_ Ms43797-710 Date: 1893 


Canoe along side pelagic schooner Dora Sieward. 



Item: DT41 Ms43797-134 


Men branding seals. 



Item: DT44_ Ms43797-636 Date: 1893 

Pelagic schooner Columbia. 



Item: DT47_Ms43797-639 Date: 1893 

Pelagic schooner Maud S. 



Item: DT30_ Ms43797-713 Date: 1893 

Deck of pelagic schooner Dora Sieward showing 
rigging and canoes. 



Item: DT42_ Ms43797-137 

Man holding shotgun and brandishing stick at fur- 
seal bull with other seals in background. 




Item: DT48_Ms43797-648 Date: 1893 


Men cutting up seals on deck of ship. 



Item: DT51_Ms43797-716 Date: 1893 


Men, some bundled in blankets, on deck of pelagic 
schooner Dora Sieward. 


150 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































Item: DT52_ Ms43797-718 Date: 1895 

Two men in canoe. 



Item: DT55_ Ms43797-724 Date: 1895 


Man skinning seals on deck of pelagic schooner 
Dora Sieward. 



Item: DT53_ Ms43797-72l Date: 1895 


Dead seals on deck ojpelagic schooner Dora 
Sieward. 



Item: DT56_ Ms43797-725 Date: 1895 

Two men in canoe under sail. 



Item: DT54_ Ms43797-723 Date: 1895 

Canoes on deck of pelagic Schooner Dora 
Sieward. 



Item: DT59_ Ms43808-unnumhered 
Date: July 4, 1892 

Starry Arteel (Staraya Anil) Rookery on St. George 
Island. 



Item: DT57_ Ms43798-unnumhered Date: July 22, 1892 

Panorama of Village Cove on St. Paul Island taken from “Station 27,"formed by 3 photographs. 



Item: DT58_ Ms43808-98 Date: August 1, 1896 

Panorama of Zapadnie Rookery and hauling grounds on St. George Island, formed by 3 photographs. 


Sir D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson Photographs 151 
































Item: DT61_ Ms43809-73 6 Date: June 4, 1892 
Men sitting on rocks near fur-seal bulls at Polatka f 

Rookery on Copper Island. 



Item: DT67_ Ms42360 p.47d 
People gathering skins and meat on killing grounds 
with houses and Church of Saint George the 
Victorious in background. 


Item: DT68_ Ms48S34-2-S Date: Circa 1906 
Portrait of D’Arcy Thompson. 



Item: DT66_ Ms42360 p.47c 
House and store in “Peteropolsti,” possibly 
Preobrazhenskoye on Medny (Copper) Island, 
Nikolskoye on Bering Island. 

(Commander Islands), or Petropavlovsk, 
Kamchatka. 



Item: DT63_ Ms42360 p.46d 
Men surrounding and clubbing seals. 



Item: DT64_ Ms42360 p.47a 

Zapadnie Rookery and cliffs on St. George Island. 



152 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













Biographical Note 

Asahel Curtis (1874—1941) was a prominent Seattle 
photographer and avid outdoorsman. He moved with his 
family from the Midwest to Washington Territory in 1888, 
and his brother Edward supported the family by opening 
a photography studio in Seattle. Asahel went to work for 
Edward in 1894, and made his first trip to Alaska in 1897 

to document the Klondike Gold Rush. Asahel remained in Alaska and the Yukon for two years, taking pictures and working a 
small and relatively unproductive claim. Edward and Asahel parted ways after a falling out over the rights to Asahel’s Yukon 
photos, which Edward had published under his own name. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1914 

Photographs of St. Paul Island Village, people, and 
other views by famous Seattle photographer, Asahel 
Curtis. 

Washington State Historical Society 


Asahel Curtis had a successtul career as a photographer and became widely known for his high-quality images of the Wash¬ 
ington landscape. He partnered with different people over the years, including Walter P. Miller in about 1912. Curtis made 
the photographs of St. Paul Island during this time as is indicated by the “Curtis & Miller” signature on each negative, and the 
building features seen in the images corroborate the time period of 1912—1914. 


Scope and Content 

Curtis’ Pribilof Island photographs include images of St. Paul Village and people as well as views around the “Pinnacle” rock 
formation at Kitovi. All images are skillfully composed and reveal the artistry that made Curtis famous for his landscapes. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Asahel Curtis Photograph Collection. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Washington State Historical Society Research Center 
315 N. Stadium Way 
Tacoma, WA 98403 
(253) 798-5914 


Asahel Curtis Photographs 153 







Item: 1943.42.29252 

Passengers disembarking from skijjs next to the 
“Pinnacle" rock formation at Kitovi on St. Paul 
Island, with ship in background. 



Item: 1943.42.29255 

St. Paul Village and Zoltoi Sandsfrom Ref 

Rookery. 



Item: 1943.42.29270 
Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 1943.42.29253 

View of ship through rock arch formation at Kitovi. 



Item: 1943.42.29266 

Woman sitting on stoop with children behind her 
in doorway. 



Item: 1943.42.29254 

St. Paul Village from path to East Landing. 



Item: 1943.42.29269 


Karp Buterin and small girl standing in entrance 
to bath house in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 1943.42.29271 


St. Paul schoolhouse with two women standing 
doorway. 


at 


154 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























Historical Note 

On June 21, 1914, a party of men arrived at St. Paul Island 
on the R.C. McCulloch to investigate the seal herd that 
summer. The group included three representatives of the 
Department of Commerce: George H. Parker of Harvard 
University; Wilfred Osgood of the Chicago Field Museum; 
and Edward A. Preble of the Bureau of Biological Survey. 

The group also included two men representing Great Brit¬ 
ain: James M. Macoun and B.V. Harmon. 

Also arriving on the R.C. McCulloch was photographer and filmmaker Ezra B. Thompson of Washington D.C., who was con¬ 
tracted by the Government Board of the Panama-Pacific Exposition to make motion pictures of seals and sealing operations. ' 

Scope and Content 

This collection contains images of the fur-seal harvest, rookeries, and Pribilof Island wildlife and other natural features. It 
also contains images of St. Paul Village, church, and people. 

The content of the collection suggests that the photographs were made by either Ezra B. Thompson, the men from the 
Department of Commerce, or perhaps by both. There are several images of Thompson actually filming sealing operations 
and rookeries as well as at other locations, and at least one of the images appears in Osgood, Preble, and Parker’s published 
report. (Wilfred H. Osgood, Edward A. Preble, and George H. Parker. “The Fur Seals and Other Life of the Pribilof Islands, 
Alaska, in 1914.” In the Bulletin ojthe Bureau (fFisheries, Vol. 34. Washington, DC: GPO) 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Pribilof Islands Photographs. The collection was given to the Bureau of Land Management 
(BLM) in the 1970s. The source of that donation is currently unknown. In 1976, an agent of the BLM donated the collection 
to the Elmer E. Rasmuson Library at the University of Alaska Fairbanks. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


Date span: 1914 

Summary: Images of the fur-seal harvest, rookeries, and Pribilcf 

Island wildlfe and landscapes, as well as St. Paul 
Village, church, and people. 

Location: Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska StPolar Regions 

Department 


1 St. Paul Island Agent’s Log, June 21, 1914. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs 155 






Item: 1976-0063-00045 

St Paul Village from top of Village Hill. 




Men at small cabin with outbuildings. 





Item: 1976-0063-00124 
Polovina Hill. 



Item: 1976-0063-00043 

Men skinning and inspecting seals on killing grounds. 



Item: 1976-0063-00003 


Sod-covered buildings, possibly wells or storehouses 
with Village Cove and St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00026 

Interior of Church oj Saints Peter and Paul with 
holiday decorations. 



Item: 1976-0063-00013 


Rock column at base of Village Hill with Reef 
Rookery in background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00009 


Men including George Parker, Wilfred Osgood, and 
Ezra Thompson inspecting seals on killing ground. 


> - 5 



hem: 1976-0063-00038 


Village HillJrom Zoltoi Sands. 


Item: 1976-0063-00196 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 1976-0063-00062 

Herd oj reindeer, possibly at Sheep Lake. 



Item: 1976-0063-00010 


Men skinning and inspecting seals on killing 
grounds. 




Item: 1976-0063-00104 

Men clubbing seals on St. Paul Village killing 

ground with radio station in background. 


156 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



























































Item: 1976-0063-00052 


Alert clubbing and skinning seals on St. Paul 
Village killing grounds with shallow pool and 
cemetery in background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00114 


Men skinning seals with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00202 


Men on St. Paul Village killing ground with radio 
station in background. 



hem: 1976-0063-00033 


Reef Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00108 


Reef Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00112 


Men standing in tall grass with wheelbarrows, 
possibly waiting Jot seal drive. 



Item: 1976-0063-00115 

Men skinning seals and man making notes in 
notebook. 



Item: 1976-0063-00036 
Reef Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00046 
Reef Rookery. 




Item: 1976-0063-00047 
Reef Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00113 

Wilfred Osgood inspecting seal on killing ground. 



Item: 1976-0063-00132 


Ezra Thompson jilming seal harvest with motion 
picture camera. 



Item: 1976-0063-00023 


Men bundling and weighing seal skins in salt house. 



Item: 1976-0063-00041 
Reef Rookery. 



Pribilof Islands Photographs 157 























































Item: 1976-0063-00109 


Reef Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00094 


Ardiguen Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00060 


Seals in water off of Gorbatch Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00076 


Small pod of fur-seal pups. 



Item: 1976-0063-00110 


Fur seals among rocks. 



Item: 1976-0063-00147 


Ardiguen Rookery with Sea Lion Rock in 
background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00134 


Ezra Thompson and other man with motion 
picture cameras on rocky hillside, probably filming 
rookery. 




Item: 1976-0063-00069 
Fur-seal bull. 


Item: 1976-0063-00078 
Tolstoi Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00146 

Fur-seal bull. 



Item: 1976-0063-00148 


Ardiguen Rookery with Sea Lion Rock in 
background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00032 


Gorbatch Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00042 


Gorbatch Rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00087 


Gorbatch Rookery. 


158 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































Item: 1976-0063-00152 
Fur-seal pups. 


Item: 1976-0063-00173 

Fur-seal pups at tide pool. 




Item: 1976-0063-00039 
Fur-seal harem. 



Item: 1976-0063-00160 

Fur-seal harem. 



Item: 1976-0063-00095 


Men driving seals to rocky beach. 



Item: 1976-0063-00086 


Sea-lion rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00183 


Sea-lion rookery. 


Item: 1976-0063-00189 

Fur-seal pups with two men walking along shore in 
background. 



Item: 1976-0063-00155 

Sea-lion rookery. 






Item: 1976-0063-00190 


Juvenile bachelor seals at hauling ground. 



Item: 1976-0063-00084 


Sea-lion bulls in surf. 



Item: 1976-0063-00156 


Sea-lion rookery. 



Item: 1976-0063-00093 


Ezra Thompsonfilming sea-lion bulls in surj with 
motion picture camera. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs 159 
















































Item: 1976-0063-00092 


Men preparing to depart Walrus Island with load 
of eggs in boats. Motion picture camera on rocks in 
upper right. 

\ - 

i 

i 

f 



Item: 1976-0063-00211 


Bird colony on Walrus Island. 



Item: 1976-0063-00096 

Birds on boulder. 



Item: 1976-0063-00022 

Ezra Thompson holding camera sitting on steps 

next to Aleut girl. 



Item: 1976-0063-00195 

Men gathering eggs on Walrus Island. 



Item: 1976-0063-00029 

Ezra Thompson sitting next to next to large carved 
wooden artifact. 



Item: 1976-0063-00196 


Group of women including second, fourth andffthfrom the left: Alexandra Orloff, Paula (Stepetin) McGlashan, and Justina Nozekoff. 


160 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











































Biographical Note 

Clarence Leroy Andrews (1862-1948) was a pioneer of 
Oregon, Washington, and Alaska and a customs official 
and information officer in Alaska. Andrews wrote exten¬ 
sively on Alaskan history and culture, as well as created a 
significant photographic record of his travels. 

In the 1880s, Andrews homesteaded in eastern Oregon and served as county clerk and clerk of the court for the newly cre¬ 
ated Morrow County. In 1890, he moved to Seattle, working as deputy in the King County auditor’s office. Andrews visited 
Alaska in 1892, and returned in 1898 with the Klondike gold rush. For the next ten years he worked as a customs official at 
Sitka, Skagway, and Eagle. 

Andrews became a recognized authority on the history and culture of the Alaska Territory. In 1909, he was appointed head 
of the Information Bureau at the Alaska Building in the Alaska-Yukon-Pacific Exposition in Seattle. After traveling with the 
exhibit he returned to Alaska in 1915 as a journalist for the Alaska-Yukon magazine and Alaska Daily Empire. 

Throughout the 1920s Andrews traveled the Arctic region from Nome to Point Barrow in the employ of the U.S. Bureau of 
Education’s School and Reindeer Service and was an advocate for the conservation of the reindeer herds. 

In the course of his travels, Andrews spent a day on St. Paul Island. The St. Paul Island Agent’s Log for July 11, 1917, stated 
that the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter Bear “arrived off East Landing at noon. Andrews was among the party who came ashore, 
and being escorted by Warden Crompton, visited Gorbatch Rookery and the village and took photographs.” Andrews’ diary 
entrv for the 11th said they arrived on shore “1:30 pm. Met Mr. Fassett [Henry Fassett, Agent and Caretaker] — got guide — 
made photos until 6 pm. Then on board ship and off for Nome.” 

Scope and Content 

Photographs include images of St. Paul Village, Gorbatch Rookery, and Reef hauling grounds. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part ol the Clarence Leroy Andrews Collection. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Historic Photo Archive 
441 NE Jarrett St. 

Portland, OR 97211 
(503) 460-0415 


Date span: July 11, 1917 

Summary: Views ofjur-seal rookeries and hauling grounds, and St. 

Paul Village 

Location: Historic Photo Archive, Portland, OR 


Clarence Leroy Andrews Photographs of St. Paul Island 161 







Item: 9707-K198 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 9707-K201 


Fur seals at Gorbatch Rookery. 



Item: 9707-K204 

Bachelor seals at Reef hauling grounds with man 
approaching seals at left. 



Item: 9707-K207 


Bachelor seals at Reef hauling grounds. 



Item: 9707-K199 

Fur seals and sea lions at Gorbatch Rookery with 
Village Hill in background showing tank house on 
hill and cemetery at right. 





Item: 9707-K200 

St. Paul Villagefrom beach along Salt Lagoon 
channel with Point Warehouse at right and radio 
tower at left. 



Item: 9707-K202 

Gorbatch Rookery crowded with fur seals. 



Item: 9707-K205 


Fur seals at Gorbatch Rookery. 



Item: 9707-K208 

"Holluschickie." Bachelor seals at Reef hauling 
grounds with man approaching seals. 



Item: 9707-K203 

Gorbatch Rookery crowded with fur seals. 



Item: 9707-K206 

Fur seals at Gorbatch Rookery. 



hem: 9707-K209 

Fur seal bull on rocks. 


162 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































r 



Item: 9707-K210 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 9707-K211 


Cows grazing in flat meadow east ojSt. Paul 
Village with ship, most likely the Bear, in 
background. 



Item: 9707-K198 

“Beating it." Man scrambling over rocks to get awayfrom aggressive fur-seal bull, with Tolstoi Point in background. 


Clarence Leroy Andrews Photographs of St Paul Island 163 
















Item: 9707-K210 

St. Paul Village from near base of Village Hill showing baidarras and other small boats, salt house, store, church, and other buildings. 


164 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















Biographical Note 

G Dallas Hanna (1887—1970) worked for the U.S. Bureau 
of Fisheries as Assistant Warden (1913), Teacher and Radio 
Operator on St. George Island (1913—1914), Assistant 
Agent/Storekeeper on St. Paul Island (June—September 
1916), Assistant Agent and Agent on St. George Island 
(October 1916—June 1917), fur-seal census-taker, sum¬ 
mers (1913—1920), teacher (1914—1915), Assistant Agent 

and Storekeeper on St. Paul Island (1916—1919), and paleontologist and curator, California Academy of Sciences, (1919- 
1970). 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


1912-1922 

Photographs made by G Dallas Hanna and others of 
Pribilof Islands wildlife, theJur-seal census, sealing 
operations, Aleut villagers, and U.S. government agents. 

Academy Library, California Academy of Sciences 


After graduating from the University of Kansas in 1911, Hanna’s first field position with the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries took 
him to Alaska’s Bristol Bay. His task was to study the fisheries, aquatic biology, and general wildlife resources of the area. 
During the winter of 1912—1913, Hanna made nearly a thousand-mile trip by dog sled from the head of Bristol Bay to Idi- 
tarod (now abandoned gold mining town) and back, collecting animal specimens for the U.S. National Museum. 

In 1913, Hanna was assigned to St. George Island as an assistant warden and teacher. In addition to his duties for the U.S. Bu¬ 
reau of Fisheries, Hanna spent much time studying the area’s natural history and published papers on the birds and mammals 
of the Pribilof Islands. He took numerous photographs of the people, activities, and natural features of the islands, gathered 
biological, geological, and paleontological specimens, and compiled meticulous notes and daily logs on both St. George and 
St. Paul Islands. He also became interested in the geology and paleontology of the islands, in particular fossil diatoms. While 
studying fossil diatoms in 1916, Hanna developed a new type of apparatus for his microscope to aid in handling delicate speci¬ 
mens, and over the years Hanna was recognized as a leading paleontologist and inventor of equipment for scientific research. 

In June of 1919, Hanna received a Ph.D. from George Washington University. He accepted an appointment at the California 
Academy of Sciences in 1919, where he spent the bulk of his career, but continued to work on the Pribilof Islands during the 
summers of 1919 and 1920. 


Scope and Content 

Hanna compiled this collection of photographs to illustrate his manuscript, The Alaska Fur-Seal Islands. The collection includes 
photographs made by Hanna as well as photographs made by others that were borrowed or collected by Hanna. Images show 
wildlife on St. Paul and St. George islands including seals, sea lions, foxes, reindeer, and birds. They also depict aspects of the 
fur-seal census, and sealing operations, including fur-seal harvests, and buildings, and Pribilof Islands native villagers and 
U.S. government agents. 

Provenance 

The photographs form part of the G Dallas Hanna Collection. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 


G Dallas Hanna Photograph Collection 165 






Repository Information 

Academy Library 
California Academy of Sciences 
875 Howard Street 
San Francisco, CA 94103-3009 
(415) 321-8039 

Related Material 

See also the Ll.S. Bureau of Fisheries Pribilof Islands Photograph Collection in Record Group 22, at the National Archives and 
Records Administration’s Pacific Alaska Region in Anchorage, Alaska. 

Bibliography 

Hanna, G Dallas. 2008. The Alaska Fur-Seal Islands (John A. Lindsay, Ed.). Ll.S. Dept. Commer., NOAA Tech. Memo. 

NOSORR 16, 295p. 


Maps 



Item: 1 

Hand-drawn map showing location oj fur-seal 
herds in the North Pacific Ocean by G Dallas 
Hanna. 



N is ■!* 


Item: 4 Date: Circa 1910s 

Photograph of relief map of St. Paul Island 
showing volcanic characteristics of island by 
Harold Heath. 


Photographs 



Item: 5 

Black Bluffs on St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Albert Christoffersen. 



Item: 6 Date: 1920 

Two people standing beneath rock arch near Kitovi 
Rookery, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 



Item: 10 Date: 1918 

Fur-seal bulls taking positions on beach prior to 
arrival of cows at Tolstoi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


166 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















r 



Item: 9 Date: 1921 


Seal-observation tripod constructed by 
Albert Christoffersen. Photograph by Albert 
Christojjersen. 



Item: 17 Date: 1921 

Fur-seal bull with mouth open in aggression beside 
two cows at Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Edward C. Johnston. 



Item: 21 Date: 1918 


Fur-seal cow and pup at North Rookery on St. 
George Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 13 Date: 1921 

Fur-seal bulls at Reef Rookery, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Albert Christojjersen. 



Item: 18 Date: 1918 

Fur-seal cow on rock at Polovina Cliffs Rookery on 
St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 15 Date: 1921 


Fur-seal bulls at Ardiguen Rookery with Sea Lion 
Rock in background, St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by Albert Christoffersen. 



jx-W/. st' s» 

Item: 16 Date: 1918 

Fur-seal bulls at Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 19 Date: 1918 

Fur-seal cow and pup at Polovina Cliffs Rookery on 
St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


C Dallas Hanna Photograph Collection 167 

























Item: 23 Date: 1918 

NursingJur-seal pups and cows at Lukanin 
Rookery on St. Paul Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 24 Date: 1901 


Fur seals at Kitovi Rookery “amphitheater," St. 
Paul Island. Photograph by Harry D. Chichester. 



Item: 31 Date: 1919 

Seals “porpoising" in water off of Kitovi Rookery, 
St. Paul Island. Photograph by H. W. Stewart. 



Item: 32 Date: 1916 

Seals swimming at Polovina Rookery, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 35 Date: circa 1918 

Men clubbing seals. 



Item: 36 Date: 1921 

Skins spread on grass to cool next to By-products 
Plant, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 



Item: 37 Date: 1921 


Men loading skins into boats for transport from 
Northeast Point to St. Paul Village. Photograph by 
Albert Christoffersen. 



Item: 38 Date: 1921 


Barrels containing skins awaiting shipment outside 
salt house, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 



Item: 27 Date: 1919 

Fur-seal bull with harem and pups at Kitovi 
Rookery, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 




Item: 34 Date: 1913 

Man holding seal pup with three women looking 
on. Photograph by Donald Clark. 



Item: 39 Date: 1920 

Seal bones on killing ground at Northeast Point, 

St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


168 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















Item: 41 Date: 1921 


By-products Plant, St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Albert Christojfirsen. 



Item: 44 Date: 1918 

Sea-lion cow and pups at Northeast Point, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 





Item: 47 Date: 1917 

Sea-lion Bull at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: SO Date: 1921 

Alan standing amid large number affixes at 
feeding time on bluefix firm, St. George Island. 
Photograph by Edward C. Johnston. 



Item: 42 Date: 1922 

Radio station at St. Paul Village. Photograph by 
Albert Christoffersen. 



Item: 46 Date: 1919 


Sea-lion bull. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 48 Date: 1922 


Sea-lion Rookery at Northeast Point, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by Albert Christoffersen. 



Item: SI Date: 1917 

Blue fix. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 43 Date: 1913 


Men standing around dead sea lion strung up on 
dock, St. George Island. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 



a**./,i* sy.Pkm/ j:' t/r 


Item: 49 Date: 1917 

Sea-lion cow at Northeast Point. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 





Item: S2 Date: 1921 

Blue fox. Photograph by Edward C. Johnston. 


C Dallas Hanna Photograph Collection 169 





















Item: 54 Date: 1921 

Blue foxes sitting on stacks of lumber and waiting 
to beJed in St. George Village. Photograph by 
Edward C. Johnston. 



Item: 55 Date: 1913 

Alan hand-feeding blue fox next to house. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 57 Date: 1921 


417 blue and 2 white fox skins hanging on side 
of building, St. George Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 62 Date: 1913 

White reindeer on St. George Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 71 Date: 1914 

Alurre colony on Walrus Island. Photograph by 
William H. Osgood. 



Item: 58 Date: 1921 

Tractors hauling seal skins and carcasses with 
Telegraph Hill and Salt Lagoon in background, St. 
Paul Island. Photograph by Albert Christoffersen. 



Item: 63 Date: 1919 


Reindeer herd on St. George Island. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 67 

C.E. Crompton hanging on edge cf cliff gathering 
eggs on St. George Island. 



Item: 70 Date: 1917 

Boat loaded with Alurre eggs from Walrus Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 56 Date: 1920 


Blue foxes in grass, St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 59 Date: 1919 


Blue fox. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 65 Date: 1917 

Hair seal on St. George Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 69 Date: 1922 

Paroquet auklet. Photograph by C. E. Crompton. 



Item: 77 Date: 1922 

Pribilof sandpiper on nest, St. George Island. 
Photograph by C.E. Crompton. 


170 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





























Item: 68 Date: 1922 

Birds nesting on cliff, St. George Island. 
Photograph by C. E. Crompton. 



Item: 14 Date: 1917 


Horned puffin. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 12 Date: 1922 

Murre at nest with eggs on cliff. Photograph by 
C.E. Crompton. 



Item: IS Date: 191/ 

Red-faced cormorant on Sea Lion Rock. 

Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 84 Date: 1922 

Crab, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 



Item: 73 Date: 1922 

Basketfull of murre eggs. Photograph by C.E. 
Crompton. 



Item: 76 Date: 1921 


Crested auklet. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 



Item: 85 Date: 1921 


Surf crashing against rocks. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 


G Dallas Hanna Photograph Collection 171 






















Item: 76a Date: 1918 

Pacific kittiwake. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 80 Date: 1921 

Young woman holding baby, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Albert Christoffersen. 




Item: 78 Date: 1921 

Group oj children on St. George Island. 

Photograph by Albert Christoffersen. 



Item: 81 Date: 1921 

Father Peter KashevaroJ. Photograph by Albert 
Christoffersen. 



Item: 89 


See enlargement at end oj section. 



Item: 79 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 88 Date: 1919 


Fur-seal bull with mouth open in aggression. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 90 Date: 1922 

Garden Cove, St. George Island. Photograph by 
C.E. Crompton. 


Item: 87 Date: 1922 

Hairy “fur bearing”fly. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 


172 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















Item: 91 Date: 1922 

View of surjat sunset. Photograph by C.E. 
Crompton. 



Item: 89 

C. E. Crompton standing with skis in Jront of watch house on St. George Island. 


C Dallas Hanna Photograph Collection 173 




















Item: 19 

Karp Buterin and family, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Albert Christoffersen. 


174 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











Biographical Note 

Edward Clyde Johnston (1887-1951) was a naturalist for 
the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries aboard the steamer Albatross , 

U.S. Treasury agent on St. George Island from 1919—1921 
and 1922, seal census taker from 19215—1922, 1925, agent 
on St. Paul Island from 1925—1927, and U. S. Department 
of the Interior Superintendent on the Pribilof Islands from 
1939-1948. 

In addition to his duties as agent, Johnston studied the flora of the islands in his spare time and created a photographic record 
of Pribilol botanical lile. He avidly studied the butterfly and moth populations as well, greatly increasing the number of 
known species on the Pribilof Islands. 

As Superintendent, Johnston oversaw the evacuation of the villagers to the Funter Bay internment camps during World 
War II. 

Scope and Content 

In 1922, Johnston made a series of portraits of St. George Island residents, including men, women, and children. These 32 
images comprise one series. 

The other series consists of over 600 images of Pribilof Islands botanical subjects. These images are not shown in this guide. 

Alternate Forms Available 

The National Marine Mammal Laboratory Library holds the original negatives for this collection. Prints of the botanical 
series may be viewed at the California Academy of Sciences Library Special Collections, in the Edward C. Johnston collection 
of plants of the Pribilof Islands. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

National Marine Mammal Laboratory Library 
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 
7600 Sand Point Way NE 
Seattle, WA 98115 
(206)526-4013 


Date span: Circa 1920s 

Summary: Portraits of St. George Island residents and Pribilof 

Island botanical subjects 

Location: National Marine Mammal Laboratory Library, NOAA 


Edward Clyde )ohnston Photographs 175 












Portraits of St. George Island residents, 1922 



Item: 1955 


Helena Philemonof. 



Item: 1953 
Natalia Merculief. 



Item: 1957 


Martha Merculief. 


176 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














Item: 1958 
Laurence Lekanof. 



Item: 1961 
Elizabeth Lestenkof. 



Item: 1959 
Alexandra Lekanof. 



Item: 1962 

Constantine Lestenkof. 



' • X 


1 i 


2 



Item: 1960 
Daniel Merculief. 



Item: 1963 


Sarah Alerculief. 


Edward Clyde ]ohnston Photographs 177 















Item: 1964 

Father Peter Kashevarof. 



Item: 1967 

Christopher Malavansky. 



Item: 1970 
Simeon Swetzof. 



Item: 1965 

Agnes Stepetin Lekanof. 



Item: 1968 
Benjamin Merculief. 



Item: 1971 
Nadesda Merculief. 



Item: 1966 
George Merculief Jr. 



Item: 1969 
Elizabeth Merculief. 



Item: 1972 
Nicolai MerculieJ. 


178 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














Item: 1973 

Pelagia (nee?) Lekanof. 



Item: 1976 
Stefan Lekanof. 



Item: 1979 
Ignaty Philemonof. 



Item: 1974 
George Lekanof. 



Item: 19 77 
Nadesda Merculief. 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 1980 
Isaiah Merculief. 



Item: 197S 
Ermogen Lekanof. 



Item: 1978 

Julia Philemore Swetzof and Ferapont Swetzof. 



Item: 1981 
Demitri Lestenkof. 


Edward Clyde Johnston Photographs 179 




















Item: 1982 

Sophia Merculief Lekanof and Lucy LekanoJ. 



Item: 1911 
Nadesda Merculief. 


180 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









(//hi/? I 


Biographical Note 

H.W. Steward was a photographer in Cordova, Alaska. 

Scope and Content 

These eight photographic postcards bv photographer H.W. 

Steward depict images of St. Paul Island including the vil¬ 
lage, church interior, group photographs of people, and 
fur-seals. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Mogg Found Photograph Album. The album was found in a garbage dump by Tom Mogg 
and donated to the Elmer E. Rasmuson Library at the University of Alaska, Fairbanks. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repositorv for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


Date span: 1918-1926 

Summary: Photographic postcards by H. W. Steward depicting St. 

Paul Island Village and church, group photographs of 
people, and jur seals. 

Location: Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska St^Polar Regions 

Department 


Mogg Found Photograph Album 181 








Item: 2004-121-79 Date: 1926 

St. Paul Village. 


* 



Item: 2004-121-83 Date: 1926 

Group photograph of St. Paul Island men. 


Item: 2004-121-82 Date: 1926 

Group photograph ojSt. Paul Island children. 



Item: 2004-121-94 Date: 1918 

Fur seals. 



Item: 2004-121-80 Date: 1926 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


- - 



Item: 2004-121-81 Date: 1926 

Group photograph of St. Paul Island women. 



■'$£« 

Item: 2004-121-93 Date: 1918 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 2004-121-95 Date: 1918 

Fur seals at hauling grounds. 



Item: 2004-121-93 Date: 1918 

Fur seals at Northeast Point. 


182 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















Biographical Note 

Ernest and Helen Watson were school teachers on St. Paul 
Island in 1925 and 1926. 


Date span: 
Summary: 


Scope and Content Location. 

Most of the photographs in this collection are contained 
in a single photograph album. The photographs are mostly 
snapshots of the people, village, and natural features of St. 

Paul Island. There are also a several images of St. George Island. 


1924-1926 

Photographs of St. Paul Island people, village, and 
natural features taken by school teachers Ernest, and 
Helen Watson. 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska S^Polar Regions 
Department 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 


Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection 183 











Item: 1993-186-1 Date: 1925 

Helen Watson on board USS Vega. 



Item: 2002-158-6 


Fur-seal pups. 




Item: 2002-158-12 Date: 1925 


Fur seals at Reef Rookery with USS Vega in 
background. 



Item: 1993-186-2 Date: 1925 

St. Paul Island senior school students. 



Item: 2002-158-3 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 2002-158-4 
Sea-lion bull. 




Item: 2002-158-7 
Old male fur seal. 

r i 


Item: 2002-158-15 Date: 1924 

Four men at rookery with Captain Beck (center) 
holding fur-seal pup. 

r ^ 



Item: 2002-158-24 Date: 1925 

Bluefox in grass on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-5 


Two bellowing sea-lion bulls. 


r 




Item: 2002-158-10 Date: 1925 

Fur seals at Ref Rookery with Sea Lion Rock in 
background. 



Item: 2002-158-20 Date: 1925 

Blue fox kits outside of building on St. George 
Island. 


r 





Item: 2002-158-25 Date: 1925 

Donkey-drawn wagon containing several people 
and barrel of water in front of houses in St. Paul 
Village. 


184 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















Item: 2002-158-26 Date: 1925 

St. Paul Island bath house. 



Item: 2002-158-29 

St. Paul Island junior school house. 

f 


Date: 1925 




Item: 2002-158-30 Date: 1925 

St. Paul Island senior school house. 



Item: 2002-158-32 Date: 1925 

Sunrise on St. Paul Island. 


f > 



Item: 2002-158-35 Date: 1925 


SurJcrashing against rocks on St. Paul Island. 











o i ' IS t - i.7 

Item: 2002-158-27 

SurJ crashing against rocks on St. Paul Island. 




__ x iTjC-xf 

Item: 2002-158-28 Date: 1925 

Pribilof Islands “ fur-bearing” fly, also known as a 
“St. Paul Canary.” 



Item: 2002-158-33 
Sunset, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-37 Date: 1925 

Surf crashing against rock formation near Village 
Hill. 


Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection 185 




















Item: 2002-158-38 Date: 1925 

St. Paul Island residence of Ernest and Helen 
Watson. 



Item: 2002-158-41 Date: 1925 

Small sod-covered building, possibly storage 
house, with Church of Saints Peter and Paul in 
background. 


r i 



Item: 2002-158-44 


Bellowing sea-lion bull at rookery. 



Item: 2002-158-49 Date: 1925 

Men carrying 175-pound halibut. 


r ^ 



Item: 2002-158-53 

Fox kits next to building on St. George Island. 


f ^ 



Item: 2002-158-39 Date: 1926 

St. Paul Island store and warehouses with Village 
Cove in background. 



Item: 2002-158-42 Date: 1926 

St. Paul Island doctor’s residence. 





Item: 2002-158-47 


Sea-lion bull at rookery. 



Item: 2002-158-52 

Cow “Julia”next to barn, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-54 Date: 1925 

Walrus head and tusks, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-40 Date: 1926 

St. Paul Village buildings with Village Cove in 
background and By-products Plant on shore in 
distance. 



Item: 2002-158-43 Date: 1925 

Small sod-covered building, possibly storage house 
in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 2002-158-48 Date: 1924 

Four men at fur-seal rookery (same group as 2002- 
158-15). 



It 




..it-- 


Item: 2002-158-51 Date: 1925 

Four men with walrus head and tusks. 

r ’I 



Item: 2002-158-55 Date: 1925 

Surf crashing against rocks on St. Paul Island. 


186 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



























Item: 2002-158-56 Date: 1925 


Kaminista Rock quarry on St. Paul Island. 


r 'y 



Item: 2002-158-59 Date: 1926 


Warehouse and buildings at Village Cove with 
Tolstoi Point and English Bay in background. 

r ^ 



Item: 2002-158-62 Date: 1924 

Baidarra on boat launch next to Point Warehouse 
at Village Cove. 



Item: 2002-158-65 Date: 1925 

Four children sitting on rock with Village Cove in 
background. 



Item: 2002-158-68 

Six children including George RukovishnikojJ, 
Maxim Emanoff, David Fratis, Gabriel Stepetin, 
and Martha Bourdukofsky. 



Item: 2002-158-57 Date: 1926 

Radio station and other buildings with Village 
Cove and Tolstoi Point in background. 



Item: 2002-158-60 


Government agents’ greenhouse in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 2002-158-63 Date: 1925 


Two children sitting on stoop of house in St. Paul 
Village. 



Item: 2002-158-66 

Six children including girls Ekaterina TetoJJ, 
Elokneda RukovishnikojJ, and Valentina Hapoff. 



Item: 2002-158-69 

Five children including Augusta Kochutin, 
Platoneda Hapoff, Vincente Tetoff, and Agnes 
TetoJJ. 



Item: 2002-158-58 Date: 1925 

Pile oj debris from damaged water tank. 


f 





Item: 2002-158-61 

Village Cove and Point Warehouse Salt Lagoon 
channel with buildings in foreground. 



Item: 2002-158-64 Date: 1925 

Religious procession for blessing of water on St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-67 

Six children including Andronic Oustigqjf. 

V _ 





Item: 2002-158-74 

Five children including Sosepatra Tetoff and Anna 
Alisikan. 


Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection 187 






















Item: 2002-158-70 

Left to right: Laurentj Sedick, Iuleta Hap off, and 
Raisa Kozloff. 



Item: 2002-158-73 

Left to right: Samuel Krukoff, Jacob Kochutin, 
and Tatiana Tettff. 


r 





Item: 2002-158-71 


Left to right: Samuel Krukoff, Ifrosenia 
Rukovishnikoff Jacob Kochutin, and Nicolai 
Stepetin. 



Item: 2002-158-84 Date: 1926 

Snowdrift on steps of house in St. Paul Village. 




Item: 2002-158-72 

Left to right: Dan Krukoff, Anfesa Fratis, and 
Agafia Mandregan. 



Item: 2002-158-93 

Mrs. Peterson holding cat “Mutt.” 


188 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





Item: 2002-158-75 
Group of boys. 



Item: 2002-158-78 


Four women with Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
in background. 



Item: 2002-158-83 Date: 1926 

Radio station on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-94 


Alan “Mr. Ballou”on stepladder working on house. 



Item: 2002-158-97 Date: 1926 


Mr. Williams in front of towering snow' bank on St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-76 


Left to right: Xentofont Hanson, Moisey Shabolin, 
and John and Christoffer Kozloff. 



Item: 2002-158-79 


Four girls. 



Item: 2002-158-90 Date: 1926 

Donkey-drawn sled on snowy road, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-95 


Russian Archbishop Prozeroff with Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul in background. Album 



Item: 2002-158-100 

Dentist “Doc Hunter” standing in doorway of 
house. 



Item: 2002-158-77 

Man “Simeon” cutting up seal meat in yard of 
Government House with Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul in background. 



“Kerin” Buterin (possibly Kerick Buterin). 


r ^ 



Item: 2002-158-91 
Warehouse on Village Cove. 



Item: 2002-158-96 

Mr. and Mrs. Williams with son. 



Item: 2002-158-101 
Cook Wing Gee. 


Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection 189 























Item: 2002-158-98 

Viewjrom high up on radio tower ofyoung man, 
“Johnny,”just below. 



Item: 2002-158-103 


Mrs. Peterson sitting on rocks near Black Blujjs. 



Item: 2002-158-99 
Ruth Williams. 


f \ 



Item: 2002-158-104 
Ruth Williams. 



Item: 2002-158-102 Date: 1925 


Baidarra with passengers and oarsmen, St. Paul 
Island. 






Item: 2002-158-105 

Baidarra with passengers and oarsmen in Village 
Cove. 


r ^ 



Item: 2002-158-153 

Pahoehoe lava formation on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-155 


Dwarf willow tree on St. Paul Island. Album 
annotation notes: “largest tree on St. Paul.” 

r ^ 



Item: 2002-158-158 


Ice House Lake with cattle grazing at edge and 
pump house at right. 


190 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









hew: 2002-158-106 
Lieutenant Greene of the USS Vega. 



Item. 2002-158-215 

Radio station on St. Paul Island from top of radio 
tower. 



hem: 2002-158-220 

Cement house, possibly Watson residence. 



Item: 2002-158-161 


Slope Hill and Crater Hill, with Rush Hill in 
distance, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2002-158-203 
Blue foxes on St. Paul Island. 



y 



Item: 2002-158-217 

Man “Mac”standing next to walrus on St. Paul 
Island. 




Item: 2002-158-224 

St. Paul Villagers gathered in room decoratedJor 
event. 


Item: 2002-158-222 

St. Paul Village from radio tower. 



Item: 2002-158-162 


Bogoslof Hill with Crater Hill in background. 


r ' 



Item: 2002-158-214 
St. Paul Village. 



Item: 2002-158-219 


St. Paul Villagefrom radio tower with written 
identifications of buildings and other features on 
photograph. The Watson residence is noted with 
check mark at top right. 



fc. .. A 

Item: 2002-158-223 


Group of men outside of blubbering shed. 


Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection 191 






















Item: 1993-186-2 Date: 1923 

St. Paul Island senior school students. 



Item: 2002-158-3 
Ribbon seal. 


192 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







Biographical Note 

Michael Z. Vinokouroff (1894-1983) was a librarian, poet, 
and bibliophile from Yakutsk, Russia, who immigrated 
to the United States with his wife Anastasia in 1921. In 
November of that year he got a job in the Slavic Section of 
the Library of Congress, and became interested in develop¬ 
ing and describing the library’s Russian holdings. Over the 

years Vinokouroff enlarged the Russian collections through two major acquisitions; in 1927, he negotiated the transfer of over 
700 boxes of Russian Orthodox Church records from a cathedral in New York City, and in 1940 he collected a large quantity 
of archival materials from the Russian Orthodox Church in Alaska. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1880s-1940s 

Photographs of Russian Orthodox clergymen, Pribilof 
Islands views, and Alaska Commercial Company 
employees, collected by Michael Vinokouroff. 

Alaska State Library Historical Collections 


Scope and Content 

Photographs include images of Russian Orthodox clergymen on St. Paul and St. George Islands, St. George island village, 
landscape, and wildlife views, and traditional Aleut garments. There is also a portrait of Nicholas Gray, agent and teacher on 
St. George Island, and a group picture in the Alaska Commercial Company office of company affiliates. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Michael Z. Vinokouroff Photograph Collection (PCA 243). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 

Related Material 

The Alaska Historical Collections also holds Vinokouroff s papers (Ms 81). See: 

Martin, Louise. Michael Z. Vinokouroff: A Profile and Inventory of his Papers (Ms 81) and Photographs (PCA 243) in the Alaska His¬ 
torical Library. Juneau: Alaska Department of Education, 1986. 


Michael Z. Vinokouroff Photograph Collection 193 













Item: P243-1-63 

Three clergymen (possibly Bishop Amjilokhii in 
center) standing with men and boys on St. George 
Island. 



Item: P243-I-I58 
Surf at St. George Island. 



Item: P243-1-164 


Father Theodosy leading service at Church of Saint 
George the Victorious. 



Item: P243-1-1S6 


Surf at St. George Island. 

1 



Item: P243-1-161 


St George Village from North Rookery. 



Item: P243-1-165 

Priest's residence, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P243-1-1S4 

Ice in North Anchorage with St. George Village in 
background. 



Item: P243-1-157 
Surf at St. George Island. 



Item: P243-1-162 

St. George Village from southwest. 









Item: P243-1-166 

Father Theodosy holding camera with rocky shore 
in background. 



Item: P243-1-1SS 


Person holding long pole walking on ice along 
shore of St. George Island. 



Item: P243-1-89 Date: 1913 

Wedding party of Olga Orlov and Nikolai Kozlov 
(center) on steps of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
with Father John Orlov (Orlojf) at left. 


194 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































Item: P243-I-163 


Church ojSaint George the Victorious. 


* 



Item: P243-I-I69 


Father Theodosy holding camera with St. George 
Village in background. 



Item: P243-1-167 

Father Theodosy on rocks near shore. 



Item: P243-1-171 


Fox next to wooden walkway. 



Item: P243-1-174 

826 fox pelts, St. George Island. 



Item: P243-1-168 


Father Theodosy with Mr. Christopher and others 
at St. George landing. 



Item: P243-1-170 


Father Theodosy silhouetted against sky. 



Item: P243-1-I73 
Fox near den. 



Item: P243-1-175 


Fox in snowy landscape. 



Item: P243-1-178 


Seal pup with buildings in background. 


Michael Z. Vinokouroff Photograph Collection 195 




















Item: P243-2-168 


Hugh H. McIntyre, Melville Erskine, George 
Davidson, and Gustave Niebaum in the San 
Francisco Alaska Commercial Company office. 



Item: P243-3-031 

Kamleika or waterproof garment made from sea 
mammal intestine sewn with sea-lion sinew. 



Item: P243-2-181 Date: Circa 1880s 


Nicolas Gray, teacher on St. Paul Island. 



i & 'fC 
t *► 

} *u 

’ **iV# 


Item: P243-3-035 

Hooded garment with decorative hair or feather 
tufts. 


196 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












^/IccAa/u/y cuicl^Mu/^y (w//)e/'txo/i 


1920 &) 


Biographical/Historical Note 

Richard Guy Culbertson (1895-1969) joined the Navy in 
1917, and served as a supply officer aboard the supplv ship 
USS Nanshan. The Nanshan regularly served ports on main¬ 
land Alaska and in the Aleutians. 


Date span: 
Summary: 


Location: 


Circa 1920s 

Images of St. Paul Island Village and people 
including government agents and schoolchildren 
taken or collected hy Richard and Mary Culbertson 

Alaska State Library Historical Collections 




In 1920, Culbertson was hired by the U.S. Bureau of Fish¬ 
eries first as senior schoolteacher and later as an agent on 

St. George Island. During a 1924 furlough Culbertson met and married Mary S. Sandidge (1897—1988), a schoolteacher from 
Lynchburg, Virginia. Mary organized and taught a kindergarten class on St. George Island. 


In 1926, the Culbertsons moved to St. Paul where Richard became the storekeeper, disbursing officer, jailer, agent, and U.S. 
Commissioner, and Mary taught at the junior school. The Culbertson’s son was born on St. Paul Island in April 1928. Richard 
was reassigned to Washington D.C. in 1929. 


Scope and Content 

This collection contains several images of St. Paul Island including a view of the village from the top of one of the radio 
towers. Most of the images, however, are of people including Richard Culbertson, Watson Colt Allis, H.D. Aller, and other 
agents and their wives, as well as group photographs of school children and a baseball team. The collection also includes a 
photograph of Father Gregory Kochergin. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Richard and Mary Culbertson Photograph Collection (PCA 390). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


Richard and Mary Culbertson Photograph Collection 197 








Item: P390.1 

Radio station on St. Paul Island with barn in 
foreground. 



Item: P390.9 

St. Paul Island Company House with scaffold on 
corner of building. 



Item: P390.30 

Group dressed in costume. 



Item: P390.32 


Group of men including Watson Colt Allis (second 
from left). This photograph also appears in the 
Watson Colt Allis scrapbook. 



Item: P390.34 Date: Ca 1924 


Father Kochergin wearing vestments next to 
decorated altar in Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: P390.2 
Small cabin. 



Item: P390.21 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: P390.31 

Group of men including Watson Colt Allis (center). 



Item: P390.33 

See enlargement at end of section. 




Item: P390.4 


View southwest of St. Paul Village and Reef Point 
from top of radio tower. 



Item: P390.21 

Richard Culbertson on St. Paul Island. 


Item: P390.37 Date: Ca 1922 

Left to right: Richard Culbertson, H.D. Aller, 

Mrs. Aller, Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Mygatt, Mr. 
Mygatt, Watson C. Allis, Harry.A. Peterson, Dr. 
Bowlby. 


198 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































Item: P390.38 Date: 1921 


St. Paul Island boy’s baseball team. 



Item: P390.71 


Left to right: Mrs. Proctor, Mr. Proctr, Mrs. 
Peterson, Mr. Aller, Dr. Murphy, Harry Peterson 
and C.E. Crompton. 



Item: P390.39 Date: 1921 

St. Paul Island senior school class picture. 




Item: P390.4I 


Bird colony, possibly on Walrus Island. 



Item: P390.21 

Richard Culbertson and two women seated at table. 


Richard and Mary Cuibertson Photograph Collection 199 




































































Three women with baby carriage. 



Item: P390.37 Date: Ca 1922 

Left to right: Richard Culbertson, H.D. Aller, Mrs. Aller, Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Mygatt, Mr. Mygatt, Watson C. Allis, Harry.A. Peterson, Dr. Bowlby. 


200 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























































kjuo ^ 






Biographical Note 

Watson Colt Allis (1857—1942) was an Assistant Agent 
for the Alaska Commercial Company on St. Paul Island in 
1882, and from 1887 to 1890 when he became an agent for 
the North American Commercial Company until 1910, 
and thereafter he remained an agent for the U. S. Bureau of 
Fisheries on St. Paul Island from 1913 to 1922. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1910s—1930s 

Scrapbook of photographs and newspaper clippings 
relating to Watson Colt Allis' career as an agent on the 
Pribilof Islands 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska 8cPolar Regions 
Department 


Allis retired to St. Helena, California in 1922, but contin¬ 
ued to spend summers on the Pribilof Islands. In 1927, Allis married Lola Hibbard and the couple hosted yearly parties for 
the “Pribiloffers” on Allis’ birthday, inviting friends from Allis’ forty years on the Pribilof Islands. Attendees to these parties 
included fellow photographers Edward Johnston, G Dallas Hanna, Richard Culbertson, C.E. Crompton, and Albert Christof- 
ferson. 


Scope and Content 

The Watson Colt Allis scrapbook contains over fifty pages of photographs, newspaper clippings, correspondence, and other 
material relating to Allis’ years on the Pribilof Islands. Photographs include images of people, places, and activities on St. Paul 
Island, as well as images of Allis’ yearly birthday parties at his St. Helena ranch. Newspaper clippings include stories featur¬ 
ing Allis, social page write-ups of Allis’ parties, and obituaries (including Allis’ own). Correspondence includes invitations to 
“Pribiloffers” parties and a letter to Allis from Wing Gee, cook for the agents on St. Paul Island. Selected items are shown in 
this guide. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Greta Ericson Photographs (accession no. 99-007). Greta Ericson purchased the scrapbook 
for $5.00 at a garage sale in St. Helena, CA, and donated it to the Elmer E. Rasmuson Library at the University of Alaska, 
Fairbanks. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


Watson Colt Allis Scrapbook 201 







Item: 99-07-61 


St. Paul Island Government House and Church oj 
Saints Peter and Paul with shallow pool, cemetery, 
and East Landing salt house in background. 



Item: 99-07-183 

Iliodor Kozloff, the first child born in the “new” 
St. Paul Island hospital. 



Item: 99-07-122 

Male fur-seal genitalia (“sticks”) drying on lines 
behind house in St. Paul Village. Allis' caption: 
“by-products.” 



* .- -yr jA—-- / 

V ---* 

r>^2 ay /* 

2 * v 

-*y*-*t/ a*£/. - -<£- 
y ... ... 



Item: 1999-07-p44 Date: 1930 

Page 44 of scrapbook with portrait of Wing Gee 
and letter from Gee to Allis. 



Item: 99-07-125 

Karp Buterin with two women. Allis’ caption: 
“Karp and the ladies.” 


202 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























Biographical Note 

Paul E. Thompson was a seasonal warden for the U.S. 
Bureau of Fisheries from 1931—1937. In 1941, he became 
the District Chief for the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 
(USFWS) in Juneau, Alaska, transferring to Washington 
D.C. in 1942, as assistant Chief for the Division of Alaska 
Fisheries. Thompson retired from the USFWS in 1971, as 
Chief of Fishery Research. 


Date span: 1940—1950 

Summary: Images ojjur seals and sea lions, and two views of St 

Paul Village by Paul E. Thompson 

Location: Alaska State Library Historical Collections 


Scope and Content 

Images include fur seals and sea lions, and two views of St. Paul Village. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Paul E. Thompson Photograph Collection (PCA 153). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


Paul E. Thompson Photograph Collection 203 









Item: PI 53.266 Date: 1950 

St. Paul Village. 



Item: P153.269 Date: 1950 

House, fuel “tank jarm,” and other buildings on 
Village Hill. 


Item: P153.273 Date: 1940 

Blue fox kit next to seal rookery observation point 
marker. 




Item: PI53.277 Date: 1940 

Fur-seal rookery on St. Paul Island. 



Item: P153.280 Date: 1950 

Fur-seal bulls hauled out on beach at Tolstoi, St. 
Paul Island. 


Item: PI 53.281 Date: 1950 

Fur seals swimming, St. Paul Island. 




Item: PI 53.283 Date: 1950 


Two fur-seal cows with large pod of pups, St. Paul 
Island. 


204 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



























•c/f i. t/)u/ila/j &/ix>t(Hj/'aJ}/i 

turns (&S®-m9j 


Biographical Note 

Edward A. Dunlap, M.D. (b. 1910) was a doctor on St. 

George Island from 1938—1939. 

Scope and Content 

The collection includes photographs of St. George Village, 
people, events, and activities, broadly documenting life 

on St. George Island during the year in which Edward Dunlap served as doctor on the island. Several photographs of babies, 
some with their mothers, probably document infants born under Dr. Dunlap’s care. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


1938-1939 

Photographs oj St. George Village, people, events, and 
activities from the collection of Edward A. Dunlap, 
doctor on St. George Island. 

Anchorage Museum of History and Art 


Many of the photographs were taken by Purl Manderville, and some are duplicates of photographs in the Manderville Family 
Photograph Collection. The hand-colored photographs were colored by Esther Manderville. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part the Edward Dunlap Collection, accession no. B96.ll. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Anchorage Museum of History and Art 
121 West Seventh Avenue 
Anchorage, AK 99501 
(907) 343-6189 


Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection 205 










Item: B96.ll.lS6 

Three women with babies including Alexandra 
ProkopioJ (left) and Irina Philemonof (center, 
possibly holding Father Paul Merculief). 

1 / ;» 


hem: B96.ll.161 
Four babies. 


hem: B96.11.18S 
Man. 


hem: B96.ll.160 
Woman with baby. 

hem: B96.ll.175 
Boy. 


r 



Item: B96.ll.195 


Young woman. 


hem: B96.ll.198 
Woman holding dead owl. 


hem: B96.11.184 

Four men (Bill Shane at right) clowning around. 







206 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















Item: B96.I1.2I5 

Esther and Purl Manderville with son William on 
rocks with St. George Village in background and 
camera on rock in foreground. 



Item: B96.ll.223 

Esther and Purl Manderville with son William. 



Item: B96.ll.220 
Man in front of building. 



Item: B96.ll.218 

Father Theodosy and Lee McMillin (Same as 
SG144 in Manderville Family Photograph 
Collection). 



Item: B96.ll.221 

Nicolai S. and John Merculief (Same as SG124 in 
Manderville Family Photograph Collection). 



Item: B96.ll.225 

Peter Prokopiof and woman. 



Item: B96.ll.222 


William Manderville holding bird. 



Item: B96.ll.219 


Man and woman with boy. 



Item: B96.ll.224 


Elderly man and woman with Church of Saint 
George the Victorious in background. 



Item: B96.ll.228 

Two young women atfourth of July celebration. 


Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection 207 































Item: B96.ll.231 

Two men in parkas pulling sled loaded with 
barrels, probably en route to water pump. 



Item: B96.11.238 


St. George scboolhouse. 



Item: B96.ll.241 


Pie-eating contest at fourth ofJuly celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.24S 


Tug of war at fourth ofJuly celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.244 


Pole race at fourth ojJuly celebration. 





Item: B96.ll.237 

Company House on St. George Island. 



Item: B96.ll.239 

Concrete government employee residences in St. 
George Village. 



Item: B96.ll.242 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: B96.ll.249 


Boys competing in pie-eating contest at fourth of 
July celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.264 

People gathered in St. George Village. 



Item: B96.11.240 

Boy with face covered in pie from pie-eating contest 
at fourth of July celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.246 


Boy with wet hair and clothes holding apples won 
in bobbing for apples contest at fourth ofJuly 
celebration. 


208 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

























Item: B96.11.247 


Bays bobbing for apples at fourth ofJuly 
celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.256 

Wedding ceremony of Michael Lestenkof and 
Stephanida Merculief in Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. 



Item: B96.ll.248 


Boy with face covered in pie cfter pie-eating 
contest atfourth of July celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.257 

Wedding ceremony of Michael Lestenkoj and 
Stephanida Merculief in Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. 



Item: B96.ll.250 


Boys bobbing for apples at fourth ofJuly 
celebration. 



Item: B96.ll.259 


Wedding ceremony of Michael Lestenkof and 
Stephanida Merculief in Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. Same as FPAlA09a in the Merculief 
Family Photograph Collection. 


Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection 209 









Item: B96.ll,260a 


Michael and Stephanida Lestenkof on steps of 
Church of Saint George the Victorious after 
wedding ceremony. 



Item: B96.ll.267 

Father Theodosy conducting religious service in St. 
George Village. 



Item: B96.11.26S 


Father Theodosy conducting religious service 
outside of Church of Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: B96.ll.268 


Father Theodosy conducting religious service in St. 
George Village. 



Item: B96.11.270 


Blessing of Zapadnie chapel on St. George showing 
Father Theodosy and congregation at chapel 
(Same as SG88 in Manderville Family Photograph 
Collection). 



Item: B96.ll.274 

Flower with thick stalk and fern-like lecf. 



Item: B96.11.266 

St. George villagers gathered outside of Church of 
Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: B96.ll.269 


Father Theodosy conducting religious service in St. 
George Village. 



Item: B96.ll.271 


Religious procession next to Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. 



Item: B96.ll.272 


Religious procession next to Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. 



Item: B96.ll.279 


Cluster of lupines beside stream. 


210 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















Item: B96.11.275 


Arctic Lupine (Lupinus arcticus). 



Item: B96.ll.281 

Flower. 



Item: B96.ll.293 

Cannon on St. George Island. Same as FPMA 24c 
in the MerculieJFamily Photograph Collection. 



Item: B96.ll.276 

Violets, possibly Viola langsdorffii (Aleutian 
Violet). 



Item: B96.ll.278 

Chocolate Lily (Fritillaria biflora). 



Item: B96.ll.287 


Cemetery gate and grave markers silhouetted 
against sky. 



Item: B96.ll.289 


Russian Orthodox cross silhouetted against cirrus 
clouds in sky. 



Item: B96.ll.29S 

People on frozen Upper Lake pulling block of ice 
toward icehouse. 



Item: B96.ll.296 
Ice house at Upper Lake. 



Item: B96.ll.300 

View west from St. George Village waterfront 
toward North and Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) 
Rookeries. 


Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection 211 



























Item: B96.ll.297 

Woman standing next to ice house at Upper Lake. 



Item: B96.ll.304 

View west from St. George Village waterfront 
toward North and Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) 
Rookeries. Hand colored. 



Item: B96.ll.316 


Sunset with St. George Island cliffs at left. 



hem: B96.ll.298 

Ice house at Upper Lake. Hand colored. 



Item: B96.ll.312 

View east toward St. George Village from High 
Bluffs. Hand colored. 





Item: B96.ll.313 


St. George Village wate front from North Rookery. 



Item: B96.ll.317 


Rock formations at Garden Cove on St. George 
Island. 



Item: B96.ll.301 
Tundra on St. George Island. 



Item: B96.ll.302 

View east toward St. George Villagefrom First 



Item: B96.ll.303 


Tundra and low hills on St. George Island. 



Item: B96.ll.314 
Surf on St. George Island. 





Item: B96.ll. 318 


Stretch of plank road across tundra on St. George 
Island. 


212 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

























Item: B96.ll.3l9 


North side of St. George Islandfrom sea showing 
village in center and clijfs at right. 





Item: B96.ll.337 


People hiking up hill on St. George Island with sea 
in background. 



Item: B96.ll.349 

View west toward St. George Village showing old 
and new church side by side prior to demolition oj 
old church. 



Item: B96.11.335 


View westfrom St. George Village waterfront 
toward North and Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) 
Rookeries. 



Item: B96.ll.340 


Small waterfall among rocks on St. George Island. 





Item: B96.ll.351 

View west toward St. George Village with cliffs in 
background. 



Item: B96.ll.354 

St. George Village at night with building windows 
lit up. Hand colored. 



Item: B96.ll.336 


Surf on St. George Island. 



Item: B96.ll.344 


North side of St. George Islandfrom sea showing 
cliffs and village in center. 



Item: B96.ll.345 

St. George Village from sea. 



Item: B96.ll.346 


St. George Village from sea. 



Item: B96.ll.312 


Men rowing boat toward St. George Islandfrom 
ship through water congested with melting chunks 
of ice. 


Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection 213 


























Item: B96.ll.352 

St. George Village warehouses from west of village 
showing power house in center. 



Item: B96.ll.356 

St. George Village from west of village showing 
government residences, company house, canteen, 
school, and cow barn with fox on cliff in 
foreground. 



Item: B96.11.242 

People gatheredforfourth of July celebration. 


214 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













Biographical/Historical Note 

George Roger Chute (1897—1977) was an assistant 
agent for the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries on St. Paul Island 
from 1938-1940. 


Scope and Content 

The collection includes images of St. Paul Village, the By-Products Plant, a group of men hiking along road with a loaded 
sled, and men moving a baidarra by tractor. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the George Roger Chute Collection of papers and photographs. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Washington State Historical Society Research Center 
315 N. Stadium Way 
Tacoma, WA 98403 
(253) 798-5914 


Date span: Circa 1938—1940 

Summary: St. Paul Island Village, people, and other jeatures 

Location: Washington State Historical Society Research Center 


George Roger Chute Photographs 215 










Item: SI991.51.2.325 Date: Ca 1938 

Aerial view of St. Paul Village under snow. 



Item: S1991.51.2.375 Date: Ca 1938 

Tractor pulling baidarra near Village Cove with 
group of men walking alongside. 



hem: SI991.51.2.335 Date: Ca 1938 


Group oj men walking on road pulling sled loaded 
with gear, with village in background. 






Item: S1991.51.2.397 Date: Ca 1938 

Russian Orthodox cross missing bottom bar in 
snowy field. 



hem: S1991.51.2.336 Date: Ca 1938 

Two men pulling and two men pushing sled loaded 
with gear. 



hem: SI 991.51.2.399 

Exterior of By-Products plant showing four large 
storage tanks. 


216 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















(9. 9/Fh^ 

'tion ({939) 


Biographical/Historical Note 

Doyle Tripp (b. 1912) was a secretary to the Commis¬ 
sioner of Fisheries whom he accompanied to Alaska 
in the summer of 1939 on a trip to Alaskan fishing 
communities to hold public hearings on federal fishing 
policies. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


1939 

Photographs of St. Paul and St. George made by Tripp 
during trip to Alaska with Commissioner of Fisheries 

Alaska State Library Flistorical Collections 


Scope and Content 

The photographs are of St. Paul and St. George islands showing fur-seal rookeries, sea lions, a seal drive, St. Paul Village and 
radio station, and men rowing baidarras. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Doyle C. Tripp Photograph Collection (PCA 454). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


Doyle C. Tripp Photograph Collection 217 





Item: P454.086 
Fur-seal rookery. 



Item: P4S4.088 
Seal drive. 


Item: P454.089 
Fur-seal rookery. 




Item: P4S4.091 

Men in baidarra with St. George Village in 
background. 



Item: P4S4.098 


Street in St. Paul Village with carpenter’s shop at 
right. 



Item: P4S4.094 

Men in baidarra with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: P4S4.099 

St. Paul Island radio station. 



Item: P454.096 

See enlargement at end of section. 





Item: P4S4.102 


Sea lions in sur) with ship, possibly Penguin, in 
background. 



Item: P4S4.096 


Men in baidarra with St. Paul Village in background. 


218 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















%o/i 


Biographical Note 

Fredericka “Freddie” Martin (1905—1992) was a nurse 
with the U.S. Department of the Interior on St. Paul Island 
from 1941—1942 and an author of books on Pribilof Islands 

In 1941, Martin accompanied her husband, Samuel R. 
Berenberg, a specialist in childhood diseases, to St. Paul 
Island where he was to manage the hospital. At the time, 
Martin was seven months pregnant. 



Date span: 1941-1942 

Summary: Photographs of the people, life, and natural 

environment on St. Paul Island as well as views of the 
war-time evacuation and internment of Pribilof Island 
residents. 

Location: Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska 8c_Polar Regions 

Department 


Once there, Martin became a strong advocate for the well-being of the Aleut people of St. Paul Island, a cause she promoted 
all her life. She was present in June 1942 when the military evacuation of the St. Paul Island population took place. Martin 
and her family traveled to Funter Bay aboard the Delarof with the rest of the evacuees. 


The experience was deeply moving to Martin and she wrote many letters to government officials in support of better living 
conditions for the Pribilof native people. Martin also wrote several books on the Pribilof Islands, including Sea Bears; the Story 
of the Fur Seal, and The Hunting of the Silver Fleece. 


In recognition for her contributions to the Aleut people, in 1986 Martin was made honorary lifetime citizen of St. Paul Is¬ 
land. In 2007, her ashes were interred in the cemetery on St. Paul Island. 


Scope and Content 

The Fredericka Martin collection is one of the only photographic records of the war-time evacuation and internment of 
Pribilof Island residents. It includes many images of life and living conditions at both the Funter Bay cannery camp, where St. 
Paul Island residents were interned, as well as the Funter Bay gold mine camp, where St. George Island residents were sent. 

The collection also broadly documents life on St. Paul Island. Wildlife and landscape images give a broad view of St. Paul 
Island’s natural environment, and images of people and activities show daily work and social life on the island. 


Arrangement 

The photographs are pasted in an album, often seemingly at random. Many prints are duplicates and appear more than once 
in the album. In these cases, one copy was selected and others not shown. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Fredericka Martin Collection. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 219 







Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 




Item: 91-223-02 

Natural rock arch on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-223-0S 
Kitovi Point. 



Item: 91-223-10 


Rocky shore at Kitovi with “Pinnacle” rock 
formation in background at left and Fredericka 
Martin at left center. 





Item: 91-223-OS 


Rockformations at Black Bluffs. 


220 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















Item: 91-223-11 

The "Pinnacle” rock formation at Kitovi. 



Item: 91-223-16 
Edward Johnston. 



Item: 91-223-21 

Views of St. Paul Island tundra showing grassy and 
rocky terrain. 



Item: 91-223-12 

Group gathered at dining table decorated for 
Christmas in Company House with Father Markary 
Baranoff in center and Fredericka Martin third 
from right. 



Item: 91-223-15 

Group gathered at dining table decorated for 
Washington’s birthday including, left to right: 

Mr. and Mrs. Stacy-Bookkeeper, Richard and 
Thelma Heilbaum, Geneva and Mrs. Hoverson, 
Anita Heilbaum, Sam (Martin?), Vivien Oberg, 
Fredericka Martin, Earl Oberg, Roy Hurd, Father 
Markary Baranoff, and Carl Hoverson. 




Item: 91-223-13 

Group gathered at dining table decoratedJor 
Christmas in Company House with Father Markary 
Baranoff in center and Fredericka Martin third 
from right. 



Item: 91-223-17 

Interior of St. Paul Island doctor’s house showing 
bookshelf. 



Item: 91-223-19 


Lichen-covered lava formations on St. Paul Island. 



hem: 91-223-20 

Views of St. Paul Island tundra showing grassy and 
rocky terrain. 


hem: 91-223-18 
Boris Stepetin. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 221 



























Item: 91-223-22 

Views of St. Paul Island tundra showing grassy and 
rocky terrain. 



Item: 91-223-2S 


Fredericka Martin in fur-trimmed water-resistant 
poncho holding oar on beach. 



Item: 91-223-30 
Fox Hill, St. Paul Island. 





hem: 91-223-33 


Views of Southwest Point. 



Item: 91-223-23 


Plank bridge across shallow stream, St. Paul 
Island. 





Item: 91-223-26 


Headstone of James Heath on Hutchinson Hill. 



Item: 91-223-31 

Southwest Point with Otter Island in distance. 



Item: 91-223-34 


Views of Southwest Point. 



Item: 91-223-24 


Dilapidated wooden structure among tall grasses, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-223-28 


Fredericka Martin and others picnicking in tall 
grass on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-223-29 


Fredericka Martin and others picnicking in tall 
grass on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-223-32 


Russian cross on rock outcrop at Southwest Point. 


222 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















Item: 91-223-3S 

Views of volcanic rock formations and tundra 
covered with grasses and wildflowers. 





Item: 91-223-38 

Men carrying large canoe over meadow to Lukanin 
beach during evacuation. 


F 



Item: 91-223-41 

Baidarrajull of St. Paul evacuees and luggage. 



Four men leaning against building including John 
Sedick, Konrad Krukoff, and Theodore Kochutin. 





Item: 91-223-36 

Views of volcanic rock formations and tundra 
covered with grasses and wildflowers. 


Item: 91-223-39 

Men carrying large canoe over meadow to Lukanin 
beach during evacuation. 


Item: 91-223-42 

Trucks parked on dock at Village Cove with 
baidarra rowing in to shore. 



Item: 91-223-SO 


Nikfer Mandregan, Jacob Kochutin, and Lef 
Lestenkof. 


I 



Item: 91-223-37 


Men carrying large canoe over meadow to Lukanin 
beach during evacuation. 



Item: 91-223-40 


Men carrying large canoe over meadow to Lukanin 
beach during evacuation. 



Item: 91-223-48 

Man holding up freshly blubbered seal skin. 



Item: 91-223-52 

Andre Kochutin, George Bourdukofsky, David 
Fratis, and Christopher Kotzlojf sitting on stoop 
of building. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 223 


































Item: 91-223-54 

Group of men with rifles, including Joe, Alfey, 
Tony, and Alex Melovidov, Eddie Kozloff, and 
Aggie Galaktionoff. 



Item: 91-223-57 


John Melovidov. 



Item: 91-223-61 


Boys and girls including Mabel Stepetin, Victor 
and Terenty Misikin, Joseph and Justinia Kozloff, 
Elizabeth Tetoff, and Joe Melovidov in costume 
and posed for a performance. 



Item: 91-223-64 

St. Paul men in costume on stage. 



Item: 91-223-55 

Fredericka Martin holding baby Tobyanne and 
standing with Tatiana Kochutin and her little 
brother. 



Item: 91-223-59 

Lubova Stepetin and two Emanff girls sitting with 
dolls around small table set with toy dishes. 



Item: 91-223-62 


St. Paul men in costume on stage. 



Item: 91-223-65 


Men including Tracy Mandregan, Lee McMillin, 
Paul Tetoff, Anton Kushin, and Jacob Kochutin 
rowing baidarra. 



Item: 91-223-56 
Billy Elliott. 



Item: 91-223-60 

Girls including Eugenie Gromoff and Lubova and 
Mabel Stepetin in party hats sitting around table 
with cake. 



Item: 91-223-63 

Girls in white dresses with Christmas decorations 
on stage. 



Item: 91-223-68 


Men covering baidarra frame with canvas. 


224 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































Item: 91-223-66 

Man in canoe filled with eggs at Walrus Island. 


Item: 91-223-13 

Group of children in clown, Indian, and other 
costumes with large shoe-house prop. 





Item: 91-223-16 

St. Paul Village from near cemetery. 



Item: 91-223-80 

Baidarra loaded with people and cargo 
approaching beach with USFS Penguin in 
background. 



Item: 91-223-69 
Men in baidarra. 



Item: 91-223-12 

Polly Emanoff, Justinia Kozloff, Tatiana 
Kochutin, Daisy Fratis, and Mabel Stepetin. 



Item: 91-223-14 

St. Paul Village from near cemetery. 




Item: 91-223-18 

Russian cross on hill above Zapadni on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: 91-223-82 

Men including Anton Kushin, Innokenty Kochutin, 
George Rukovishnikoff, and Abe Merculieff rowing 
boat toward USFS Penguin. 



Item: 91-223-10 

Men in baidarra alongside ship. 



Item: 91-223-15 

St. Paul Villagefrom near cemetery. 



Item: 91-223-11 

Three men including John Kushin and Logan 
Mandregan pulling small boat over snow. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 225 
















Item: 91-223-83 


Small barge loaded with supplies approaching dock 
with ship in background. 



Item: 91-223-86 

Religious procession on St. Paul Island with Father 
Markary Baranoff in vestments at left and church 
in background. 



Item: 91-223-89 

Villagers gathered to watch Father Theodosy 
perform a blessing in St. George Village. 



Item: 91-223-94 
Peter Kochergin. 



Item: 91-223-84 


Small barge loaded with supplies approaching dock 
with ship in background. 



Item: 91-223-87 


Funeral procession in St. Paul Village with 
pallbearers in center. 



Item: 91-223-92 

Andre Miskin and Dan Shabolin. 



Item: 91-223-96 


Small building at corner of radio station 
compound. 



Item: 91-223-85 

Supplies being loaded into truck by crane at dock. 



Item: 91-223-88 

Villagers entering Church of Saint George the 
Victorious. 



Item: 91-223-93 

Andre Miskin and Dan Shabolin. 



Item: 91-223-95 

John Yatchmeneff and his father. 


226 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


































Item: 91-223-97 


Karp Emanojf and Tracy Tutiakoff of Unalaska 
standing on stoop ojhouse with other man. 



Item: 91-223-101 


Cows grazing in St. Paul Village ball field. 



Item: 91-223-98 

Doctor’s house with Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul in background. 



Item: 91-223-102 


Views of St. Paul Village from near cemetery. 



Item: 91-223-105 


Group of men and women on small barge en 
route from East Landing to ship, possibly during 
evacuation. 




Item: 91-223-110 

USFS Penguin and small craft near islandfrom 
deck of ship. 



Item: 91-223-106 

Naval supply ship off shore of St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-223-109 

Edward Johnston on board USFS Penguin en 
route to Pribilof Islands. 



Item: 91-223-100 

Cliffs along water with person at left. 



Item: 91-223-103 

Views of St. Paul Village from near cemetery. 



Item: 91-223-104 


Fredericka Martin with hair-seal gloves tucked 
under arm standing with Jack Argis. 



Item: 91-223-111 

Children on small stage with Christmas 
decorations. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 227 





































Item: 91-223-112 

Group of men and boys, some with instruments, on 
small stage. 




Item: 91-223-117 


St. Paul bunk house with company house at riaht 

Item: 91-223-113 * 



Fuel tanks (‘‘tank farm”) in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 91-223-122 


Village Covejrom radio tower. 


Item: 91-223-113 

St. Paul Villagefrom above cemetery. 



Item: 91-223-116 

Male fur-seal genitalia (“sticks”) drying on lines at 
John Hanson’s house, St. Paul Island. 



I 



Item: 91-223-114 


St. Paul Village from Zoltoi Sands showing 
residences and rock pillar at base of Village Hill. 

I \ 

l 



Item: 91-223-118 
St. Paul radio station. 



Item: 91-223-119 


Christmas cardfrom Carl and Geneva Hoverson 
with photograph of St. Paul Village at night. 



Item: 91-223-123 


Salt Lagoon from radio tower, showing lagoon 
outlet, By-products Plant, road, and windmill 
wells to right of road. 


228 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 























Item: 91-223-124 

Young man in torn tee shirt blubbering seal skin. 



Item: 91-223-129 

Men, women, and children gathered in and around 
pickup truck. Eddie Kozloff and Anton Kushin in 
front posing comically with beer bottles. 


Item: 91-223-127 

Group picnicking, including Mary Kushin, Frances 
Emanoff and daughters, Lubova Stepetin, John 
Melovidov, and Mrs. Elanson. 


J A * 4 
,r*° 



Item: 91-223-123 

Barrels ofjreshly-packed seal skins. 




Item: 91-223-131 

Group picnicking, including Antonia, Justinia, 
Bill, John, and Olga Stepetin, Mrs. Vasiliy 
Stepetin, Mrs. Hanson, and Frances Hanson. 


Item: 91-223-134 
Metrofan and Mrs. Krukoff. 


¥ 




Item: 91-223-135 

Eekla Rudolf, Metrofan and Mrs. Krukoff, and 
Anna Krukojff. 



Item: 91-223-141 

St. Paul Village from road to East Landing. 
Annotation: “Last view of the evacuated [St. Paul] 
village. ” 



Item: 91-223-126 

Moisy Shabolin and Logan Mandregan. 



Item: 91-223-130 


Jack Aigis holding seal pup. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 229 




































Item: 91-223-132 


“Irish”Stepetin with large halibut. 



Item: 91-223-137 

Mrs. Hanson and man inJront of small cabin. 




Item: 91-223-133 

Metrofan Krukof f holding model baidarra. 



Item: 91-223-138 


Justinia Stepetin with her mother and Mrs. 
Hanson. 


Item: 91-223-139 
Florence KrukojJ. 



Item: 91-223-136 
Simeon NozekoJJ. 


44 #*' 



230 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































Item: 91-223-140 


Peter Bourdukfsky making shoe. 



Item: 91-223-147 

Cargo and luggage on dock at East Landing ready 
to be transported. 





Item: 91-223-150 

Surf crashing over dock, at East Landing. 



Item: 91-223-153 

People awaiting evacuation at cargo loading and 
boat launch area. 



Item: 91-223-143 


Baidarra and cargo on dock with army transport 
ship Delaroff anchored offshore. 



Item: 91-223-145 


Cargo and luggage on dock at East Landing ready 
to be transported. 



Item: 91-223-144 

Men moving baidarra on dock at East Landing. 



Item: 91-223-146 

Cargo and luggage on dock at East Landing ready 
to be transported. 



Item: 91-223-148 

Surf crashing over dock, possibly at East Landing, 
with Penguin in background. 





Item: 91-223-151 

Surf crashing over dock at East Landing. 



Item: 91-223-154 

Father Markary Baranoff’s hot house. 



Item: 91-223-149 


Trucks and crane on dock at Village Cove with By¬ 
products Plant in background. 

tor*. rm _ _ _ „_ 



Item: 91-223-152 
Boulders on boat launch. 



Item: 91-223-156 


Interior of “whites only” green house. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 231 
























Item: 91-223-157 

Two men with snow plow in jront of building. 



Item: 91-223-166 


Small girl at fourth ofJuly celebration. 



Item: 91-223-158 

Person standing next to car on road beside Big 
Lake. 




Item: 91-223-159 

Icefloes around St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-223-160 

Men shoveling snow, possibly clearing road. 



Item: 91-223-161 

View of St. Paul Village from ball field showing 
villagers and Fouke Fur Co. employees gathered for 
fourth of July celebrations. 



Item: 91-223-163 


People gathered at East Landing, possibly to greet 
or say goodbye to Fouke Fur Co. employees on 
fourth ofJuly. Harry May in fedora at center. 


Item: 91-223-167 

Small girl eating ice cream at fourth ofJuly 
celebration. 



Item: 91-223-164 

People gathered at East Landing, possibly to greet 
or say goodbye to Fouke Fur Co. employees on 
fourth of July. 


232 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















Item: 91-223-168 

Boys preparing to compete in fourth of July game. 



Item: 91-223-169 

Kids in line for ice cream at fourth ofJuly 
celebration. 



Item: 91-223-171 

Sack race at fourth ofJuly celebration. 



Item: 91-223-174 

“Last views of the ready to be evacuated village" 
showing bunkhouse and view south east toward 
East Landing with army transport ship Delaroff 
approaching. 



Item: 91-223-172 


People seated on bleachers watching fourth of July 
games. 



Item: 91-223-175 

View of Slope Hill, Crater Hill, and other features 
probably from Bogoslaf Hill. 



Item: 91-223-177 

View of Slope Hill, Crater Hill, and other features 
probably from Bogoslof Hill. 



Item: 91-223-170 

Kids eating ice cream at fourth ofJuly celebration. 



Item: 91-223-173 

“Last views of the ready to be evacuated village” 
showing bunkhouse and view south east toward 
East Landing with army transport ship Delaroff 
approaching. 



Item: 91-223-176 

View of Slope Hill, Crater Hill, and other features 
probablyfrom Bogoslaf Hill. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 233 













Item: 91-223-179 


Boys with bedside tables that they made for 
hospital in training class taught by Richard 
Heilbaum. 



Item: 91-223-183 


Florence Krukoff. 



Item: 91-223-187 


Heretina Kochertin holding baby Tobyanne. 



Item: 91-223-193 


Small boat pulling barge toward Village Cove with 
Village Hill in background. 



Item: 91-223-181 

Edward Johnston cleaning fingernails with a pen 
knife. 



Item: 91-223-184 

Alen gathered in front of Carpenter’s Shop in st. 
Paul Village. Group includes John Misikin, Elary 
Gromoff, Paul Tetoff, Alfey Melovidov, Zachar 
TetoJJ, Joe Melovidov, Simeon Nozekoff, Metrofan 
Krukof Ted Kochutin, Dmitri Oustigoff, Vasily 
Stepetin, lnnokenty Kochutin, and Karp Buterin. 
Possibly Edward Johnston sitting in center. 



Item: 91-223-188 

Andre RukovishnikojJ(in cowboy outfit) and 
Phillip Oustigoff. 



Item: 91-223-182 


Peter Bourdokofsky. 



Item: 91-223-186 

Men gathered in front of Carpenter’s Shop in st. 
Paul Village, including Nikefer Mandregan, Epaty 
Stepetin, George Lekanoff, and Logan and Andre 
Mandregan. Most of the men are summer workers 
from Aleutian Islands. 



Item: 91-223-190 


Galaktinoff children. 



Item: 91-223-191a 


Four girls including Eugenia Gromoff, Arfesa 
Melovidov, and “Mamaya”Hanson. 


234 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



















Item: 91-223-191 

Frances Flanson’s son watching chicken. 



Item: 91-223-197 


Two men operating bucket loader during spring 
removal of shifting sand dunes at Zoltoi Sands. 



Item: 91-223-200 

George and Andre KukovishnikojJin cowboy 
outfits. 



Item: 91-223-192 


Two men silhouetted against sunset. 



Item: 91-223-198 


Chris Mandregan, Laurenty Stepetin, and Harry 
Mandregan. 



Item: 91-223-201 

Mary Kushin wearing Russian dresstfor Russian 
New Year Ball. 



Item: 91-223-194 

Simeon Melovidov with histfamily in California. 



Item: 91-223-195 

Men branding seals. Included are Jack Aigis, 
Innokenty Kochutin, John Hanson, George 
Lekanotff, and Hank Banner. 



Item: 91-223-196 


Japanese cadets in rowboat with ship in 
background. [This photograph was likely taken in 
1941. Fredericka Martin’s album annotation notes 
that the cadets were "visiting"St. Paul Island.] 



Item: 91-223-199 


Duck hunting group sitting on hill with shotguns 
and birds. 



Item: 91-223-202 

Group of boys and girls on steps of building. 
Photograph is a double exposure. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 235 

















Item: 91-223-203 

Wedding picture of Dan and Helen Krukoff with 
bridesmaid Betty Merculieff. Dan Krukoff’s left 
leg has artificial limb from knee down. 



Item: 91-223-209 


View through rock arch of Fouke Fur Co. employees. 



Item: 91-223-218 
Mrs. Baranoff. 



Item: 91-223-204 

Baby Alexander Lee Hanson. 



Item: 91-223-207 
Father Markary Baranoff. 



Item: 91-223-206 


Two wedding couples with flower girls on steps of 
church. 



Item: 91-223-205 

Baby Alexander Lee Hanson. 



Item: 91-223-208 


Metrofan Krukoff (Same as 91-30204 in the John 
Peabody Harrington Photograph Collection). 



Item: 91-223-214 


Father Markary Baranoff 


236 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















Item: 91-223-210 

View through rock arch oj Fouke Fur Co. 
employees. 



Item: 91-223-213 

Man silhouetted against sunset sky. 



Item: 91-223-221 

Fredericka Martin at Black Bluffs. 



Item: 91-223-211 


Dosofey Merculieff and “Kawa" Melovidov carrying 
halibut. 



Item: 91-223-215 

Father and Mrs. Markary Baranoff. 



Item: 91-223-212 


Men including John Sedick, silhouetted against 
sunset sky. 


f 


/ 



Item: 91-223-216 


John Peabody Harrington and Father Markary 
Baranoff. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 237 
















Item: 91-223-217 


John Peabody Harrington. 



Item: 91-223-224 


Andrew Stepetin lining up a shot on the pool 
table with other men standing and sitting 
around room including Anton Kushin, Nick and 
Andrew Stepetin, Agafon and Paul Krukoff, Aljey 
Melovidov, George KukavishnikojJ, Andronic 
Oustigoff, and John Hapojf. 



Item: 91-223-230 

Men sitting on sacks, possibly of seal by-products, 
stacked in warehouse. 





Item: 91-223-220 
Boris Stepetin. 




Item: 91-223-223 


Paul and Katherine Krukojf. 



Item: 91-223-223 

Vivien Oberg, Fredericka Martin, and Feodosia 
MerculieffJohnson walking on beach at Northeast 
Point. 



Item: 91-223-228 

Men working beside truck near fuel “tankjarm. 



Item: 91-223-229 

Barrels of seal skins in area out front oj barreling 
shed and other buildings. 



Item: 91-223-231 


Man lying in state in decorated casket. 



Item: 91-223-232 

Vehicles at gravel pit below Lake Hill Lake. 


238 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












hem: 91-223-227 

Father Markary Baranoff with John Yachminoff 
(left) and John Hanson (right) inside Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 91-233-235 


Three girls walking on road. 



\ 

hem: 91-223-233 

Man in suit and hat. 



Item: 91-223-239 

Men on frozen Ice House Lake moving blocks of ice 
cut from lake into ice house. 



hem: 91-233-234 
John Hanson. 



hem: 91-223-23 7 


Men on frozen Ice House Lake cutting blocks of ice 
to store for summer. 



Item: 91-223-238 

Men on frozen Ice House Lake moving blocks of ice 
cut from lake into ice house. 



I 


hem: 91-223-240 

Men on frozen Ice House Lake moving blocks of ice 
cut from lake into ice house. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 239 

















Item: 91-223-241 

Andre Kochutin, Andre Mandregan, and Nikander 
Merculieff with large block of ice on frozen Ice 
House Lake. 



Item: 91-223-246 


Group of men and boys gathered near radio 
station. 



Item: 91-223-251 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis. 



Item: 91-223-256 

Mounds of seaweed on beach, possibly St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: 91-223-242 

Joe Melovidov, Dimitri Oustigoff, Alike Kozloff, 
Mick Kochutin, and “Kawa”Melovidov moving 
blocks of ice cut from Ice House Lake into ice 
house. 



Item: 91-223-247 

Walrus on rocks, St. Paul Island. 



1 


Item: 91-223-250 

Row of houses in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 91-223-257 

Meadow on St. Paul Island with hills in 
background. 



Item: 91-223-261 

Baby Tobyanne posed with glass floats. 



Item: 91-223-244 

Heretina Kocharzu, Fredericka Martin, and Alice 
Gromoff. 



Item: 91-223-248 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 91-223-253 


Aerial view of St. Paul Village. 



Item: 91-223-260 


Baby Tobyanne posed with glass floats. 


240 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 























Item: 91-223-262 


Fredericka Martin in bed with newborn baby 
Tobyanne. 


-v ..St.- , '.*■& 



Item: 91-223-266b 


Hunting party of men and boys with shotguns and 
rifles. 



Item: 91-223-269 

Mrs. Baranff holding bouquet offlowers in front 
of hot house. 



Item: 91-223-273 
Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-265 


Fredericka Martin sitting against rocks. 



Item: 9l-223-261a 


Baby Tobyanne on plaid blanket- 



item: 91-223-271 


Father Markary Baranoff in vestments. 



Item: 91-223-274 

People on porch outside of Funter Bay cannery 
building, including Frances and Polly EmanojJ, 
Zenia Stepetin, Heretina Krukoff, Simeon 
Melovidov, and Peter Bourdukofsky. 



Item: 9l-223-266a 

Fredericka Martin holding baby Tobyanne and 
sitting on steps with two boys wearing cowboy 
outfits. 



Item: 91-223-267b 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis. 



Item: 91-223-272 

Laundry hanging on lines in Funter Bay Cannery 
Camp. 



Item: 91-223-275 

Father Markary Baranff’s living quarters at 
Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 241 





































Item: 91-223-276 
Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-279 

Community outhouse at Funter Bay Cannery 
Camp. 




Item: 91-223-282 

Anna Misikin Lekanoff at Funter Bay Cannery 
Camp. 


Item: 91-223-283 

Conifer at Funter Bay, Alaska. 



Item: 91-223-277 

Dr. Berenberg, Carl Floverson, Lee McMillin, and 
watchman at Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-280 

Father Theodosy, Mrs. Caddie, Carl Hoverson, and 
watchman at Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-283 

Dr. Berenberg and Anna Stepetin in front of 
hospital at Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-286 

Dan MerculieJJwith other man in building under 
construction at Funter Bay Gold Aline Camp. 



Item: 91-223-278 

Abe MerculieJJ in tuberculosis ward at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-281 

Dining room at Funter Bay Cannery Camp with 
people seated at table. 



Item: 91-223-284 


Group of children at Funter Bay camp in line for 
whooping cough immunization. 



Item: 91-223-287 


Funter Bay Gold Mine Camp. 


242 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















Item: 91-223-288 

Rock formations at Funter Bay, Alaska. 



Item: 91-223-291 
Funter Bay, Alaska. 



Item: 91-223-294 


Platonida Melovidov and children at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 




Item: 91-223-289 


Small boats tied up at boat float built by Pribilof 
Islanders at Funter Bay camp. 



Item: 91-223-292 


People on beach at Funter Bay Gold Aline Camp. 



Item: 91-223-295 

Anton Kochutin, Maxim Stepetin, Arthur Hapoff, 
and others at Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-290 
Funter Bay, Alaska. 



Item: 91-223-293 

“Kawa” Melovidov and Dr. Berenberg moving 
cabinet at Funter Bay hospital. 



Item: 91-223-296 

Group on porch of building at Funter Bay Cannery 
Camp. 



Item: 91-223-291 

Vlass Pankoff in tuberculosis ward at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 


Item: 91-223-298 

Laurenty Sedick in tuberculosis ward at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 243 




















Item: 91-223-299 

Simeon Kochutin in tuberculosis ward at Funter 
bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-302 


Alfey Melovidov, Mrs. Baranoff, and Tony 
Melovidov and son at Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-303 

Gregory Emanoff, Smile Gromoff, Karp Emanoff, 
and Nikander Merculieff swimming at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-307 
Alice Gromoff. 



Item: 91-223-300 

Group of children at Funter Bay camp including 
Victor, Andre, and Terenty Misikin, Joe, Simeon, 
and John Melovidov, Mat fay Fratis, Chris and 
Harry Mandregan, Laurie Stepetin, Peter and 
Simeon Tetoff, and Andre Rukovishnikoff. 



Item: 91-223-303 

Group at Funter Bay Cannery Camp including 
Mrs. Baranoff, Alex Melovidov, Smiles Gromoff, 
Victor Kochergin, Peter Oustigoff, Karp Emanoff, 
John Alerculiff, and Andre Mandregan. 



Item: 91-223-308 
Alice Gromoff. 



Item: 91-223-301 

Group of children at Funter Bay camp including 
Ruth Stepetin, Tatian Kochutin, Anfesa and John 
Melovidov, Polly Emanoff, and Irene Misikin. 



Item: 91-223-304 

Gregory Emanoff, Smile Gromoff, Karp Emanoff, 
and Nikander Merculieff swimming at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-309 


Alice Gromoff. 



k 


Item: 91-223-311 

Men cutting blocks of ice from frozen Ice House 
Lake with Dimitri Tetoff in foreground. 


244 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Item: 91-223-310 
Alice Gromoff. 




Item: 91-223-314 

Men moving blocks of ice cut from Ice House Lake 
into ice house. 


Item: 91-223-31 7 

Group picture of ice-gathering crew in front of 
ice house at Ice House lake including Nikefer 
Kochutin, Tracy Mandregan, John Hanson, Maxim 
Emanoff, Anton Kushin, Joe Melovidov, Dimitri 
Oustigoff, and “Kawa"Melovidov. 



Item: 91-223-319 
Rocky edge of Anton Lake. 



Item: 91-223-312 


Men using axe, saw, and tongs to cut and move 
blocks of ice on Ice House Lake with cut blocks 
floating in foreground. 



Item: 91-223-315 

Men moving blocks of ice cut from Ice House Lake 
into ice house. 



Item: 91-223-320 


Rocky edge of Anton Lake. 



Item: 91-223-313 

Men moving blocks of ice cut from Ice House Lake 
into ice house. 



Item: 91-223-316 

Group picture of ice-gathering crew in front of 
ice house at Ice House lake including Nikfer 
Kochutin, Tracy Mandregan, John Hanson, Maxim 
Emanoff, Anton Kushin, Joe Melovidov, Dimitri 
Oustigoff, and “Kawa”Melovidov. 



Item: 91-223-318 

Fredericka Martin on hillside holding bunch of 
wild)lowers. 



Item: 91-223-321 
Rocky edge of Anton Lake. 



Item: 91-223-323 

Meadow with bay in background. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 245 





















Item: 91-223-322 


Large square boulder in rockv meadow with lake or 
bay in background. 





Item: 91-223-324 


Flat, rocky landscape, possibly southwest St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: 91 -223-325 

Men carrying large canoe to Lukanin beach during 
evacuation activities. 



Item: 91-223-326 


Aten carrying large canoe to Lukanin beach during 
evacuation activities. 




Item: 91-223-329 

Natural rock arch, probably St. Paul Island. 


Item: 91-223-332 

Woman and children at Funter Bay Cannery 
Camp. 



Item: 91-223-321 


Men carrying large canoe to Lukanin beach during 
evacuation activities. 



\ee at Atka evacuation 


Item: 91-223-335 

Justina Stepetin, Frances Emanoff, and Antonia 
Stepetin at Funter Bay. 



Item: 91-223-328 


Surf crashing over dock at East Landing. 



Item: 91-223-331 


Man holding baby Tobyanne. 



Item: 91-223-336 

Akenfa Merculiff, Gregory Emanoff, and John 
Misikin in woods at Funter Bay. 


246 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














Item: 91-223-341 

Group at Funter Bay Cannery Camp including 
Vasiliy Stepetin, John Fratis, Feodosia Merculieff, 
“Ka wa ” Melovidov, and Mary Hapoff. 


Item: 91-223-333 

Mary Bourdukofsky and Mary Kushin washing 
laundry in tubs at Funter Bay Cannery Camp. 


Item: 91-223-338 

Children at Funter Bay camp in linejor whooping 
cough immunization. 



Item: 91-223-334 

Two young St. George Island women, one holding 
small girl, at Funter Bay. 



Item: 91-223-339 

Small boats at dock in Funter Bay. 




em: 91-223-343 

lan chopping firewood at Funter Bay camp. 


Item: 91-223-342 
Penguin at dock at Funter Bay. 





Item: 91-223-33 7 


Anton Kochutin on boardwalk at Funter Bay 
Cannery Camp. 



hem: 91-223-340 

Matfay Krukoff, Victor Bourdukofsky, Alex and 
Tony Melovidov, Alex and Gabriel Stepetin, and 
John Hanson, Jr. at Funter Bay camp. 



Item: 91-223-343 


Mrs. Baranoff sitting on rocks at Funter Bay. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 247 

















Item: 91-223-344 


Canteen at Funter Bay Cannery Camp with several 
men on boardwalk out front. 



Item: 91-223-348 


Group sitting on boardwalk at Funter Bay Gold 
Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-351 


Funter Bay Gold Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-354 


Barnacles on rocks at Funter Bay. 



Item: 91-223-346 


Funter Bay Cannery Camp buildings. 



Item: 91-223-349 

Lee McMillin in front of post office at Funter Bay 
Gold Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-353 
Funter Bay Gold Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-355 


Funter Bay Cannery Camp from Gold Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-347 
Funter Bay Gold Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-350 


Funter Bay Gold Mine Camp. 



Item: 91-223-352 


Zahar Tetcff on boardwalk at Funter Bay Gold 
Mine Camp. 


248 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

























Item: 91-223-356 

Boys including Smile Gromojf, Nikander 
Merculieff, and Karp Emanoff swimming at Funter 
Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-359 

Boys including Smile Gromojf, Nikander 
Merculieff, and Karp Emanoff swimming at Funter 
Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-368 
USFS Penguin. 



Item: 91-223-395 

“Observation Rock”at Gorbatch Rookery. 



Item: 91-223-409 

Ardiguen Rookery with Sea Lion Rock in 
background. 



Item: 91-223-357 

Boys including Smile Gromojf, Nikander 
Merculijf, and Karp Emanoff swimming at Funter 
Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-360 

Boys including Smile Gromojf, Nikander 
Merculijf, and Karp Emanoff swimming at Funter 
Bay Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-390 
Fur-seal pup. 




Item: 91-223-423 
Fur-seal pups. 


Item: 91-223-400 
Fur-seal pups. 

9? ■ ■ r- * 






Item: 91-223-358 

Boys including Smile Gromojf, Nikander 
Merculieff, and Karp Emanoff swimming at Funter 
Bay Cannery Camp. 


Item: 91-223-361 

Boys including Smile Gromoff, Nikander 
Merculiff, and Karp Emanoff swimming at Funter 
Bav Cannery Camp. 



Item: 91-223-394 


Fur seals at Gorbatch Rookery with St. Paul 
Village in distance. 



Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 249 




















Item: 91-223-402 

Fur-seal cow scratching head with hind flipper. 



Item: 91-223-418 
Fur-seal pup. 




Item: 91-223-416 

Fredericka Martin holding young fur seal by hind 
flippers. 


Item: 91-223-404 
Fur-seal cow asleep on rocks. 



hem: 91-223-438 


SleepingJur-seal pup. 


250 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








Item: 91-223-439 


Fur-seal rookery. 





Sleeping fur-seal pup. 



Item: 91-223-490 


Swimming fur seal. 



Item: 91-223-458 


Fur-seal harem at rookery. 



Item: 91-223-419 


Sleeping fur-seal pup. 




Item: 91-223-501 
Fur-seal rookery. 



Item: 91-223-462 
SleepingJur-seal cow. 



Item: 91-223-480 


Fur-seal carcasses on killing ground. 



Item: 91-223-518 


Swimming fur seals. 



Item: 91-223-525 

Fur-seal bull at Zoltoi Sands with St. Paul radio 
station in background. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 251 




















Item: 91-223-532 


Walrus at fur-seal rookery. 



hem: 91-223-550 

Sea-lion bulls. 



Item: 91-223-555 


Men wrangling reindeer. 



Item: 91-223-557 
Hair seal. 



Item: 91-223-562 


Young reindeer. 



Item: 91-223-552 
Sea-lion bulls. 



Item: 91-223-558 


Fredericka Martin holding hair seal. 



Item: 91-223-542 


Sea-lion rookery. 



Item: 91-223-554 
Sea lions. 



Item: 91-223-560 


Men cleaning slaughtered reindeer. 


252 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















Item: 91-223-563 

Boy feeding reindeer calf from bottle. 



Item: 91-223-517 
Reindeer herd next to fence. 



Reindeer in paddock. 


< 



Item: 91-223-599 

Birds inflight and on rocks at Walrus Island. 



Item: 91-223-565 


Reindeers in paddock. 





Reindeer herd. 



Item: 91-223-570 
Reindeer in velvet. 



Item: 91-223-571 


Reindeer lying down on hillside. 



Item: 91-223-578 
Young man holding calf. 



Item: 91-223-572 
Reindeer herd. 



Item: 91-223-579 

Cow and calves next to barn. 



Item: 91-223-598 


Birds nesting on cliff. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 253 
















Item: 91-223-588 
Birds nesting on cliff. 


i-?: m 


nx* * t 


Item: 91-223-580 
Cow next to barn. 



Item: 91-223-590 
Duck onfencepost. 


Item: 91-223-592 

Man with shotgun and dead birds. 



Item: 91-223-607 
Arctic whitefox. 


Item: 91-223-608 

Arctic blue foxes in pen. 



Item: 91-223-589 
Birds nesting on cliff. 



Item: 91-223-600 
Birds on boulder. 



Item: 91-223-602 
Birds in fight over beach. 



Item: 91-223-609 


Arctic blue foxes in pen. 


254 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













Item: 91-223-610 


Arctic blueJoxes in pen. 



Item: 91-223-614 


Arctic blue foxes in pen. 



Item: 91-223-621 


Arctic blue fox kit. 



Item: 91-223-611 
Arctic blue Joxes in pen. 



Item: 91-223-615 
Arctic blue Joxes in pen. 



Item: 91-223-613 
Arctic blueJoxes in pen. 



Item: 91-223-618 
Walrus asleep on rocks. 


Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection 255 





















Item: 91-223-244 

Heretina Kocharzu, Fredericka Martin, and Alice GromoJJ. 


256 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






Biographical Note 

John Peabody Harrington (1883—1961) was a linguist with 
the Smithsonian Institution Bureau of American Ethnology 
and spent his career traveling and studying the languages of 
American Indians. Harrington visited St. Paul Island in the 
fall of 1941, and recorded interviews with several native 
residents. 

Scope and Content 

Harrington’s Pribilof Islands photographs include images taken or collected bv Harrington of St. Paul Island Village and 
people. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Photographs of John P. Harrington in the National Anthropological Archives. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

National Anthropological Archives 
Smithsonian Institution 
Museum Support Center 
4210 Silver Hill Road 
Suitland, MD 20746 
(301) 238-1310 

Related Material 

Mills, Elaine L. et al., The Papers of John Peabody Harrington, 1907-1957. 9 volumes, Kraus International Publications, 1981 — 
1991 (a guide to a microfilm issued by Kraus International Publications) 

Schaad, Gerrianne, The Photographs of John P. Harrington in the Xational Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution (catalog 
accompanying the microfilm), National Anthropological Archives, 1994. 

The National Anthropological Archives also holds Harrington’s sound recordings. 


Date span: Circa 1941 

Summary: Photographs of St. Paul Island Village and people 

taken or collected by linguist John P. Harrington. 

Location: \ational Anthropological Archives, Suitland, MD 


John Peabody Harrington Photograph Collection 257 







Item: SI-13607 
John Yachminoff. 



Item: 91-30205 

Wedding couple on steps of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul. 



/I-IS(»9 

Item: 81-13608 

St. Paul Village from east of baseball field. 



Item: 91-30207 

Easter procession outside of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul. 



Item: 91-30208 

Government House on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 91-30204 

Metrofan Krukof. Same as 91-223-208 in the 
Fredericka Martin Photograph Collection. 



Item: 91-30209 

View of St. Paul Village from cemetery. 


*■ •w , m •* ir -% 



rior of tfc* "ossific r K*rch, • : 

Item: 91-30217 

Priest in vestments in front of iconostasis in Church 
of Saints Peter and Paul. 


258 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























Biographical Note 

Evan Hill joined the Alaska National Guard in 1941, 
and in 1942, he served a one-year tour on the Pribilof 
Islands. In 1943, Hill was transferred to Dutch Harbor 
and later Fairbanks. In 1944, he was stationed in 
California for several months before volunteering for 
combat duty in Europe. 


Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


1942-1943 

Images of U.S. military personnel and other views on St. 
Paul Island in 1942—1943 

Alaska State Library Historical Collections 




mmm 


Historical Background 

In response to Japanese attacks in the Aleutians in 1942, the U.S. government relocated over 800 inhabitants from the 
Aleutian and Pribilof islands to unused fish processing and gold mining facilities in southeast Alaska. Pribilof islanders were 
relocated at Funter Bay. Facility conditions were terrible and over 30 people at Funter Bay died during the internment. Upon 
return to their homes, many people found their possessions and homes damaged or destroyed by the troops who had inhab¬ 
ited the villages while they were interned. 


Scope and Content 

The photographs include views of seals, landscapes, and other Pribilof Islands natural features, but are primarily of the U.S. 
military on St. Paul Island in 1942—1943. Images show military activities, materiel, and installations, as well as the sealing 
operations which continued with Fouke Fur Company employees and native workers brought in from Funter Bay and other 
Aleutian islands. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Evan Hill Photograph Collection (PCA 343). 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907) 465-2925 


Evan Hill Photograph Collection 259 








Item: P343.307 Date: July, 1943 

Fur-seal bull bellowing with cow nearby at 
Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.314 Date: September, 1943 

Fur-seal pups on St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.339 Date: December, 1942 

Reindeer herd on snowy jlat under dark sky, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: P343.311 Date: September, 1943 

Sergeant J.J. Steffen holding youngJur seal, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: P343.316 Date: July, 1943 

Lieutenant Friedmann, Captain Beyer, and “Stacy” 
at Zapadni Rookery census tower, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.312 Date: May 28, 1943 

Aerial view of cinder cone at edge of Otter Island. 



Item: P343.334 Date: May 28, 1943 

Aerial photograph of North Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.33S Date: 1943 


Servicemen loading mail onto a B-18, St. Paul 
Island. Evan Hill in center. 



Item: P343.336 Date: December, 1942 

Reindeer herd on snowyJlat under dark sky, St. 
Paul Island. 


260 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






















Item: P343.342 Date: 1943 


Captain Beyer and Lieutenant Dunn on Little 
Polovina Hill. 



Item: P343.344 Date: June 20, 1943 

Man standing beside open foxhole containing 
20mm gun with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: P343.351 Date: 1943 

Servicemen Stefjen, Lilleno, Stahl, and Needles 
Pving target kite, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.346 Date: September 1943 

Observation post on Cemetery Hill camouflaged 
with chicken wire and grasses. 


Item: P343.347 Date: September 1943 

Observation post on Cemetery Hill camouflaged 
with chicken wire and grasses. 


Item: P343.348 Date: June 20, 1943 

Interior of 5th Platoon dug-out on St. Paul Island. 







... • > v- 

■ ^ I I v'\ ^ \ 


i 


t\' S\ VV'- \>V\. 

o', ■ . 11 ^ 

i/ \ \ **• > 


Item: P343.350 Date: 1943 

Servicemen Cain, Stahl, and Needles manning 
20mm gun with men standing around small 
building in background. 


Item: P343.356 Date: January, 1943 

Snowy flat with rays of sun shining through clouds 
above, St. Paul Island. 


Evan Hill Photograph Collection 261 













Item: P343.353 Date: 1943 

Servicemen Stahl, Cain, and other man at St. Paul 
Village communications post. 


Item: P343.352 Date: 1943 

Servicemen Hirsch and Evan Hill with surveying 
equipment, St. Paul Island. 



hem: P343.3S7 Date: 1943 

Supply tents pitched on snowy ground, St. Paul 
Island. 


Item: P343.359 Date: June 20, 1943 

Men standing beside observation post “lA-5th 
Platoon"bejore camouflage added. 




Item: P343.361 Date: June 20, 1943 

5th platoon dugout built in deep trench. 



Item: P343.362 Date: July, 1943 

Men camouflaging observation post # 2 . 



Item: P343.363 Date: 1943 


Soldier standing beside “arctic latrine,”St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: P343.354 Date: July, 1943 

Fur-seal bull bellowing with cows nearby at 
Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul Island (similar to 
P343.307). 



Item: P343.360 Date: July, 1943 

Men camouflaging observation post # 2 , with 
netting and grasses. 



Item: P343.365 Date: September 1943 

USCG LORAN (Long range) station at Southwest 
Point, St. Paul Island. 


262 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 























Item: P343.366 Date: 1943 

Ensign Preston at USCG LORAN station at 
Southwest Point, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.310 Date: May 1943 

Lieutenant McIntyre and other men unloading 
barge at St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.372 Date: 1943 


U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service sign posted above 
area full of materiel and troops with Lieutenant 
Skinner standing below sign, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.368 Date: September, 1943 

Command car for USCG LORAN project parked 
overlooking English Bay. 



Item: P343.369 Date: April 1943 

Lieutenant Aronson on icefloes holding oar, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: P343.371 Date: May 1943 

Warrant Officer Fury and Lieutenant Skinner on 
dock, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.37S Date: 1943 

Lieutenant Skinner and Captain Beyer in front of 
B-18, St. Paul Island. 


Item: P343.374 Date: 1943 


Crew offirst B-18 to land on St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.376 Date: 1943 

Servicemen in front of large tent, St. Paul Island. 
Description with photo; “rehabilitated afterflood." 




Item: P343.378 Date: 1943 

Men working pump, probably to clear flooded tent. 


Evan Hill Photograph Collection 263 



















' V ' Jfr 

Item: P343.379 Date: 1943 

Man operating bulldozer to clear snow with roof of 
tent in background, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.381 Date: August 1943 

Crowd of pilots returned from St. George Island 
gathered in marine railway area on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: P343.38S Date: 1943 


Service men Beckno, McLaughlin, Beyer, Crouson, 
Capen, and Stiles waiting for plane to arrive with 
mail and fresh food. 



Item: P343.391 Date: 1943 

Captain Wileken outside of Government House, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: P343.380 Date: August 1943 

USCG Clover returning to St. Paul Island from 
St. George Island with platoon. 



Item: P343.384 Date: January 1943 

Captain McLaughlin and Lieutenant Aronson 
waiting for plane to arrive with mail and fresh 



Item: P343.388 Date: April, 1943 

Icefloes on water with Black Bluffs in background 
and lookout house on Bluffs. 



Item: P343.392 Date: June 20, 1943 

Six smiling officers with Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul in background. 



Item: P343.383 Date: July, 1943 

Fur-seal bull and cow, Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: P343.390 Date: 1943 


Captain Beyer asleep on couch, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.394 Date: 1943 


Evan Hill standing in front of anti-aircraft field 
command post, aka “Hill’s henhouse,”St. Paul 
Island. 


264 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















Item: P343.393 Date: 1943 

Man with detonator setting off small explosion. 




4 





Item: P343.397 Date: 1943 

Group with skis next to observation post at 
Zapadni Point, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.400 Date: March 1943 


Servicemen on alert following sighting ofJapanese 
aircraft carrier. 



Item: P343.403 Date: January 1943 

Snowy landscape, St. Paul Island. 


Item: P343.39S Date: 1943 

Servicemen Quinn, McFadden, and Thorn in front 
of entrance to 3rd platoon mess tent that is mostly 
buried in snow, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.401 Date: 1943 

Evan Hill on skis with rifle slung over shoulder. 



Item: P343.399 Date: 1943 


Men with half-ton truck and bulldozer, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: P343.402 Date: December 1942 


Two men on skis with Polovina Hill in background. 



Gloves placed on pair of ski poles with view offlat 
landscape in background. 


Evan Hill Photograph Collection 265 




















Item: P343.406 Date: 1943 


Servicemen lined up with rifles for “Saturday 
inspection” with Russian Orthodox cross in 
background, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.410 Date: July, 1943 

Evan Hill with officers Beyer and Stacy on seal- 
census plaform, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.418 


Tents pitched in trenches on Lake Hill. 



Item: P343.408 Date: September 1943 

View ofLukanin Bay from observation post Hi A, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.411 Date: June, 1943 

Evan Hill and other servicemen on range with 
Ml 917 Browning machine guns. 



Item: P343.409 Date: 1942 

View of St. Paul Village from position on Lukonin 
Hill showing 20mm gun and foxhole reinforced 
with sandbags. 



Item: P343.412 Date: 1943 


Company D, 297th on mortar range at Little 
Polovina Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.414 

Officer standing at entrance to tent. 


266 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















Item: P343.415 Date: 1943 


Observation post under construction hillside, St. 
Paul Island. 




Item: P343.417 Date: 1943 


Camp of B company, 297th Infantry, Alaska 
National Guard, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.423 

Man putting seal skins through wringer. 



Item: P343.426 
Interior of blubbering room. 



I 

Item: P343.424 
Men salting seal skins. 



Item: P343.428 

Men loading seal carcasses into truck. 



Item: P343.420 

Men blubbering seal skins. 



Item: P343.421 
Men salting seal skins. 



Item: P343.42S 


Men skinning seals on killing grounds. 


Evan Hill Photograph Collection 267 






















Item: P343.427 


Seal drive showing large group of herded seals in 
foreground, several small groups of seals, large 
field of seal carcasses, and men killing seals. 



hem: P343.432 

Interior of blubbering room showing piles of 
blubbered skins and men working. 




Item: P343.468 Date: May IS, 1943 

U.S. army attack transport Delarof. 



Item: P343.471 


Servicemen in target practice with Polovina Hill in 
background. 



Item: P343.430 

Large mound of seal carcasses outside of building. 



Item: P343.433 

Seal carcasses on killing ground with Black Bluffs 
in background. 



Item: P343.431 

Man blubbering seal skin. 



Item: P343.463 Date: May IS, 1943 

East Landing, St. Paul Island with U.S. army 
attack transport Delarof arriving in background. 



Item: P343.470 


Servicemen in target practice with Ml917 
Browning machine guns. 



Item: P343.469 


Servicemen at edge q) beach, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.482 Date: September, 1943 

Dugout at Cemetery Ridge, St. Paul Island. 


268 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















Item: P343.49I 


Soldier sitting under camouflage of 20mm anti¬ 
aircraft gun. 



Item: P343.495 

Soldiers manning 20mm anti-aircraft gun. 



hem: P343.SS7 

Crew of B-18 being greeted by servicemen. 



Item: P343.560 
Servicemen and vehicles. 



Item: P343.493 Date: 1943 

Soldier bayoneting dead reindeer strung up on 
frame. 



Item: P343.SS8 Date: 1943 

B-I8 on tarmac. 



Item: P343.561 


Crew exiting B-18. 



Item: P343.S63 

Crew of B-18 on steps of building. 



Item: P343.496 Date: 1943 


Four men manning 20mm anti-aircraft gun 
overlooking water. 



Item: P343.SS9 

Crew of B-18 on steps of Church oj Saints Peter 
and Paul. 



Item: P343.564 Date: 1943 


B-18 landing at St. Paul Island. 


Evan Hill Photograph Collection 269 





























Item: P343.566 
R-18 being unloaded. 


Date: 1943 


Date: 1943 




Item: P343.S77 Date: 1943 

Men waiting Jot plane to arrive with mail and 
fresh food. 



Item: P343.582 Date: May 28, 1943 

Aerial view of St. Paul Island from PBY aircraft. 



Item: P343.589 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


Item: P343.S67 Date: 1943 

R-18 landing at St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.S78 Date: May 28, 1943 

Aerial view <f Sheep Lake and Rig Lake, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: P343.583 Date: May 28, 1943 

Aerial view of St. Paul Island from PRY aircraft. 



Item: P343.S94 

Aerial view of St. Paul Village. 


Item: P343.63S 

Hand drawn map of St. Paul Island. 



3 T. PAUL ISLAND 

AlMkt 


Scok ste (fr*»l 


Item: P343.568 
Crew in front of R-18. 



Item: P343.581 Date: May 28, 1943 

Aerial view of St. Paul Islandfrom PRY aircraft 
starboard blister. 



Item: P343.584 Date: May 28, 1943 

PRY aircraft in Village Cove, St. Paul Island. 



Item: P343.634 

Hand drawn map of St. Paul Island. 


270 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

























Biographical Note 

Clarence L. and Marjorie Olson lived on St. Paul Island 
from 1945 to circa 1952. Clarence Olson was Assistant 
Manager and then Manager of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife 
Service Fur-Seal Administration on St. Paul Island. 


Scope and Content 

This collection broadly documents St. Paul Island in the mid to late 1940s with images of St. Paul Village, people, the seal 
harvest, social and religious events, and general island operations. It also includes a map of St. George Village drawn by Clar¬ 
ence Olson. 

Provenance 

These photographs form part of the Clarence L. and Marjorie Olson Collection (B90.8). The collection was donated to the 
Anchorage Museum by the Sequim-Dungeness Museum in Sequim, Washington. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Anchorage Museum of History and Art 
121 West Seventh Avenue 
Anchorage, AK 99501 
(907) 343-6189 


Date span: Circa 1945—19S2 

Summary: Images of St. Paul Island people, places, and activities 

taken and collected bv FWS manager Clarence L. 

Olson and his wife Marjorie. 

Location: Anchorage Museum of History and Art 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 271 










Item: B90.8.1, B90.8.2 

Panorama of St. Paul Village formed by 2 photographs. 



Item: B90.8.S 


Aerial view of St. Paul village with Reef Rookery 
and Otter Island in background. 



Item: B90.8.10 


Snow-covered St. Paul Village and Zoltoi Sands 
from Reef Rookery. 



Item: B90.8.6 

Aerial view of St. Paul village showing City 
Building, Government House, Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul, and Priest’s House. 



Item: B90.8.U 

Snow-covered St. Paul Village with radio tower in 
foreground. 



Item: B90.8.1S 

St. Paul Village from top of Village Hill. 


Item: B90.8.16 

St. Paul Village from top of Village Hill showing 
fuel “tankfarm”inJoreground. 


Item: B90.8.18 

South end of Village Cove from Village Hill. 





Item: B90.8.4 

Aerial view of St. Paul village with Reef Rookery 
and Sea Lion Rock in background. 



Item: B90.8.7 

St. Paul Village from near cemetery. 



Item: B90.8.I4 


View up snow-covered street toward St. Paul 
Village. 



Item: B90.8.17 


Flood water covering flats between Black Bluff's 
and St. Paul Village. 


272 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

































Item: B90.8.19 

Deep snowdrifts against bunkhouse in St. Paul 
Village. 


Item: B90.8.26 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis decorated with garlands. 



Item: B90.8.33 

City building in St. Paul Village. 



Item: B90.8.42 

Government House in deep snow. 



Item: B90.8.S0 

Mounds of snow from bulldozing road next to St. 
Paul radio station. 



Item: B90.8.20 

View from Village Hill offlood water covering flats 
between Black Bluffs and St. Paul Village with 
warehouses in foreground and radio station at left. 



hem: B90.8.28 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis. 



1 

I 



Item: B90.8.34 

City building in St. Paul Village under 
construction. 


1 

i 



Item: B90.8.46 

Father Baranoff’s greenhouse in St. Paul Village. 




Item: B90.8.24 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: B90.8.35 
Hospital, St. Paul Island. 




Item: B90.8.S9 

Group awaiting transport at snow-covered East 
Landing, St. Paul Island. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 273 





























































Item: B90.8.49 


Corner of living room showing small Christmas tree 
and walls decorated with photographs and icons. 



Item: B90.8.67 


Two bulldozers shoveling snow in St. Paul Village. 



Item: B90.8.70 

Truck chained behind bulldozer with several men 
nearby. 



Item: B90.8.78 


Fourth of July celebrations. 



Item: B90.8.83 
Fourth of July celebrations. 



Item: B90.8.60 


Group awaiting transport at snow-covered East 
Landing, St. Paul Island. 



Item: B90.8.62 

Crane loading cargo into boat at snow-covered 
East Landing, St. Paul Island. 



Item: B90.8.68 

Two bulldozers shoveling snow in St. Paul Village. 




Item: B90.8 .75 

Men cutting ice at frozen lake. 



Item: B90.8.79 

Fourth of July celebrations. 



Item: B90.8.61 

Group awaiting transport at snow-covered East 
Landing, with small rowboat in foreground and 
Black Bluffs at right, St. Paul Island. 



Item: B90.8.66 

Snow and ice formation at East Landing. 



Item: B90.8.69 


Bulldozer shoveling snow in St. Paul Village. 


>s Y 



Item: B90.8.77 


Fourth of July celebrations. 



Item: B90.8.82 


Fourth of July celebrations. 


274 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







































Item: B90.8.84 

Wedding party on steps of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul with Father Markary Baranoff in center. 



Item: B90.8.86 

Wedding party on steps of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul. 



Item: B90.8.87 

Wedding party on steps of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul. 



Item: B90.8.89 

Wedding party on steps of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul. 



Item: B90.8.92 


Couples dancing in small room. 



Item: B90.8.88 


Wedding party in church yard. 



Item: B90.8.90 

Wedding ceremony in Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul presided by Father Markary Baranoff. 




Item: B90.8.85 

Wedding party on steps of Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul with Father Markary Baranoff in center. 



Item: B90.8.91 

Wedding party inside Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul. 



Item: B90.8.94 

Three men standing behind sled loaded with gear. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 275 











































Item: B90.8.93 

Woman preparing to cut into cake with group 
looking on. 



Item: B90.8.97 
Small child in raingear. 








iijV- 



hem: B90.8.99 
Boy and girl. 



Item: B90.8.102 
Boy and two girls. 



Item: B90.8.100 
Boy. 



Item: B90.8.103 


Four girls. 



Item: B90.8.98 

Small boy in scout uniform. 



Item: B90.8.101 
Four small children. 



Item: B90.8.10S 


Five small boys. 


276 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Item: B90.8.104 

Boys and girls sitting on steps of building. 



Item: B90.8.110 
Group oj boys and girls. 



Item: B90.8.116 


People on baidarra. 



Item: B90.8.119 

People and vehicles on dock at Village Cove. 



Item: B90.8.106 
Group of boys. 



Item: B90.8.108 
Group of boys and girls. 



Item: B90.8.111 
Group of boys and girls. 



Item: B90.8.117 

Motorboat towing baidarra with Village Hill in 
background. 



Item: B90.8.120 

Baidarra loaded with passengers towed by 
motorboat in Village Cove. 



Item: B90.8.107 
Group oj boys and girls. 



hem: B90.8.109 

Group of boys and girls with woman. 



Item: B90.8.I12 
Group of boys and girls. 





hem: B90.8.118 
Several men in baidarra. 



hem: B90.8.123 


Boat loaded with servicemen and other passengers 
at dock in Village Cove. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 277 






















Item: B90.8.I24 
Small boy with balloon. 



Item: B90.8.127 
Small boy with balloon. 



Item: B90.8.129 
Man. 



Item: B90.8.133 


Nikefer Mandregan. 



Item: B90.8.126 


Girl blowing bubble with bubble gum. 



Item: B90.8.128 

Boy squatting next to seal carcasses on killing 
ground. 



Item: B90.8.132 

Woman and girl sitting at piano. 



Item: B90.8.134 
Nikefer Mandregan. 



Item: B90.8.12S 


Boy blowing bubble with bubble gum. 



Item: B90.8.131 


Woman with small boy. 


278 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















Item: B90.8.13S 

Nikejer Mandregan. 


Item: B90.8.137 
Alan holding seal skin. 


Item: B90.8.136 
Nikejer Alandregan. 



Item: B90.8.139 
Feodor Kochutin. 


Item: B90.8.138 
Alan. 



Item: B90.8.140 
Man. 



Item: B90.8.I41 
Vincente Tetojf. 



Item: B90.8.143 
Man. 


Item: B90.8.I42 
Man. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 279 






























































hem: B90.S.144 
Man. 




Item: B90.8.14S 

Group of women and men and several children. 


Item: B90.8.154 

Group of men outside of the Fish and Wildlife 
Service office in St. Paul Village. 



Item: B90.8.146 

Woman sitting in chair with samovar on side table 
and wedding photographs on wall above. 



Item: B90.8.150 

Two women and two boys gathering wildflowers. 



Item: B90.8.1S7 

Young men just finished with pie-eating contest. 



Item: B90.8.163 


Mrs. Baranoff (left) with woman and-two children 
in front of greenhouse in St. Paul Village. 



Item: B90.8.167 


Soldiers marching on road, St. Paul Island. 



Burial service in cemetery with row of soldiers 
standing at attention, St. Paul Island. 



Item: B90.8.169 
Small child with balloon. 



Item: B90.8.147 

People and vehicles gathered in front of carpenter 
shop in St. Paul Village. 



Item: B90.8.1S3 

Three women, St. Paul Island. 



hem: B90.8.159 


Group sitting around table with silver cof fee 
service. 





hem: B90.8.166 


Burial service in cemetery with row of soldiers 
standing at attention, St. Paul Island. 


280 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 































Item: B90.8.I75 

Group of men and women next to building. 


Item: B90.8.I68 

Soldiers marching on road, St. Paul Island. 


Item: B90.8.176 
Man. 


Item: B90.8.186 

Group of people around table eating. 


Item: B90.8.184 

Two women in raingear standing next to car. 


Item: B90.8.172 

Woman on beach next to seal observation lookout. 


Item: B90.8.171 

Man and woman on beach. 


Item: B90.8.I77 

Nikejer Mandregan and man. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 281 




























































Item: B90.8.178 
Man. 



Item: B90.8.192 


Seal rookery. 



Item: B90.8.197 


Men standing in jront of truck loaded with seal 
carcasses. 



Item: B90.8.185 
Two women in raingear. 



Item: B90.8.193 

Seal harvest showing herd of seals in foreground, 
men clubbing seals, and men skinning seals in 
background. 



Item: B90.8.187 

Seal rookery showing bulls with harems and pups. 



Item: B90.8.188 

Seal rookery showing cows and pups. 



Item: B90.8.196 

Seal harvest showing men clubbing and skinning 
seals. 



Item: B90.8.198 

Men loading seal carcasses into truck. 



Item: B90.8.199 


Men herding seals. 


282 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















hem: B90.8.200 


Men driving seals. 



Item: B90.8.201 


Men driving seals. 



Item: B90.8.202 
Men driving seals. 



Item: B90.8.203 

Seal harvest showing men herding, clubbing, and 
skinning seals. 



Item: B90.8.206 

Seal harvest showing men clubbing and skinning 
seals. 



Item: B90.8.204 


Seal harvest showing men herding, clubbing, and 
skinning seals. 



Item: B90.8.20S 

See enlargement at end oj section. 




Item: B90.8.209 
Seal rookery. 



hem: B90.8.210 


Seal rookery. 



hem: B90.8.217 
Seal rookery. 



hem: B90.8.212 


Seal harvest showing men clubbing and skinning 
seals. 



Item: B90.8.213 


Seal rookerv. 

y 



Item: B90.8.218 
Men driving seals. 



hem: B90.8.219 
Sea-lion bull. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 283 


























Item: B90.8.220 
Sea lions. 



Item: B90.8.224 


Men hoisting seal on scale. 




Item: B90.8.230 

Aircraft on tarmac with Polovina Hill in 
background. 


Item: B90.8.263 

Men shoveling snow out of fox enclosure. 


mmm. 



Item: B90.8.282 
Baidarra leaving landing. 



Item: B90.8.221 
Sea lions. 


Item: B90.8.223 

Seal rookery at Kitovi “amphitheater. ” 




Item: B90.8.228 

Reeve Aleutian Airways aircraft on tarmac. 



Item: B90.8.231 


Man and woman standing in front of Reeve 
Aleutian Airways aircraft with mountains in 
background. 



Item: B90.8.229 

Aircraft on tarmac with Polovina Hill in 
background. 


Item: B90.8.262 

Men shoveling snow out of fox enclosure. 





Item: B90.8.280 

Baidarra approaching snow and ice-covered 
landing. 


Item: B90.8.219 

Baidarra approaching snow and ice-covered 
landing. 




Item: B90.8.284 
Baidarra approaching ship. 


Item: B90.8.283 
Baidarra approaching ship. 


284 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



























Item: B90.8.2SI 

Men loading baidarra at landing. 



Item: B90.8.316 
Father Theodosy on ship. 



Item: B90.8.285 


Small boats landing at beach. 



Item: B90.8.314 


Small barge loaded with passengers. 



Item: B90.8.31 7 

Father Theodosy sitting next to baidarra frame. 



Item: B90.8.320 

Man on snowy street next to GMC sign. 



Item: B90.8.287 
Boat full of eggs. 



Item: B90.8.31S 

Small barge loaded with passengers. 



Item: B90.8.318 

Father Theodosy sitting in field. 



Item: B90.8.342 

Victor Scheffer (left) and man at cliff overlooking 
surf. 


Clarence and Marjorie Olson Photograph Collection 285 























Item: Date: 1953 

Map of St. George Village drawn by Clarence 
Olson. 



Item: B90.8.205 


Man holding dead seal by hind flipper. 


286 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











Provenance 

These photographs form part of PCA 233, the Aleutian/ 
Pribilof Project Collection. 

The collection was compiled by J.P. (Penelope) Goforth, 
with a grant from the Alaska Historical Commission and 
subsequent support from the City of Unalaska and several 
private parties. Goforth borrowed and copied the photo¬ 
graphs from residents of Akutan, Atka, King Cove, Sand Point, 


Date span: Circa 1900-1960s 

Summary: Images of St. Paul and St. George Island people, places, 

and events collected by J.P. Goforth under a historical 
preservation grant. 

Location: Alaska State Library Historical Collections 

. i ir - - — ~ ■ nr. i iji ~t~i i~-|t i [i ~~ i i .. L i . ri~n l nJU-KOHJI 1 * 

St. Paul, and Unalaska. 


Scope and Content 

The collection includes images of St. Paul and St. George islands people, places, and events. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 


Repository Information 

Alaska Historical Collections 
Alaska State Library 
PO Box 110571 
Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 


Aleutian/Pribilof Project Collection 287 






Item: P233.ak20S Date: 1922 


Religious procession on St. George Island. 
Photograph by C. Crompton. 



Item: P233.atl2I 


Father Theodosy sitting on well at Upper Lake 
on St. George Island with ice house and other 
buildings in background. 



Item: P233.stpl03 

Women demonstrating grass basket weaving. 



Item: P233.stpl22 

Edna, Martha, and Harry Krukoff holding guitars 
and ukulele. 



Item: P233.ak246 

Girl standing injront ofbaidarra, St. George 
Island. 



Item: P233.ak316 Date: 1930 

Nikolai Merculief repairing dock at St. George 
landing. 



Item: P233.stplOO Date: 1941 

St. Paul Island Reserve Guard standing in line 
with rifles. Left to right, Gabe Stepetin, Epath 
Stepetin, Andronic Oustigoff, John C. Krukoff, 

? Kochutin, ? Emenoff, Anton Kushin, Dan 
Shabolin, Vincente Tetoff, and Chris Mandregan. 



~)Y/ 2 - {(<* 


Item: P233.stpl20 

Ekaterina KrukoJf with grandson Matfey Krukoff 
in front of bath house on St. Paul Island. 

r 



Item: P233.stpl21 

Religious procession on St. George Island with 
Father Peter Kashevarof blessing water. 



Item: P233.stpl01 Date: 1941 

St. Paul Village Recreation Hall on fire. 



Item: P233.stpl09 

Cross on BogosloJ Hill, St. Paul Island placed by 
Russians in 1786. 



Item: P233.stpl24 Date: Circa 1940s 

Newly married couple on steps of St. George 
Church of the Holy Martyr with pathway to steps 
flanked by men holding rifles. 


288 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 























Item: P233.stpl 12 Date: 1936 

Philbert Krukoff holding Christmas star, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: P233.stpl79 Date: Circa 1960s 

St. Paul high school students preparing to board 
Reeve Aleutian Airways airplane. 



Item: P233.unl27 

St. George Village from road next to cemetery. 




Item: P233.stpl2S 

Religious procession for blessing of St. Paul Island. 


Item: P233.stpl28 Date: Circa 1940s 

Martha Krukoff with Ermeloff from Nikolski (on 
Umnak Island). 





Item: P233.stpl93 Date: Circa 1960s 

Division of Indian Health staff on steps of 
hospital on St. Paul Island, including Polleen 
Rukovishnikoff, Sophie Stepetin, Nedesna 
Prokopiof Irene Melovidov, Peter Prokopiof and 
doctor and nurse. 



Item: P233.unl37 

Five men holding dead hair seal, St. George Island. 



Item: P233.stpl27 

St. Paul Villagers gathered in street for fourth of 
July celebration. 



Item: P233.stpl6S Date: Circa 1910s 

Two young women, one sitting on Russian- 
American Company cannon in front of Government 
House with Church of Saints Peter and Paul in 
background. 



Item: P233.unl06 Date: Circa 1960s 

Father Peter (possibly Bankerovich) of St. Paul 
Island with Father Gromoff and boy. 


Aleutian/Pribilof Project Collection 289 
























Item: P233.stplOO Date: 1941 

St. Paul Island Reserve Guard standing in line with rifles. Left to right, Gabe Stepetin, Epath Stepetin, Andronic Oustigoff, John C. Krukoff, ? Kochutin, ? 
Emenoff, Anton Kushin, Dan Shabolin, Vincente Tetoff, and Chris Mandregan. 


290 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







Historical Note 

In 1929, the newspaper previously known as The San Fran¬ 
cisco Call, the Morning Call, and The San Francisco Call S^Post 
was changed to the San Francisco Call-Bulletin when the San 
Francisco Call LCPost merged with the San Francisco Bulletin. 

In 1959, the San Francisco Call-Bulletin merged with Scripps- 
Howard’s San Francisco News becoming the News-Call 
Bulletin. In 1965, the paper merged with the San Francisco 
Examiner. 


Date span: 

1948 

Summary: 

Photographs of resupply activities on St. George Island by 
the Navy ship USS Thuban in 1948, including images 
of cargo transport, a seal rookery, and St. George Island 
children. 

Location: 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska 8cPolar Regions 
Department 


The USS Thuban (AKA-19/LKA-19) was an Andromeda class attack cargo ship commissioned in 1943. During World War II 
the Thuban spent most of its time in the Pacific. Transferred to the Naval Transportation Service in 1946, the Thuban operated 
between the United States and various Pacific Island groups, including the Marianas, Japan, and Aleutians until the outbreak 
of the Korean War in the summer of 1950, when it returned to its former status as an attack cargo ship. 


Scope and Content 

These five photographs document resupply activities on St. George Island carried out by the Navy ship USS Thuban in 1948, 
which accompanied a storv in the San Francisco Call-Bulletin. Images show cargo transported on baidarras, sealskin cargo to be 
transported from St. George, views of a rookery, and St. George Island children used for human interest in the newspaper’s 
story. Each photograph has a caption on verso, probably used in the newspaper. 


Provenance 

These photographs form part of the San Francisco Call-Bulletin Aleutian Photograph Collection. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 
Archives & Manuscripts Unit 
Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 
310 Tanana Drive, P O Box 756808 
Fairbanks, Alaska USA 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 


San Francisco Call-Bulletin Aleutian Photograph Collection 291 








Item: 1970-11-96 Date: 1948 

Viewjrom baidarra of approach to St. George 
Island landing, showing sacks of cargo and men 
rowing boat. On verso: 

“Navy ship resupplies Pribiloj Islands and brings 
back seal skins. Although cargo to the Pribilojs 
arrived at destination aboard a modern Navy 
transport.. .shoal water necessitated the use of 
native, canvas covered boats for actual lighterage 
to the shore. Landing crafts towed the boats in as 
far as possible, then the Aleut natives rowed the 
boats in the rest of the way. Here a slingload of 
flour moves in to the St. George pier.” 



Item: 1970-11-100 Date: 1948 


Barrels of sealskins next to warehouse at St. George 
Island landing waiting for transport to USS 
Thuban in background. On verso: 

“In neatly spaced barrels, part of a Jour million 
dollar sealskin harvest awaits lighterage to the 
Navy transport, USS Thuban... The skins, along 
with seal meal for agricultural uses.. .and blubber 
oil, were destined for Seattle, Washington. By 
international agreement, a fifth of the 70,000 
seal skins taken this year go to Canada.” 



Item: 1970-11-98 Date: 1948 

Barrels of gasoline being lowered into baidarra 
from supply ship. On verso: 


“A slingload of gasoline-filled drums is lowered 
into a waiting bidar.” 



Item: 1970-11-101 Date: 1948 


St. George Island children on swings hungjrom 
wooden power-line support and on boat storage 
platform near landing. On verso: 

“Improvised swings, hung from cross-arm of a St. 
George Island light pole, keep these Aleut native 
children happy. Big attraction which brought them 
to the boat landing was the annual discharge of 
stateside cargo by men of the USS. Thuban, whose 
landing craft kept shuttling back and forth to the 
ship night and day.” 



Item: 1970-11-99 Date: 1948 


Fur-seal rookery. On verso: 

“A big bull seal (center) lords it over his harem 
of nearly 30 cows and their pups, presenting 
an amusing picture for the crewmen of the USS 
Thuban." 


292 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















Historical Note 

Swalling Construction Co., Inc. was founded by Albert 
C. Swalling (1910—2004) in 1947. In April through 
September, 1954, the company constructed a number 
of buildings on St. George Island including the school, 
hospital, warehouse, carpentry building, and resi¬ 
dences. 

Scope and Content 

The collection contains photographs of Swalling Construction Co. projects and personnel on St. George Island in 1954. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact Swalling Construction Co. Inc. for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Swalling Construction Co. Inc., Anchorage, AK. 

Related Material 

The National Archives and Records Administration, Pacific Alaska Branch in Anchorage, Alaska holds photographs of the 
1954 construction projects on St. George Island in Record Group 22. 


Date span: 1954 

Summary: Collection includes photographs of Swalling Construction 

Co. projects and personnel on St. George Island in 1954. 


Location: 


Swalling Construction Co., Inc. 


Swalling Construction Co. Photographs 293 












Item: SCC1 


Area strewn with debris including old oil drums, 
automobile parts, baidarra frame, and other litter. 



Item: SCC4 

Bricklayers at work on carpenter-boat shop. 



Item: SCC 7 


Bricklayers at work on carpenter-boat shop. 



Item: SCC 10 

Superintendent Lloyd Robison (right) with 
other man at construction site near St. George 
warehouse. 



Item: SCC2 

Construction site near shore, probably of 
carpenter-boat shop, showing partially built 
foundation. 



Item: SCCS 

Alan with shovel in mound oj sand, probably in 
process of mixing mortar with bricklayers at work 
on walls in background. 



Item: SCC3 

Construction site near shore, probably of carpenter 
shop, showing partially builtfoundation. 



Item: SCC6 

Concrete wall in ditch with buildings in 
background. 



Item: SCCS 

Alan in Jeep with loaded with wooden frames. 



Item: SCC1I 


Two men on path. 



Item: SCC9 


Dick Alerculief in truck with Lawrence Prokopiof, 
Jr. sitting on fender. 



Item: SCCI2 


Two men standing at water’s edge smoking 
cigarettes. 


294 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































Item: SCC13 

Two men in cook’s uniforms standing next to 
wooden building. 



Item: SCC16 

People on dock and in baidarra at St. George 
landing. 



Item: SCC14 


Suzie Lestenkof MerculieJwith man next to 
wooden building. 



Item: SCC17-18 

Interior of living quarters showing desk and bed. 



Item: SCC1S 


Suzie Lestenkof Merculif standing outside wooden 



Item: SCC17-18 


Interior of living quarters showing desk and bed. 




Item: SCC10 

Superintendent Lloyd Robison (right) with other man at construction site near St. George warehouse. 


Swalling Construction Co. Photographs 295 
















































Item: SCCI6 


People on dock and in baidarra at St. George landing. 


296 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









Circa 1934—1960s 





Biographical Note 

Christine McClain (1915—1989) was a freelance journal¬ 
ist whose work appeared in national publications such as 
Newsweek, Sunset, and Today’s Health. She was active in pro¬ 
fessional press organizations and was married to artist and 
architect Sam McClain (1919—1994), who became known 
for his drawings and watercolors of Russian Orthodox 
churches. 


Date span: 

Summary: Views of St. Paul Island includingjur-seal harvest 

activities, rookeries, the Navy radio Station, and St. 
Paul Island villagers. 

Location: Archives and Special Collections, Consortium Library, 

University oj Alaska Anchorage 


Scope and Content 

The photographs include several images from the 1930s of Navy seamen visiting St. Paul Island, but most of the images are 
circa 1960 and document sealing operations on St. Paul Island as well as rookeries, the Church of Saints Peter and Paul, and 
St. Paul Island people. 

Provenance 

The photographs form part of the Christine McClain Papers, series 15a, folders 1 and 6. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repositorv for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Archives and Special Collections, Consortium Library 

University of Alaska Anchorage 

3211 Providence Drive 

Anchorage, AK 99508 

(907) 786-1849 


Christine McClain Photographs 297 







Item: FI-68 Date: 1938 

Navy servicemen at rookery staked out by fur-seal 
bulls waiting for arrival of cows. 


(U 



Item: FI-69 Date: 1934 

Radio station on St. Paul Island. 



S/ /? 3 8- 

Item: FI-70 Date: 1938 

Navy servicemen at rookery staked out byfur-seal 
bulls waiting for arrival cf cows. 





sy- /?5£- 

Item: Fl-71 Date: 1938 

People gathered on dock at Village Cove. 



Sf- P/h° A, 


Item: F6-05 Date: Ca 1969 

Radio station on St. Paul Island. 



Item: F6-07 Date: Ca 1969 

St. Paul Island children. 



Item: F6-08 Date: Ca 1969 

Men blubbering seal skins. 



Item: F6-09 Date: Ca 1969 


Men blubbering seal skins. 



hem: F6-10 Date: Ca 1969 


Men blubbering seal skins. 


298 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Item: F6-11 Date: Ca 1969 

Men blubbering seal skins. 



Item: F6-14 Date: Ca 1969 


Skinned seal carcasses hanging from ceiling. 



'SC'tr'I'Vtjtzf ft-f OJ iC 

Item: F6-17 Date: Ca 1969 

Scientists at work on cancer research in laboratory 
on St. Paul Island. 



Item: F6-12 Date: Ca 1969 


Brining tank. 



Item: F6-1S Date: Ca 1969 


Brining tank. 



Item: F6-18 Date: Ca 1969 

Equipment in laboratory on St. Paul Island. 


(Sir*- SjrtF* T 



Item: F6-13 Date: Ca 1969 


Stacks of seal skins. 



Item: F6-16 Date: Ca 1969 

Men securing pallets of seal by-products. 



Item: F6-23 Date: Ca 1969 

Man standing next to trailer with “sealer bus”sign 
on side. 


Christine McClain Photographs 299 






















Item: F6-24 Date: Ca 1969 

Men in meadow on St. Paul Island. 


I 



Item: F6-2S Date: Ca 1969 

King Eider hotel on St. Paul Island. 


I 



Item: F6-26 Date: Ca 1969 


Children on steps in front of King Eider hotel. 

I 



Item: F6-27 Date: Ca 1969 

Man on motorcycle in front of King Eider hotel. 


Item: F6-28 Date: Ca 1969 

St. Paul Island villagers gathered outside of 
warehousefor celebration, possibly fourth ofJuly. 


« 



Item: F6-30 Date: Ca 1969 

Woman and girl standing next to station wagon. 


I 



Item: F6-31 Date: Ca 1969 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


Item: F6-29 Date: Ca 1969 

St. Paul Island villagers gathered outside of 
warehousefor celebration, possibly fourth ofJuly. 



Item: F6-32 Date: Ca 1969 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


300 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















I 



Item: F6-33 Date: Ca 1969 

Fur seals at Kitovi Rookery. 

I 



Item: F6-36 Date: Ca 1969 

Fur seals at Kitovi Rookery “amphitheater” with 
Polovina Flill in background. 





Item: F6-4I Date: Ca 1969 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


I 



Item: F6-34 Date: Ca 1969 

Fur seals at Kitovi Rookery. 

I 



Item: F6-39 Date: Ca 1969 

Lupines. 

I 



Item: F6-42 Date: Ca 1969 

People boarding Reeve Aleutian Airlines plane at 
St. Paul airport. 


I 



Item: F6-3S Date: Ca 1969 

Fur seals at Kitovi Rookery. 

I 




Item: F6-40 Date: Ca 1969 

Buttercups and lupines. 





Item: F6-43 Date: Ca 1969 

Polovina Hill on St. Paul Island. 


Christine McClain Photographs 301 





















Item: F6-44 Date: Ca 1969 

Men preparing forfur-seal harvest on killing 
ground. 


Item: F6-4S Date: Ca 1969 

Men preparing for fur-seal harvest on killing 
ground. 


Item: F6-46 Date: Ca 1969 

Men preparing for fur-seal harvest on killing 
ground. 



Item: F6-47 Date: Ca 1969 

Men preparing for fur-seal harvest on killing 

I 



Item: F6-48 Date: Ca 1969 

Men driving fur seals to killing ground. 


Item: F6-49 Date: Ca 1969 

Men driving fur seals to killing ground. 


I 




Item: F6-50 
Men clubbing seals. 


Date: Ca 1969 


Item: F6-S1 
Men clubbing seals. 


Date: Ca 1969 


Item: F6-S2 

Men on killing ground. 


Date: Ca 1969 


302 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















Item: F6-S3 Date: Ca 1969 

Men skinning seals. 



Item: F6-S4 Date: Ca 1969 

U.S. Department of Health, Education, and 
Welfare building. 


I 



Item: F6-SS Date: Ca 1969 

Men blubbering seal skins. 



Item: F6-56 Date: Ca 1969 

Children at dance in gymnasium. 


I 


Item: F6-S7 Date: Ca 1969 

Band playing at dance in gymnasium. 


Item: F6-58 Date: Ca 1969 

King and queen of dance seated on dais in 
gymnasium. 


I 


l 



Christine McClain Photographs 303 


































I 


I 


I 





Item: F6-62 

Date: Ca 1969 Item: F6-63 

Date: Ca 1969 Item: F6-64 

Men clubbing seals. 

Men on killing ground. 

Men clubbing seals. 


I 


Date: Ca 1969 





Item: F6-65 
Men skinning seals. 


Date: Ca 1969 Item: F6-66 

Men skinning seals. 


Date: Ca 1969 


Item: F6-67 
Men skinning seals. 


Date: Ca 1969 



Item: F6-08 Date: Ca 1969 

Men blubbering seal skins. 


304 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 































Biographical Note 

Robert Fortuine (b. 1934) is a public health physician 
who served with the United States Public Health Service 
(USPHS) in Alaska from 1962 until his retirement in 1987, 
as service unit director for the USPHS Alaska Native Hos¬ 
pital in Kanakanak (1963—1964), and in Bethel (1964— 
1967), as director of the USPHS Alaska Native Medical 
Center in Anchorage (1971—1977), and as deputy chief of 
family medicine (1980—1987). Fortuine has been active in 
national and Alaskan medical professional associations, and 


Date span: 

1971-1976 

Summary: 

Photographs of St. Paul and St. George villages and 
other features taken by U.S. Public Health Service 
physician Robert Fortuine while on inspection trips to 
the Pribilof Islands. 

Location: 

Archives and Special Collections, Consortium Library, 
University of Alaska Anchorage 


published numerous articles and books. 


While director of the Alaska Native Medical Center in Anchorage in the 1970s, Fortuine made several inspection trips to the 
Pribilof Islands. 


Scope and Content 

Fortuine’s photographs show St. Paul and St. George villages, churches, residences, government buildings, cemeteries, hos¬ 
pitals, and other features. Many of the photographs are composed in an artistic manner and show' dramatic cloud-filled skies. 
A few show a sunset sky and buildings cast in its light. A series of images show baidarras other craft bringing in supplies from 
the M/V Pribilof. 

Provenance 

The photographs form part of the Robert Fortuine Papers. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Archives and Special Collections, Consortium Library 

University of Alaska Anchorage 

3211 Providence Drive 

Anchorage, AK 99508 

(907) 786-1849 


Robert Fortuine Photographs 305 





St. Paul Island 



Item: 7111dP7K02 

Light from sunrise on Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul. 


T3T_ 


1 1 JI 

31 

B € 

! > J E E 

] | I fllK , 

1 r 

Item: 7111dP7K04 

Light from sunrise on the King 

Eider hotel. 



Item: 7111dP7K0S 
Warehouses in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 7111dP7K06 

St. Paul Island Government House. 



Item: 7llldP7KlO 

Houses and St. Paul Island radio station with 
cemetery at right. 



Item: 7111dP7K20 


St. Paul Villagefrom East Landing. 



Item: 711 ldP7K08 


Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 7111dP7Kll 


St. Paul Village from Reef Rookery. 


r 



Item: 711 leP6K08 

Weather station on St. Paul Island with Polovina 
Hill in background. 



Item: 7111dP7K09 

Doctor’s house and Ring Eider hotel. 



Item: 711 ldP7K17 

Seal observation stands at rookery. 



Item: 711 leP6K09 


“Seal Crossing”sign. 


306 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







































Item: 7111eP6K19 


Man working in baidarra near fuel station and 
warehouses on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 7IIIJPSK02 

St. Paul Villagefrom East Landing. 



Item: 71I1JP5K06 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 7111eP6K20 

Landing at Village Cove with Tolstoi Point in 
background. 

_——- -- 



Item: 711lfP5K03 

Baidarra at East Landing with Black Bliffs in 
background. 


r 



Item: 7111/P5K07 

Runabout towing baidarra towards M/V Pribilof. 



Item: 7111fP5K09 

Landing craft approaching East Landing with 
M/V Pribilof in background. 



Item: 7111eP6K21 


Landing craft on beach at Village Cove. 



Item: 7111fPSK0S 

Bernstein family on steps of St. Paul Island 
hospital. 



Item: 7111fP5K08 

Crane loading baidarra with M/V Pribilof in 
background. 



Item: 7111JPSK10 

Crane unloading truck from landing craft at East 
Landing. 


Robert Fortuine Photographs 307 








































Item: 7111JP5K13 
Russian Orthodox cross. 



Item: 7404aP6K04 

Pack ice around St. Paul Island. 



Item: 7404aP6K07 

St. Paul Village hospital in disrepair. 



Item: 7404aP6K.ll 

St. Paul Village hospital in disrepair. 



Item: 7111JP5K1S 

St. Paul Island cemetery with Village Cove in 
background. 



Item: 7404aP6K05 


St. Paul Village hospital in disrepair. 





Item: 7404aP6K09 

M/V Pribilof in Village Cove. 


Item: 7404aP6Kl2 

St. Paul Village hospital in disrepair. 



Item: 7111JTSK12 

St. Paul Village from top of Black Bluffs. 



Item: 7111JT5K16 

Grave markers in St. Paul Village cemetery. 



Item: 7404aP6K06 
Antenna. 



Item: 7404aP6K10 
Baidarra near warehouses. 


■KK I 


i 



Item: 7404aP6K13 


Runabout towing baidarra to M/V Pribilof. 


308 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































Item: 7404aP6K14 


Runabout towing baidarra to M/V Pribilof. 



Item: 7404aP6K17 


Baidarra being towed. 



Item: 7404aP6KlS 
M/V Pribilof. 



Item: 7404aP6K18 
Baidarra loaded with truck. 



Item: 7404cP6K02 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 7404cP6K04 

Arch over churchyard gate with three Russian 
orthodox crosses made from pipes, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 7404cP6K07 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 7404cP6K03 

St. Paul Island Government House. 


. 1 * > ' > V v' 



Item: 7404cP6K05 

Russian orthodox cross on arch over churchyard 
gate made from pipes, St. Paul Island. 





Item: 7404cP6K08 

St. Paul Island school with radio station at I ft 
and cemetery and houses in background. 



hem: 7404aP6KI6 
M/V Pribilof. 




hem: 7404cP6K01 

Flag flying next to St. Paul Island school. 



hem: 7404cP6K06 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 


Robert Fortuine Photographs 309 















































Item: 7404cP6K09 

St. Paul Village hospital in disrepair. 



Item: 7404cP6K18 

St. Paul Village from Reef Rookery. 


] 



Item: 7606aP9K.ll 

Passengers waiting to board aircraft. 


i 



Item: 7404cP6K10 


St. Paul Villagefrom Zoltoi Sands. 


1 



Item: 7404cP6K20 


Vehicles parked at airport with Polovina Hill in 
background. 



Item: 7606aP9K17 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 7404cP6Kll 

Viewfrom Reef Rookery of Tolstoi, entrance to 
Village Cove, Village Hill, and Bogoslof Hill in 
background. 



Item: 7404cP6K21 

Doctor standing next to vehicle. 


1 



Item: 7606aP9K18 


St. Paul Village from East Landing. 



Item: 7606aP9K19 


St. Paul Village hospital. 


310 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






































St. George Island 



Item: 7404bP6K01 


St. George Villagejrom M/V Pribilof. 

--- 'i 



Item: 7404bP6K04 

Public Health Service clinic on St. George Island. 



Item: 7404bP6K07 


Fog over St. George Village. 



Item: 7404bP6K10 

Church ojSaint George the Victorious. 



Item: 7404bP6K02 


St. George Villagefrom M/V Pribilof. 



Item: 7404bP6K05 


Doctor’s house on St. George Island. 

r 



Item: 7404bP6K08 


Houses in St. George Village. 



Item: 7404bP6K12 

Company. House, St. George Island. 



Item: 7404bP6K03 


Passengers in baidarra. 



hem: 7404bP6K06 

Public Health Service clinic on St. George Island. 



hem: 7404bP6K09 


Houses in St. George Village. 

r 

- 



Item: 7404bP6K13 

Church of Saint George the Victorious. 


Robert Fortuine Photographs 311 







































r 



Item: 7404bP6K.ll 

Church of Saint George the Victorious. 




J 



Item: 7606bP9K04 

Headstone of Father lnnocenti Lestenkoff in 
churchyard, St. George Island. 



Item: 7606bP9K13 


Cemetery on St. George Island. 



Item: 7404bP6KlS 
“Lawrence" and woman. 







Item: 7404bP6Kl6 Church of Saint George the Victorious. 

St. George Village from M/V Pribilof. 



Item: 7606aP9K22 
House in St. George Village. 



Item: 7606bP9K06 


Item: 7606bP9K08 

Church of Saint George the Victorious. 



Landing at St. George Village. 



jJ : Cell 


Item: 7606bP9K14 


Cemetery on St. George Island. 



Item: 7606bP9KlS 


Satellite antenna in St. George Village. 


312 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































Item: 7606bP9K16 

Satellite antenna in St. George Village. 




Item: 7606bP9K17 

Public Health Service clinic on St. George Island. 

r ' i 


Item: 7606bP9K20 

Several men including Mr. Willet and Leo Olivares 
at Zapadnie, St. George Island. 


r- m - 



Item: 7606bP9K21 


Zapadnie chapel, St. George Island. 





Item: 7606bP9K22 


Zapadnie, St. George Island, with chapel in 
center. 





Item: 7606cP2K04 


St. George Village. 


Item: 7606cP2K06 

Men unloading small aircraft with several 
motorcycles parked injoreground. 




Item: 7606cP2K09 


Leo Olivares and others at St. George Island 


Robert Fortuine Photographs 313 



























Item: 7U1JPSK06 

Crane hoisting baidarra at East Landing. 



Item: 7606aP9K17 

Landing craft beached at Black Bluffs. 


314 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















rrrrtr 



rJ' (joit'S/ u/u/^/eoc/c/ic ’ \(// i oey 

\ uju/ e ft. (/eo/yae 



Biographical Note on William Healey 
Dali 

William Healey Dali (1845—1927) first visited the 
Pribilof Islands in 1868 while a member of the scien¬ 
tific corps of the Western Union Telegraph Expedi¬ 
tion. In 1871, Dali joined the U.S. Coast and Geodetic 
Survey, engaged in surveying the Aleutian Islands. In 1874, Dali made a survey of the Pribilof Islands. 


Date span: 1875 

Summary: Early U.S. Coast Survey charts of St. Paul and St. George 

Islands 

Location: American Geographical Society Library 




’***■»• 






Scope and Content 

These three charts were made “from observations by act’g assistant W.H. Dali and party in 1874” and depict individual 
“sketches” of St. Paul and St. George islands, as well as a chart showing both islands. All charts were drawn by H. Linden- 
kohl. 

Locations of anchorages are shown, and brief descriptions of the character of the sea surrounding the islands are noted. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

American Geographical Society Library 
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Libraries 
2311 E. Hartford Ave 
Milwaukee, WI 53211 
(414) 229-6282 


U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey charts of St. Paul and St. George Islands 315 












ufi&U/ *~V - 


PRIBIUBT ISLANDS 

w ■ 











Item: AM00S590 

Chart of the Pribilojf Islands. 

Chart of St. Paul, St. George, Otter, and Walrus 
Islands. This chart is also held at the National 
Archives and Records Administration, however 
the copy at the AGSL is signed by Dali and has a 
label printed with “compliments of C.P. Patterson 
(Superintendent of the USCS).’’ 



r 

Item: AM00S591 

Sketch of St. George Island. 

St. George Island with many majorfeatures 
identified, and showing location of salt house 
at Zapadnie. A note warns that “the anchorages 
about this island are poor, except with the wind 
directly off the land, and the landing, except in 
smooth weather, is dangerous.” 


Item: AM00SS96 

Sketch of St. Paul Island. 

See enlargement at end of section. 




Oj*. 00S5*1<> 

'/ 

Item: AM00S596 

Sketch of St. Paul Island. 

St. Paul, Otter, and Walrus Islands with many major features identified, and showing location of the village and of Webster House at Northeast 
Point. A note warns that water is “very difficult to obtain”on the island, and that the “landing at the village is dangerous in southerly and 
westerly weather.” 


316 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































































Co/lQ/'t'S at t/m^ S atfOfia/^ // t c/ibe& 

(x//}ii/N<st/ /to/t , 



Provenance 

The Cartographic and Architectural Section of the Na¬ 
tional Archives and Records Administration (NARA) 
holds Pribilof Islands maps and charts in three Record 
Groups: 

RG 23, Records of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, RG 
22, Records of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and 
RG 76, Records of Boundary Claims and Commissions 
Arbitrations. 


Date span: 

1S69—191S 

Summary: 

Maps and chans of the Pribilof Islands including general 
charts of the Bering Sea, rookery charts withjur-seal data, 
and hand-drawn and painted maps made by Henry W. 
Elliott 

Location: 

National Archives and Records Administration, 
Cartographic and Architectural Section 


’•mmm 


J 


Within Record Group 76, Pribilof Islands charts and maps are found in RG 76.6: Records of International Arbitrations in 
which the United States was a Party in the Dispute. 

Within Record Group 22, Pribilof Islands charts and maps are found in RG 22.4: Records of Divisions of the U.S. Fish Com¬ 
mission and the Bureau of Fisheries. 

Within Record Group 23, Pribilof Islands charts and maps are found in RG 23.4: Records of the Library and Archives Section 
of the Technical Services Division. 


Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

NARA — Cartographic and Architectural Section 

National Archives at College Park 

8601 Adelphi Road 

College Park, Maryland 20740-6001 

(301) 837-3200 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration , (1869-1915) 317 











Record Group 23, Records of the Coast and Geodetic Survey 
Series: Library and Archives 945 


General maps and charts of the Pribilof Islands and Bering Sea 



Item: RG23LA94S-186S Date: 1869 

Alaska and adjoining territory, Chart 960. 



Item: RG23LA94S-1878 Date: 1878 

Alaska and adjoining region. Chart 960. 



m .amm, a ® 

Item: RG23LA94S-1892 Date: 1892 

Map of Bering Sea and the North Pacific Ocean. 




, I 


Item: RG23LA94S-1898 Date: 1898 

Copy (lithograph) of 1802 Russian chart of 
Alaskan seas (annotated in French). 



Chart of the Pribilof (Pribiloff) Islands. Chart no. 
886, edition 1. 



Item: RG23LA94S-1881 Date: 1881 

Chart of Currents in Bering Sea and adjacent 
waters. 



Item: RG23LA94S-1898 Date: 1898 

Chart 2279, Lagoon Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG23LA94S-1890 Date: 1890 

Pribilof Islands. Chart no. 886, edition 2. 



Item: RG23LA94S-187S Date: 187S 

Map showing the distribution of the tribes of 
Alaska and adjoining territory (Chart no. 2768?). 



St. Paul and St. George Islands with inset of 
Pribilof Islands group. 


318 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 































































































Maps and charts prepared for the State Department by the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 
1892 


£«l«g fco* Ut l litknilt* >«(i for iU iUU topnoos: i) *.5o 

g.s.c.* g.e^bi, 

uti Kertt Pacific ic«u. 
f. >mUIu of Bo#! 3tt« free Jot .to J--1/. 

f. " • tull'i TiiiiW mIm 4 cr *%rc44 1* M 

t m m m m • " " fO. 

r. * ,CS It#*#; cf 8«oii ctoortofl It CofU* £m by e.e.twool# u wi. 


0 . 

(innitlu* 

fcj tfc# Ootorzxost of v «!o« 

a 


it e*7)o». 

" 


by ImuoU it tl# Ult# fco«. 

7 . 


at ilgotia 

■ 


• Siolly. 

• 


■ Uriltlt. 

* 


* ftuu. 



■ luU>'U. 

* 


• Sob bt'.iu. 

?. 


CE t'c* Cent Cf IroUEC. 

to 


■ • • Scotlkli. 


It. of ErUUfc fciocoei i4t,io»*cs of 

• » » • " MftM liui, * 

• • u.e. • ium " 

• ■ ■ • *r.bie, 

t*. Cibgri* "V- ?»lt Sot*. Kf-torol CoteUUt. 

■ * t liul* • * • 

• " C ml* Soci vmor milt*. 


U * C l O U»V£Y 


LIBRARY 



Item: RG23LA945 Date: 1892 

Inventory of maps prepared for the State 
Department by the U.S.C 8cG.S., July and 
August, 1892. 



inventory). 


i ^ 

-4= •; Jf\ ' 

' 



a 


Item: RG23LA94S-1891 Date: 1891 

Counter case chart no. 2 Cruises of British Naval 
vessels in the Bering Sea (no. 14 on inventory). 




Item: RG23LA94S-1892 Date: Ca 1892 

Graphs of seal mortality rates (nos. 12 a, b, and c 
on inventory). 



Sealing chart showing the position and number cf 
seals observed in the Bering Sea reported by U.S. 
vessels (no. 5 on inventory). 



Item: RG23LA945-1891 Date: 1891 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: RG23LA945-1891 Date: 1891 

Counter case chart no. 1 Cruises of U.S. Naval 
vessels in the Bering Sea (no. 13 on inventory). 



Item: RG23LA94S-1891 Date: Ca 1891 

Migration chart showing the position of thefur- 
seal herd from January to July (no. 2 on inventory). 



Item: RG23LA94S- Date: 1886, 1887, 1889 
Map showing positions of Sealing Vessels seized or 
warned by the government cf the United States (no. 
3 on inventory). 



Item: RG23LA94S-1891 Date: 1891 

Counter case chart no. 3 Cruises cfU.S. and 
British Naval vessels in the Bering Sea (no. 15 on 
inventory). 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration, (1869-1915) 319 

























































































Item: RG23LA945-1887 Date: 1887 

Charts of cruises of British schooners Ada and 
Alfred Adams, and U.S. schooners Ellen and 
Annie madefrom seized logs (no. 11 on inventory). 



Counter case chart no.S Special cruises of U.S. 
Revenue steamers Corwin and Rush (no. 15 on 
inventory). 



a 

Item: RG23LA945-1892 Date: 1892 

Counter case chart no.7 Migration chart of the 
Alaskan seal herd (no. 17 on inventory). 


Rookery Charts surveyed by Joseph Stanley-Brown, unmarked set 

These charts, surveyed in 1891, served as a base upon which to recordfur-seal data. Annotated versions are in RG76. 





Item: RG23LA94S-1891_Chart A 
Northeast Point Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG23LA94S-1891_Chart B 
Polovina Rookery, St. Paul Island. 




Item: RG23LA945-1891_Chart C 

Kitovi and Lukonin Rookeries, and D, Ref and 

Gorbatch Rookeries, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG23LA945-1891_Charts F, G 
Zapadni Rookery (F) and English Bay (G), St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG23LA945-1891_Chart E 

Tolstoi and Lagoon Rookeries, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG23LA945-1891_Charts H, l,J, K 
Starry Arteel Rookery (H); North Rookery (I); East 
and Little East Rookery (J); Zapadnie Rookery (K) 
- St. George Island. 


320 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















































































































Coast and Geodetic Survey Rookery Charts, unmarked set 

Surveyed by Will Ward Dujfield and party in 1897. 



° 


nttr go*hat< n a*d Atuucru 
HOOKF.HIKS 


Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3215 

Reef, Gorbatch, and Ardiguen Rookeries, St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3221 
Morjovi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22cart7_Cbart 3216 

Lukanin and Kitovi Rookeries, St. Paul Island. 




Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3218 
Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul Island. 


# 

ZAPADNI ROOKKKY 


hem: RG22cart7_Chart 3225 
Zapadnie Rookery, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3217 
Tolstoi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3219 

Little Zapadni and Zapadni Reef Rookeries, St. 

Paul Island. 



Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3226 
North Rookery, St. George Island. 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration i, (1869-1915) 321 





















































































































A*B IJTflJl POMIMRA 

tIOOKKRIF.S 
it mh nun 


Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3220 

Polovina, Polovina Cliffs, and Little Polovina 

Rookeries, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3223 
Lagoon Rookery, St. Paul Island. 


LAGOON ROOKKRY 
■r run. i»uon> 


Item: RG22cart7_Chart 3222 
Vostochni Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



East Rookery, St. George Island. 


322 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























































Coast and Geodetic Survey Rookery Charts, annotated with fur-seal data 

These charts are a selection of the many rookery charts annotated with fur-seal data in this series. Shown here are Charts 3215 and 3216, annotated by G Dallas 
Hanna, Charles Townsend, and others in 1898 and 1915. 



Item: RG22cart7 Date: 1898 

Chart 3215, Ref, Gorbatch, and Ardiguen 
Rookeries, St. Paul Island, annotated by Charles 
Townsend. 



Chart 3215, Ref, Gorbatch, and Ardiguen 
Rookeries, St. Paul Island, annotated by G Dallas 
Hanna. 



Item: RG22cart7 Date: 1898 

Chart 3216, Lukanin and Kitovi Rookeries, St. 
Paul Island, annotated by Charles Townsend. 



Item: RG22cart7 Date: 1915 

Chart 3216, Lukanin and Kitovi Rookeries, St. 
Paul Island, annotated by G Dallas Hanna. 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration, (1869-1915) 323 























































































Record Group 76: Records of Boundary Claims and Commissions Arbitrations 

Series: Cartographic Series 155, 157, 158 

See also NARA finding aid: Horwitz, Herbert. Preliminary Inventory of Records Relating to International Arbitrations. NC 155 (1969). Pp 38-40. 


SERIES 155 (entry 181 in finding aid) 

Seal Migration Charts made by Henry W. Elliott. 



Item: RG76cartl55 Date: Ca 1880 

Migration Route of the Pribilof Fur Seal Herd 
in the North Pacific Ocean. Pen and ink and 
watercolor. 



—l"^*- 




Item: RG76cartl55 Date: Undated 

Migration Route of the Pribilof Fur Seal Herd in 
the North Pacific Ocean. Printed map annotated 
with pen and ink and watercolor. 


Chart of Pelagic Sealing Vessels (entry 181 in finding aid) 



Hand-drawn chart showing areas cruised by 
various pelagic sealing vessels near Pribilof Islands 
60-mile boundary limit. 


C^uvrl' &Vvcw* cvreas oca.vk Is e.r\u*«i, 

vnT5«nrv«<|‘aca,a* dciux&Apow—, 
4.iwLtwa Vtcfe^a, ^ 

i b *o i*yj) ©f ^ 

£> tQ ClcUAUS. <aovM««Y»ta»*>em, (2ou- 

UCw-W of ^«Wcvn| 8,1*^. WU«m Uru^i S' 
cao 5 -^vtCkV f&'tvta 


fae. fcO'wUt* 


icW, 


win* iftifEMaute- — 
Man Wc >n - 

TiS42££Sfe- 


TrviMTUA>g 

— ^ A'Vint* C. nwr& - 
- 


assq- 
z»q«- 
2 000 . 
13 28 . 

14 7- 
I too, 
ISM- 

I <s*4-. 


• 6,2*4. 


Vh* c.«u**«tk voW.eA»~. 
cWuW ^ o\ft%<4* too 

a. pptt> ccW' 
46'nnt<0 Ct4 *<**■ ^ 

fell*. 
I*7<? 

• S7fc. 
IfcSo. 
639. 
<K«. 
85 O. 
8/i* 


of pv-jk «c Urcttui^ 


jSa&- 

\v^§3Hivai^- 


(juw*L^ two 



Item: RG76cartl55 Date: Ca 1897 

Explanation on back of hand-drawn chart. 


324 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















































SERIES 157 (entry 182 in finding aid) 


Pribilof Island Charts surveyed and drawn by Henry W. Elliott 

Pen and ink, watercolor 


Accompanying documentation bearing the stamp of the Department of State Bureau of Rolls and Library, 1906, explains, “the original rookery charts, 17 in 
number (14 sheets) [were] made on the ground in 1872—73, inclusive, by Henry W. Elliott, and verified in 1874 by Henry W. Elliott and Lt. Com. Washburn 
Maynard, on the Islands of St. Paul and St. George.” The State Department’s acknowledgement of receipt states, “17 Charts paid for to Mr. Elliott, April 19, 
1904.” 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1873 

Zapadnie Breeding and Hauling Grounds, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1874 

Little Eastern Rookery, St. George Island. 




Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1874 


Lagoon Rookery and Village Killing Grounds, St. 
Paul Island. 




hem: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1874 

Lukanin and Kitovi (“Lukannon and Ketavie") 
breeding and hauling grounds. 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration , (1869-1915) 325 





































M 4 V AbT £ tv\ >4 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1874 

Novastoshnah (Northeast Point), St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG76cartIS7 Date: 1872—1874 

Tolstoi breeding and hauling grounds, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872-1874 

Polovina and Little Polovina Rookeries, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1874 


Zapadni Rookeries, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872—1874 

North Rookery, St. George Island. 



Item: RG76cartl57 Date: 1872—1874 


Reef and Gorbatch breeding and hauling grounds, 
St. Paul Island. 




Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: 1872-1874 


Starry Arteel breeding and hauling grounds, St. 
George Island. 


326 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



















































Rookery Charts surveyed by Joseph Stanley-Brown, annotated set 

These charts are a selection of the many rookery charts annotated with fur-seal data in this series. Shown here are is Chart A, annotated by Charles 
Townsend, Joseph Stanley-Brown, and others from 1892—1897. 



Item: RG76cartl57 Date: July 17, 1892 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated with fur-seal 
data by Joseph Stanley-Brown. 



Item: RG76cartl57 Date: July 13, 1894 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated with fur-seal 
data by Charles Townsend. 



Item: RG76cartl57 Date: July 26, 1893 

Chart A, Northeast Point, hand-annotated with 
fur-seal data by Charles Townsend. 



Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: July 24, 1895 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated with fur-seal 
data by Charles Townsend. 



Item: RG76cartl57 Date: July 26, 1893 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated with fur-seal 
data by Charles Townsend. 



Item: RG76cartl57 Date: July 16, 1896 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated with fur-seal 
data probably by Charles Townsend, and including 
notes regarding updating chart. 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration , (1869-1915) 327 
















































Item: RG76cartIS7 Date: 1897 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated with fur-seal 
data by Lucas and Clark. 


Item: RG76cartlS7 Date: Undated 

Chart A, Northeast Point, annotated withjur-seal 
data. 


SERIES 158 (entry 183 in finding aid) 

Track Charts of Vessels and Seal Herds 

Most charts bear stamp of Fur Seal Arbitration. Blueprints of track charts for vessels including the Thetis, Rush, Alert, Melpomene, Marion, Corwin, and 
Mohican are not shown. 


U.S.S. Albatross 



Pacific Ocean with locations of fur seals observed. 



Item: RG76cartl58 Date: fune—August, 1892 

Track chart of U.S.S. Albatross in the North 
Pacific Ocean, nojur seals observed. 



Item: RG76cartlS8 Date: June—August, 1892 

Track chart of U.S.S. Albatross (continued) in the 
Aleutian Islands, seal seen at position indicated by 
red mark. 


328 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































Item: RG76cartlS8 Date: 1892 


Track chart of U.S.S. Albatross in the North 
Pacific Ocean, no fur seals observed. 


U.S.R.Cutter Bear 



Item: RG76cartl58 Date: 1891 


Track chart ojthe U.8.R.C. Bear “around the 
Seal Islands,”signed by A. J. Henderson and M.A. 
Healy (?). 



Item: RG76cartlS8 Date: 1892 


Track chart of U.S.S. Albatross (continued) in 
the Aleutian Islands, red marks indicate positions 
and abundance of seals observed. 



Item: RG76cartlS8 Date: 1893 

Chart of the Eastern Portion of the Bering Sea 
showing the Results of Investigations During the 
Season of 1893 by the Officers of the Albatross. 



Sea signed by A. J. Henderson. 


Islands." 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration , (1869-1915) 329 




















































U.S.R. Steamer Corwin 



Northwest Coast of America and Inland Passages. 
Signed by Captain C.L. Hooper and treasury 
Agent A. W. Lavender. 



Item: RG76cartl S8 Date: July-September, 1892 
Track chart of the U.S.R.C. Corwin in the 
Bering Sea, with locations of vessels sighted or 
boarded and seals observed. Signed by Captain 
C.L. Hooper. 



Northwest Coast of America and Inland Passages, 
with locations of vessels sighted or boarded. Signed 
by Captain C.L. Hooper and treasury Agent A.W. 
Lavender. 



Item: RG76cartlS8 Date: March, 1892 

Track chart of the U.S.R.C. Corwin along the 
Pacific Coast from San Francisco Bay to the Strait 
of Juan De Fuca, with locations of vessels sighted 
or boarded and seals observed. Signed by Captain 
C.L. Hooper. 



Item: RG76cartl58 Date: July-August, 1892 

Track chart of the U.S.R.C. Corwin in the Bering 
Sea, with locations of vessels sighted or boarded 
and seals observed. Signed “to accompany my 
affidavit of August 19, 1892”by Captain C.L. 
Hooper. 


330 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












































U.S.S. Marion 



Date: August 27—August 30, 1892 

Track chart of U.S.S. Marion in the Bering Sea. 


U.S. Naval Forces 



Item: KG76cartlS8 Date: 1894 

Track chart of U.S. Naval Force in Bering Sea 
(Aleutian Islands), Commander C.E. Clark, 

U.S.N. Commanding. 



Item: KG76cartlS8 Date: 1894 

Track chart of U. S. Naval Force in North Pacific 
Ocean and Gulf of Alaska, Commander C.E. 

Clark, U.S.N. Commanding. 



Item: KG76cartlS8 Date: 1894 

The fur seals seen by the U.S. Naval Forces in the 
Bering Sea. 



Item: RG76cartl58 Date: 1894 

The fur seals seen by the U.S. Naval Forces in the 
North Pacfic Ocean. 


Pribilof Island Maps and Charts at the National Archives and Records Administration, (1869-1915) 331 


















































U.S.R. Steamer Rush 



Chart showing distribution of the northern fur seal 
in the vicinity of the Pribilof Islands observed by 
Officers and passengers on U.S.R.S. Rush. 



f 


Item: RG23LA945-1891 Date: 1891 


Map showing positions of Sealing Vessels seized or warned by the government of the United States (no. 4 on inventory). 


332 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































































'lioniil' C/'t'/ttheA' a/u/ 
o/'i/s <_ , 

av-/y70'S'J 


Most of the Pribilof Islands photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) are found in series 
within Record Group 22, Records of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Record Group 56, General Records of the Depart¬ 
ment of the Treasury, and Record Group 370, Records of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. These 
records are held at the NARA Still Pictures branch in College Park, MD, and the NARA Pacific Alaska Regional Branch in 
Anchorage, AK. 

The series include: 

• Photographs Relating to the Fishing and Fur Industries in the Pribilof Islands, Alaska, 1906—1960 (22-MP-3) 

• Photographs of Activities Relating to Commercial Fishing and Studies of Marine Life, 1947—1964 (22-FG-FWS) 

• Photographs of the Pribilof Islands, 1947—1956 (22-RB) 

• The Records of the Pribilof Islands Program, 1868—1987, Administrative Correspondence 

• U.S. Bureau of Fisheries Pribilof Island Photographs 

• Photographs and Charts of Treasury Agent A.P. Loud 

Photographs were made by agents and associates of the US Fish and Wildlife Service and its predecessor agencies. 

Historical Note 

In 1905 and 1908, the Bureau of Fisheries was given responsibility for the regulation of the Alaskan fisheries industry and the 
Alaskan fur seal industry. The regulation of these industries had been a function of the Treasury Department from 1868 to 
1903 and then separate units in the Department of Commerce and Labor. The Bureau’s Alaskan duties included the protec¬ 
tion of land fur-bearing animals until 1939, when this work was transferred to the Bureau of Biological Survey. 

On June 30, 1940, The Bureau of Fisheries and the Bureau of Biological Survey were merged to form the Fish and Wildlife 
Service. The Records of the Fish and Wildlife Service now in the National Archives are almost entirely those of its two prede¬ 
cessor agencies and their predecessors. 

Terms of Use and Access 

Contact the repository for terms of use and access. 

Repository Information 

Still Picture Reference 
Special Media Archives Services Division 
National Archives at College Park 
8601 Adelphi Road 
College Park, Maryland 20740-6001 
(301) 837-0561 


National Archives and Records Administration 

Pacific Alaska Region 

654 West Third Avenue 

Anchorage, AK 99501-2145 

(907) 261-7800 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 333 







c l/.t £ ^Bureau o/w/'iw/ie/ueA' ^/lofoijra/y/hs 


Date span: Circa 1907-1921 

Summary: This series includes images ojjur seals and other wildlife, fur-seal harvesting 

and processing, the villages on St. Paul and St. George islands, government 
and residential buildings, churches and priests, landscapes, and people, 
including the Aleut residents of St. Paul and St. George islands and 
government agents. 

Location: NARA Pacific Alaska Region, Anchorage, AK 






Series 1 



Item: 1.02, 1.03, 1.143 Date: 1907 

Panorama from Zoltoi Sands of Village Hill, Tolstoi, Zapadni, and Southwest Pointfrom Gorhatch Rookery, formed by three photographs. Photographs by W.I 
Lembkey. 



Item: 1.01 Date: 1907 


Surf in Village Cove, St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by W. I Lembkey. 



Item: 1.0S Date: Circa 1907 

Mike Kozlf with his mother and wife, Parascovia, 
St. Paul Island. Photograph by James Judge. 


Item: 1.04 Date: 1907 

Woman holding baby outside of Government 
House with Church of Saints Peter and Paul in 
background, and Russian-American Co. cannon 
in leftforeground. Photograph probably by W.l. 
Lembkey. 


334 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































Item: 1.06 Date: 1907 

Houses and warehouse on Village Cove, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by W.l Lembkey. 



Item: 1.09 Date: 1915 


Easter procession on St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.12 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis and altar. 



Item: 1.15 

Religious procession entering Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul. Photograph probably by W.l. 
Lembkey, 1907. 



Item: 1.07 Date: 1907 


Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul with 
Deacon Father George Kochutin (left) and Father 
John Orlov (OrloJJ) on right. 



Item: 1.10 

Father John Orlov (Orloff) in front of altar in 
Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 




.! 

m 

F' J 

ji 

1 i 

1 

Jjjgf' f 5} 

W j 


Item: 1.13 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis and altar. 



Item: 1.16 

Religious service performed outdoors by Father 
John Orlov (OrloJJ). 


1 






* . jw . 



K 

R '.W. 



w im? 


Item: 1.08 


Date: 1907 


Procession leaving Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul with Father John Orlov (Orloff) in center. 
Photograph by W.l Lembkey. 



Item: 1.11 

Father Peter Kashevarof in Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. 



Item: 1.14 

Father John Orlov (Orloff) in Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 335 





























































Item: 1.18 

Father John Orlov (Orloff) in Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul. 



Item: 1.21 Date: 1908 

Apalon (Apollon) Bourdukofsky with son Peter and 
daughter in law Alexandra, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1.24 Date: May, 1917 

Group photograph oj women on St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.27 Date: May, 1917 

Group photograph of men on St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.19 

Father John Orlov (Orloff) in Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul. 



Item: 1.22 Date: September 6, 1908 

Peter and Alexandra Bourdukofsky wedding party 
on steps of Church of Saints Peter and Paul with 
Father John Orlov (Orloff) at right. 



Item: 1.25 Date: May, 1917 

Peter Prokopiof and family in front of house, St. 
George Island Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.28 

Man and woman, possibly doctor and wife, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: 1.20 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing iconostasis and altar. 



Item: 1.23 Date: circa 1919 


Dr. William Murphy on beach, St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.26 Date: Circa 1907 

John Kochutin and family in front of Government 
House with Church of Saints Peter and Paul in 
background. 



Item: 1.29 


Group photograph of the Society of Saints Peter 
and Paul with Father John Orlov (Orloff) in center. 


336 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















































































Item: 1.31 

Group photograph of the Society of Saints Peter 
and Paul. Seated in front, left to right: Karp 
Buterin, Nikolai Krukoff, Father John Orlov 
(Orloff), Elary Gromoff. 



Item: 1.34 

Fur seals, possibly males hauled out. 



Item: 1.37 

Fur seal. Photograph by Flarry D. Chichester. 



Item: 1.32 

View from St. Paul Village of machine shop 
(center), salt house (left of machine shop), new salt 
house under construction, and other buildings, 
with By-products Plant in background. 



Item: 1.35 


Fur seals at rookery. 



Item: 1.38 Date: 1915 


Oar and float. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.40 Date: 1919 

Interior of By-products Plant showing tanks. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.33 


Fur-seal cows and pups on rocks. 



Item: 1.36 

Fur seals at North Rookery, St. George Island. 


if 


t 



Item: 1.39 Date: 1919 


By-products Plant. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 

- . 



Item: 1.41 Date: 1919 


By-products Plant. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 337 



















































































Item: 1.42 Date: 1919 


Boiler providing steam power in By-products Plant. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.45 Date: 1919 


By-products Plant wells. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 



Item: 1.48 


Seals on killing grounds with St. Paul Village and 
sealing crew in background. 



Item: 1.51 Date: 1917 


Fox skins on stretchers, St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.43 Date: 1919 


Interior of By-products Plant. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.44 Date: 1919 

Dryer in By-products Plant. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.46 


Skinned seal carcass nailed to side of building. 



Item: 1.49 Date: Circa 1917 


Fox skins on stretchers, St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.52 


Men preparing sealmeatfeedfor foxes with St. 
George sealing plant in background. Piles of bones 
reach roof level of sealing plant. 



Item: 1.47 

Sealers working on killing fields with St. Paul 
Village in background. 


‘-'A 


r!.. t ' 

• ; . 

, . . * 


- v* . ft' - •* 


,*)' V* .. 

* V 1 « 

» 1 

- ' ' / i 

* 

£ ! 


Item: 1.50 Date: 1917 


Workers preparing fox skins, St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.53 


View across field and shallow pool toward St 
Paul Village with Reef Point and Otter Island in 
background. 


338 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































Item: I.S4 Date: 1914 


St. Paul Village from Zoltoi Sands. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: l.SS Date: 1914 


St. Paul Villagejrom Zoltoi Sands. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.S6 Date: 1915 


Houses in St. Paul Village. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.57 

Company House (center) and doctor’s house (left) 
in St. Paul Village. 


\ 



Item: 1.60 

Top of Village Hill showing grassy area with rocks 
and debris. 



Item: 1.63 Date: 1912 

Tank house under construction on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1.58 


View from Village Hill showing houses, Point 
Warehouse, Village Cove, and Salt Lagoon. 




Item: 1.61 Date: 1919 

View from Village Hill showing barrels lined up 
around Point Warehouse on Village Cove with 
Polovina Hill in background. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.64 Date: 1915 

Tank house on St. Paul Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.59 

Above-ground water line pipe next to shingled 
building, with Company House and Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul in background. 



Item: 1.62 Date: 1912 

Tank house under construction on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 1.65 Date: 1915 

Tank house on St. Paul Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 339 



























































Item: 1.66 Date: 1912 

Alan standing in doorway of structure built 
partially underground, possibly pump bouse. 



Item: 1.69 Date: 1919 


Wells. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.72 Date: 1914 


Salt house at “Rocky Point,”probably at Northeast 
Point on St. Paul Island, “torn down winter oj 
191S.”Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.7S Date: 1914 


Donkey team next to St. Paul Village tank house. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.67 Date: 1912 


Woman and children at well and pump house. 



Item: 1.70 Date: 1912 


Small boat full of men in Village Cove with salt 
house in background. 



Item: 1.73 Date: 1914 

Interior of company house bedroom. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 





g3 1 


1 

ft V ' 


^ • | V: 


Item: 1.76 Date: 1914 

Men moving small wooden building in St. Paul 
Village. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 




Item: 1.68 

Wells and pump house. 


Date: 1912 


Item: 1.71 Date: 1915 

Small boat launch next to Point Warehouse with 
houses at foot of Village Hill in background. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.74 


Interior of Company House sitting area. 



Item: 1.77 Date: 1914 

St. Paul Island junior school during construction. 


340 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















































Item: 1.80 Date: 1919 

Magazine in St. Paul Village. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.83 Date: 1919 

Seal carcasses on ground near By-products Plant 
with wells in background. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 










Item: 1.86 Date: 1919 

Newly built cottages “A”and “B”in St. Paul 
Village. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.89 Date: 1919 

“New”salt house under construction in St. Paul 
Village. Image has double exposure. 


Item: 1.88 Date: 1919 

New chicken house and 1918 addition to 
Government House in St. Paul I illage. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.87 Date: 1919 

Cottage “B" under construction in St. Paul Village. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.8S Date: 1919 

Barn and radio station with By-products Plant 
in background, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.84 Date: 1919 

Newly built cottage next to radio station, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.82 Date: 1919 

Well and pump house at foot of Village Hill, St. 
Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.78 Date: 1919 

Shingled building in St. Paul Village. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.79 Date: 1919 

Machine shop in St. Paul Village. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.81 Date: 1919 

Government House on St. George Island in heavy 
snow. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 341 


























































Item: 1.95 Date: 1915 

Webster’s house and outbuilding at Northeast 
Point, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 


Item: 1.98 Date: 1914 

Webster’s house, salt house, and other buildings at 
Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.101 Date: November 11, 1918 

Menjiring guns into the air and discharging 
howitzer in celebration of the end of WWI. 


Item: 1.100 Date: 1912 

Men with cannons (possibly Hotchkiss 42mm and 
revolving 37mm) aimed out to sea with several men 
holding ramrods for loading barrels. 


Item: 1.102 

Cannons (possibly Hotchkiss 42mm and revolving 
37mm) aimed out to sea. 


Item: 1.91 Date: 1919 

Children standing in front of newly built cottage 
“A”in St. Paul Village. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 


Item: 1.90 Date: 1919 

Foundation for cottage “C” in St. Paul Village 
with Zoltoi Sands in background. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.93 

Building under construction, probably on St. 
George Island. 


Item: 1.97 Date: 1914 

Salt house at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.92 Date: 1919 

Carpenter’s Shop in St. Paul Village. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.96 Date: 1914 

Watch house at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Item: 1.99 

Water barrels next to building. 


342 Prlbilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































Item: 1.104 Date: November, 1914 

St. Paul Island senior school after removal of bell 
tower. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.107 Date: November, 1914 

Interior of St. Paul Island junior school showing 
“Wooster industrial reading chart”on easel in 
corner. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.110 Date: March 20, 1915 


Interior of St. Paul Island senior school. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.113 Date: March 8, 1918 


Interior of St. Paul Island junior school. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.105 Date: November, 1914 

St. Paul Island junior school. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.108 Date: September, 1914 

St. Paul Island senior school prior to removal of 
bell tower. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.111 Date: March 20, 1915 

St. Paul Island senior school after removal of bell 
tower. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.114 Date: May 6, 1918 

Double-exposed picture of school class and Village 
Hill, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas 


Hanna. 





Item: 1.106 Date: November, 1914 

Interior of St. Paul Island junior school. 

Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.109 Date: March 20, 1915 

Interior of St. Paul Island senior school. 

Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.112 Date: March 20, 1915 

Interior of St. Paul Island senior school. 

Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



hem: 1.115 

Interior of St. Paul Island senior school. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 343 







































Item: LI 16 

St. Paul Island senior school after removal oj bell 
tower. 



Item: 1.119 

High surf at St George Landing. Photograph by 
E.C. Johnston. 



Item: 1.122 

Small structure, possibly magazine for explosives, 
on St. George Island. 



Item: 1.12S 
St. George Village. 



Item: 1.117 Date: 1913 


St. George Village. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.120 

High surf at St George Landing. Photograph by 
E.C. Johnston. 



Item: 1.123 Date: October, 1913 

St. George Village. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


MM 



Item: 1.12 6 


St. George Village. 





Item: 1.118 Date: 1921 


Shipwrights on St. George Island. Left to right: 
Michael Shane, Sergei Lekanof Stephan Lekanof, 
Joseph Merculief Isador Nederesof and John 
Merculief 



Item: 1.121 

Ice house on St. George Island. 



Item: 1.124 


St. George Village. 



Item: 1.127 


St. George Village with dug up area in foreground. 


344 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































Item: 1.128 Date: 1912 

St. Paul Island radio station. 



Item: 1.131 

St. George school class picture. Photograph by E.C. 
Johnston. 



Item: 1.134 Date: 1914 


Basket starfish. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 1.137 
Partially-woven basket. 



Item: 1.129 Date: 1912 

St. George school class picture. 



Item: 1.132 


St. George school class picture. 



Item: 1.135 

Two small grass baskets. 



Item: 1.138 
Partially-woven basket. 



Item: 1.130 

St. George school class picture. 



Item: 1.133 


St. George school class picture. 



Item: 1.136 

Two partially-woven baskets. 



Item: 1.139 
Partially-woven basket. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 345 





















































































Item: 1.140 


Small grass basket. 



Item: 1.141 

Large Bering wolffish (Anaricbas orientalis) nailed 
to side of building. 


Series 2 



Item: 2.3 Date: 1916 


Fur-seal bull. Photograph by G Dallas Flanna. 



Item: 2.8 Date: July, 1917 

Seals sw imming at Polovina Cliffs. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 


I 



Item: 2.11 Date: 1919 


Fur seals at North Rookery, St. George Island. 



Item: 2.6 Date: July, 1917 

Fur-seal bull at Northeast Point. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.9 Date: 1917 


Fur-seal bull. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.12 Date: 1919 


Fur seals at North Rookery, St. George Island. 



Item: 2.7 Date: July, 1917 

Swimming seal. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.10 Date: 1919 

Sea lions at Northeast Point. 



Item: 2.13 Date: 1919 


Fur seals at North Rookery, St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


346 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















































Item: 2.14 Date: 1919 

Fur seals at North Rookery, St. George Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 

■ 



Item: 2.17 Date: 1920 


Vostochni Rookery at Northeast Point showing 
thousands ojjur seals, St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.20 Date: 1920 


Fur-seal harem at Kitovi Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.23 Date: 1920 


Fur-seal bull at Lukanin Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.15 Date: 1920 

Rookery showing thousands oj fur seals, possibly at 
Northeast Point. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.18 Date: 1920 


Vostochni Rookery at Northeast Point, St. Paul 
Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


* 



Item: 2.21 Date: 1920 


Fur-seal pups at Lukanin Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.24 Date: 1920 

Pod ojjur-seal pups at Northeast Point. 



Item: 2.16 Date: 1920 

Rookery showing thousands of fur seals, possibly at 
Northeast Point. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 




Item: 2.22 Date: 1920 

Fur seals at Gorbatch Rookery, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.25 Date: 1920 

Fur seals and Least auklets at Gorbatch Rookery, 
St. Paul Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 347 




















































Item: 2.26 

Vostochni Rookery at Northeast Point showing 
thousands of fur seals, St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.29 

Two men kenching (salting) sealskin. 



Item: 2.32 

Bones piled roof-high outside of salt houses on St. 
George Island. 



Item: 2.35 

Ice House Lake on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.21 


Vostochni Rookery at Northeast Point showing 
thousands of fur seals, St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.30 Date: 1921 

Sealskins piled at wash tanks. 



Item: 2.33 Date: 1921 

Men salting and bundling sealskins. 



Item: 2.36 Date: 1920 


St. George Village and cemetery. 



Item: 2.28 

Fur seals at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.31 Date: 1921 


Men hosing sealskins in wash tanks to remove dirt 
and blood prior to blubbering. 



Item: 2.34 Date: 1920 


Men moving barrels of fuel behind St. Paul Island 
radio station. 



Item: 2.37 

St. George Village. 


348 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








































Item: 2.38 


St. George Village. 



Item: 2.41 Date: September 12, 1921 

St. George Island junior school class picture. 
Photograph by Richard Culbertson. 



Item: 2.44 Date: 1917 

Government House on St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.41 Date: June, 1919 

Bridge at “halfway point”on St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.39 Date: 1920 


St. George Landing showing crane, canoe, and 
other equipment and debris. 



Item: 2.42 Date: October 21, 1921 

High water around Point Warehouse on Village 
Cove, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Richard 
Culbertson. 



Item: 2.43 Date: 1918 

Government House on St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.48 

Bridge at “halfway point”on St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.40 Date: Circa 1923—1928 

Two men wearing aprons in front of kitchen, 
probably on St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Richard Culbertson. 



Item: 2.43 Date: July, 1918 

Group on donkey-drawn wagon en route to 
Northeast Point at “halfway point.”Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.46 Date: May, 1919 

Possibly cold storage building surrounded by lumber 
and barrels with By-products Plant in background 
at right, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 



Item: 2.50 Date: September, 1918 

Construction of By-products Plant, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 349 
































































Item: 2.51 Date: 1919, May 

Salt house under construction in St. Paul Village. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.54 Date: 1916 


Seal meat drying on lines with St. Paul Island 
radio station in background. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.51 Date: 1920 


Point Warehouse on Village Cove, St. Paul Island. 





Item: 2.60 


View of marsh Pats, Salt Lagoon, and Telegraph 
Hill. 



Item: 2.52 Date: 1921 

Men loading sacks of coal into bed of truck. 
Photograph by E.C. Johnston. 



Item: 2.55 Date: 1916 

Seal meat drying on lines with St. Paul Island 
radio station in background. Photograph by G 
Dallas Hanna. 



Four men beside Big Lake on St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.63 Date: June, 1919 

Men testing steam launch at East Landing, St. 

Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.53 

Quarry near northeast bank of Salt Lagoon. 



Item: 2.56 Date: 1916 

Bone deposit area on grassy flats beside Salt 
Lagoon, St. Paul Island. Photograph by G Dallas 
Hanna. 



Item: 2.59 

Piled sacks ojbones near Village Cove with By¬ 
products Plant in background. 



Item: 2.64 Date: 1920 


Men attempting to liberate tractor stuck in tundra 
at “halfway point”by digging it out as well as 
pulling with second tractor, St. Paul Island. Both 
tractors are probably Gray Tractors, with a “wide- 
drive drum”design. 


350 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























































Item: 2.62, 2.61 Date: 1920 

Panorama oj Village Core show ing By-products Plant, Salt Lagoon channel, Tolstoi Point, Zapadni and 
Southwest Points, Point Warehouse, and other buildings, jormed by tiro photographs. 



Item: 2.66 Date: September, 1918 

Cottage “A” under construction in St. Paul \illage. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.69 

South end of Village Core show ing radio station 
and four radio towers. 



Item: 2.12 Date: 1920 

“New”salt house in St. Paul Village. 





Item: 2.61 Date: 1920 


Bones littered across killing fields at \onheast 
Point, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2./0 Date: 1920 

Rock crusher on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.13 Date: 1920 

Garage in St. Paul I illage. 


^1 



Item: 2.63 Date: 1920 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 2.68 

South end of Village Core showing Point 
Warehouse at lft and radio station at right with 
cemetery in background. 



Item: 2.11 Date: 1920 

Concrete house on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.14 Date: 1920 

Pontoon made of two skiffs with board deck across 
top. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 351 




















































Item: 2.75 Date: 1920 

USBF power schooner Eider. 



Item: 2.78 Date: 1919 

USBF power schooner Eider. 



Item: 2.82 Date: 1919 

Least auklets on cliff, St. George Island. 



Item: 2.85 Date: 1916 

Vegetables grown by George Haley. Photograph by 
G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.76 Date: September, 1918 

USBF steamer Roosevelt in Village Cove. 
Photograph by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: 2.79 Date: 1919 


Least auklets on rock, St. George Island. 



Item: 2.83 Date: 1920 


Pribilof sandpiper nest with eggs on St. George 
Island. 



Item: 2.86 Date: 1920 

Reindeer moss, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 2.77 Date: 1919 


USBF power schooner Eider. 



Item: 2.84 Date: 1920 


Rosy Finch nest in rocks. 



Item: 2.87 Date: 1920 

Reindeer moss, St. Paul Island. 


352 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































Item: 2.88 
USFS Roosevelt. 



Item: 2.91 
Fur Seal on rock. 



Item: 2.89 Date: September, 1918 

Pontoon made of two skiffs with board deck across 
top at dock in Village Cove. Photograph by G 
Dallas Flanna. 



Item: 2.92 

Fur-seal bull. Photograph by G Dallas Flanna. 



Item: 2.90 


Quarry near northeast bank of Salt Lagoon. 





Item: 2.6S Date: 1920 

Men digging around tractor stuck in tundra at “halfway point." Tractor is probably a Gray Tractor, with a “wide-drive drum"design. Grader behind tractor 
to left. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 353 




























Date span: Circa 1914-1930 

Summary: Subjects in this series include the By-Products Plant and other buildings and 

facilities on St George and St. Paul islands, fur-seal industry activities, the 
St. Paul Island schoolhouse and magazine, fox-jur operations, and fur-seal 
rookeries. 

Location: NARA Special Media Archives Services Division, College Park, MD 



Item: 22-MP-3-1 Date: circa 1914 

St. Paul Village from Zoltoi Sands. 



Item: 22-MP-3-4 
Man skinning seal. 




Item: 22-MP-3-2 Date: circa 1914 


St. Paul Village from near cemetery. 



Item: 22-MP-3-S 


St. Paul Village from beach at Village Cove. 



Item: 22-MP-3-8 


Herd of reindeer. 



Item: 22-MP-3-3 


Men holding down and possibly measuring seal. 



Item: 22-MP-3-6 


Men clubbing seals. 



Item: 22-MP-3-9 


St. George Village from North Anchorage. 


354 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







































Item: 22-MP-3-10 


Seals at Lukanin Rookery. 

y 



Item: 22-MP-3-14 


Jail building on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 22-MP-3-18 Date: 1918 

Men transporting boiler for By-products Plant on 
raft up Salt Lagoon channel. 



Item: 22-MP-3-21 

Building, possibly store, in St. Paul Village. 
Photograph by Harry J. Christoffers. 



Item: 22-MP-3-2S Date: October, 1918 


Men and boys including T. Sedick, R. Bentley, J. 
Hanson, and J. Fratis in pickup truck parked along 
west side of By-products Plant on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 22-MP-3-11 


Seals gathered to be killed with man holding club 
in background. 



Item: 22-MP-3-19 Date: 1918 


Men transporting boiler for By-products Plant on 
raft up Salt Lagoon channel. 



Item: 22-MP-3-11 Date: 1918 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 22-MP-3-23 Date: October, 1918 


Interior of main room of By-products Plant on St. 
Paul Island show ing dryer and oil storage tanks 
and workers. Bentley and Bush in front of tanks. 



Item: 22-MP-3-26 

Interior of By-products Plant showing pump and 
other machinery. 



Item: 22-MP-3-13 


Seals at possibly Lukanin Rookery. 



Item: 22-MP-3-1S Date: 1918 

Men transporting boiler for By-products Plant on 
raft up Salt Lagoon channel. 



Item: 22-MP-3-20 


Bunkhouse in St. Paul Village. Photograph by 
Harry J. Christoffers. 



Item: 22-MP-3-24 Date: October, 1918 

West side of By-products Plant on St. Paul Island. 
Photograph is annotated with location of toilet, 
boiler room, and main entrance. 



Item: 22-MP-3-2 7 

Baidarra propped on barrels in front of houses on 
St. Paul Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 355 





















































Item: 22-A1P-3-30 Date: August, 1920 

Men counting seals at Reef Rookery with one man 
on tripod. Photograph by Fred White. 



Item: 22-MP-3-32 Date: 1928 


Washed-out pipeline on St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Harry J. Christoffers. 



Item: 22-MP-3-35 Date: Ca 1928 


Tractor hauling wagons ojskins and sealers over 
dunes at Northeast Point. 



Item: 22-MP-3-39 

Group photograph of St. Paul villagers. 





Item: 22-MP-3-29 

St. Paul Village senior schoolhouse. 



Item: 22-MP-3-31 

St. Paul Village senior schoolhouse and outhouse. 



Item: 22-MP-3-33 Date: 1928 

Washed-out pipeline on St. Paul Island. 

Photograph by Harry J. Christoffers. 



Item: 22-MP-3-36 Date: 1917 

St. Paul Village dispensary showing “new” wing on 
north side of building with Church of Saints Peter 
and Paul in background. 



Item: 22-MP-3-40 


Webster’s house and barn at Northeast Point, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: 22-MP-3-34 Date: 1928 

Washed-out pipeline on St. Paul Island. 

Photograph by Harry J. Christoffers. 



Item: 22-MP-3-31 Date: 1917 

Cottage “A”in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 22-MP-3-41 


Barn and wagons next to radio tower on St. Paul 
Island with radio station in background. 


356 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































Item: 22-MP-3-42 Houses in St ~ Paul ViUa 9 e - 

Salt house at Northeast Point, St. Paul Island. 



Item: 22-MP-3-4S 


Interior of dispensary showing shelves lined with 
bottles and jars. 



Item: 22-MP-3-48 

Tractor pulling grader followed by another tractor 
pulling wagons with Polovina Hill and probably 
No-Name Lake in background. 



Item: 22-MP-3-S2 


Men pulling small barge in to Village Cove 
landing with Point Warehouse at left and By¬ 
products Plant in background. 



Item: 22-MP-3-46 


View from Village Hill over houses toward Village 
Cove and Salt Lagoon. 



Item: 22-MP-3-49 


Men preparing to capture and measure seals. 



Item: 22-MP-3-33 

Men pulling small barge in to Village Cove 
landing with Point Warehouse at left and By¬ 
products Plant in background. 



Item: 22-MP-3-44 

Interior of Gun House in St. Paul Village showing 
storage of rifles (probably 1898 Krag-Jorgensen), 
bayonets, and bandoliers. 

r --—« 



Item: 22-MP-3-4T 


Tractor hauling wagons carrying sealskins near St. 
Paul Village. 



Item: 22-MP-3-31 

Men pulling small barge in to Village Cove landing 
with Point Warehouse at left and By-products Plant 
in background. 


1 



Item: 22-MP-3-54 


Tractor pulling wagon-load of sacks in work yard 
near Village Cove with buildings, lumber, and 
barrels in background. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 357 














































Item: 22-MP-3-64 Date: 1930 

Oven in kitchen showing traysfull ofjresh-baked 
biscuits with barrel full of biscuits at left. 


Item: 22-MP-3-60 Date: 1930 

Fox pelts on stretching boards. 


Item: 22-MP-3-63 Date: 1930 

Man lifting fox out of trap by the neck. 


Item: 22-MP-3-68 
St. Paul Village. 


Item: 22-MP-3-61 Date: 1930 

Blue and white (Arctic)fox pelts hanging on side 
of building. 


Item: 22-MP-3-66 

Class photograph of St. George Island 

schoolchildren. 


Item: 22-MP-3-5S Date: 1908 

Probably East Landing on St. George Island 
showing boat launch and crane and baidarra 
rowing toward ship. Photograph by Harry D. 
Chichester. 


Item: 22-MP-3-S9 

Men removing flesh from fox pelts onjleshing logs. 


Item: 22-MP-3-62 Date: 1930 

Blue and white (Arctic)fox pelts hanging on side 
of building. 


Item: 22-MP-3-58 

Men removing flesh from fox pelts on fleshing logs. 


n —- ' w ;— 

- r ' ■< rw 


358 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































































Item: 22-MP-3-71 

Dynamite explosion in scoria pit. 


Date: 1927 


Item: 22-MP-3-72 Date: 1927 

Man operating bucket shovel in scoria pit. 


Item: 22-MP-3-73 Date: 1927 

Bucket shovel dumping material into wagon at 
scoria pit. 



Item: 22-MP-3-17 Date: 1918 
Men sitting on By-products Plant boiler. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 359 













Date span: 
Summary: 

Location: 


Circa 1947-1964 

Subjects in this series include St. Paul Village, fur-seal rookeries, and St. Paul 
Island children. 

NARA Special Media Archives Services Division, College Park, MD 







Item: 22-FG-FWS-1086 

St. Paul Village from Zoltoi Sands. 


Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 145 
St. Paul Village and cemetery. 


Item: 22-FG-FWS-1084 
St. Paul Village from cemetery. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-1091 
Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-1099 

Crane lowering boat at East Landing, St. Paul 

Island. 


Item: 22-FG-FWS-1083 

Men playing horseshoes next to carpenter shop, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: 22-FG-FIVS-108S 
Government House on St. Paul Island. 




Item: 22-FG-FWS-1098 

Crane lowering boat at East Landing, St. Paul 
Island. 



360 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












































Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 104 


Row of houses in St. Paul Village with several 
people sitting on porch steps at left. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 103 

Boys playing on bars in play field next to school. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-109S 


Young fur seal. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 108 


Fur seals at rookery. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-1082 
Three small boys walking with bicycle near 
baseball field with radio station in background, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-1094 

Young fur seal with group of seals in background. 


• % 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-1096 
Fur-seal bull. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 114 
Fur seals at rookery. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 101 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 107 


Young fur seal with group of seals in background. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 105 


Gorbatch Rookery with St. Paul Village in 
background. 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-1093 

Gorbatch Rookery showing seals on shore and 

swimming. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 361 





























Item: 22-FG-FWS-I092 
Fur seals at rookery. 





L_ 


re? r 

l > 

- 



Item: 22-FG-FWS-l 101 


Boys playing on bars in play field next to school on St. Paul Island. 


362 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






















Date span: 1949, 1952 

Summary: Subjects in this series include the villages, people, and fur-seal industry 

activities on St. Paul and St. George islands, and Prihilof Islands wildlife and 
landscapes. 

Location: NARA Special Media Archives Services Division, College Park, MD 




1949 


r v 



Item: 22-RB-1949-30 

St. George Villagefrom ship in North Anchorage 
showing baidarra en route to ship. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-33 

St. George Village from ship in North Anchorage. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-25 


Two baidarras at St. George landing. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-31 


St. George Village from ship in North Anchorage 
showing baidarra en route to ship. 

f 



Item: 22-RB-1949-6 


St. George Village. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-26 

Garage addition to machine shop under 

construction near St. George landing. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-32 

St. George Village from ship in North Anchorage 
showing men in baidarra nearing ship. 

- --- -P—1 





Item: 22-RB-1949-7 

St. George Village showing landing, sealing plant, 
and warehouses. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-27 

Paint shop, gun house, and Government House on 
St. George Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 363 



















































Item: 22-RB-1949-4 


Outhouse between buildings in St. George Village. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-I 


New residences under construction on St. George 
Island with Coast Guard LORAN Station on hill 
in background. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-23 


Garden Cove on St. George Island showing 
buildings in meadow and cliffs in background. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-24 


Victor Scheffer and Dr. Bertram sitting on sand 
beside camp fire at Garden Cove on St. George 
Island. 







Item: 22-RB-1949-9 
Sea lions. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-2 

New residences under construction on St. George 
Island with cemetery in background. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-8 
Gorbatch Rookery. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-22 

Garden Cove on St. George Island showing 

buildings in meadow and cliffs in background. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-21 

Alan at Garden Cove on St. George Island. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-17 

Gorbatch Rookery with Zoltoi Sands and St. Paul 
Village in background. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-S 

Coal house on St. George Island. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-20 

Victor Scheffer and Dr. Bertram at Garden Cove on 
St. George Island. 

r- -- 1 


Item: 22-RB-1949-3 

Man with barrel on wheelbarrow at St. George 
Village water well. 






364 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















































































Item: 22-RB-1949-I0 
Sea lions. 



Item: 22-RB-I949-14 

St. Paul Island school under construction. 

V 



Item: 22-RB-1949-29 


Houses in St. Paul Village. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-37 

St. Paul Island doctor’s residence. 



Item: 22-RB-I949-16 


Fur-seal bull, cows, and pups. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-34 


Wharf on Village Cove with Tolstoi Point in 
background. 



Houses near radio station on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-3S 


St. Paul Island hospital. 



Item: 22-RB-I949-I8 

Children gathered outside carpenter’s shop in St. 
Paul Village. 



Item: 22-RB-I949-II 


Fur-seals swimming in surf. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-13 


Damaged dock at East Landing. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-28 


House with small built-in greenhouse on side in St. 
Paul Village. 



St. Paul Island bunk house. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-19 


Children gathered outside carpenter’s shop in St. 
Paul Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 365 











































































Item: 22-RB-1949-38 

St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 

balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-39 

St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 

balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-40 

St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 

balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 





Item: 22-RB-1949-41 

St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 

balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 



Item: 22-RB-1949-42 


St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 
balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 


Item: 22-RB-1949-43 

St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 

balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 




Item: 22-RB-1949-44 

St. Paul Island villagers holding drinks and 

balloons gathered next to carpenter’s shop. 


1952 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-3 


St. Paul Villagefrom top of Village Hill. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-4 


Viewfrom Village Hill showing piles of lumber, 
barrels, and fuel “tankfarm” along Village Cove 
with Tolstoi Point in background. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-7 


View from Village Hill of warehouses and other 
buildings along Village Cove with By-products 
Plant and Salt Lagoon in background. 


366 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































Item: 22-RB-19S2-43 

View from Village Hill of West Dock at Village 
Cove with by-products plant and Salt Lagoon in 
background. 



Item: 22-RB-I9S2-38 


St. George sealing plant. 

-1 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-I7 

Guards or troops mustered in front of St. Paul 
community hall. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-18 


Plants in greenhouse. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-34 

Baseballfield and radio station on St. Paul Island. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-37 


Crane lowering baidarra into water at St. George 
landing with Penguin offshore. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-33 


Greenhouse used by government agents in St. Paul 
Village. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-30 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul with cirrus clouds 
in sky above. 



Item: 22-RB-1952-40 


Houses in St. Paul Village. 




Item: 22-RB-19S2-16 


Guards or troops mustered in front of St. Paul 
community hall. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-21 

Mrs. Baranoff amid plants in greenhouse. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-32 
St. Paul Island school. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-31 


New cottages under construction in St. Paul 
Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 367 


















































































Item: 22-RB-19S2-26 
Sea lions. 



Item: 22-RB-1952-3S 


Observation Rock at Gorbatch Rookery with 
Penguin offshore in background. 



Item: 22-RB-1952-I4 


Herd of reindeer on flat with hill in background. 



Item: 22-RB-l952-29 
Sea lions. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-12 
Bird nest with eggs in grass. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-36 


Fur seals swimming and among rocks with 
Penguin offshore in background. 



Item: 22-RB-l 9S2-20 


Fur-seal bull at Reef Rookery with observation 
towers in background and Otter Island in distance. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-13 


Herd of reindeer on flat with hill in background. 



Item: 22-RB-19S2-42 


Baidarra pulled by runabout approaching 
Penguin. 


368 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































Date span: Circa 1885-1889 


Summary: This series includes images of buildings in St. Paul Village, portraits of 

Pribilof Islands natives and agents, a map of St. Paul Village, and chart of St. 
George Island. 

Location: NARA Pacific Alaska Regional Branch, Anchorage, AK 


Biographical Note 

Captain Abial P. Loud (1837—1893) was appointed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury as Assistant Agent on the Pribilof 
Islands, serving on St. Paul Island from 1885—1887, and on St. George Island from 1888—1889. 

Series Note 

This series was formerly listed in Record Group 22, Records of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. It is now listed in Record 
Group 56, General Records of the Department of the Treasury. 



Item: no number Date: 1885 

Map of St. George Island drawn for Treasury agent 
A.P. Loud showing location of village, Zapadnie 
salt house, and other major areas and features. 
Description on map: “St. George Island. For A.P. 
Loud, Asst. Treas. Agt., 1885.” 



Item: RG 22-Loud-02 Date: Ca 1886 

Company House on St. Paul Island. Cyanotype. 





Item: no number Date: 1886 

Hand-drawn map of St. Paul Village made by 
Treasury Agent A.P. Loud. Description on map: “A 
Plan of the Town of St. Paul. Lat. 57-7-9N. St. 
Paul Island, Alaska Terr. Lon. 170°—17’52’W. 
A.P. Loud, Treas. Agnt., 1886. [Size: 21”x 

29.25”]” 



Item: RG 22-Loud-03 Date: Ca 1886 

Schoolhouse on St. Paul Island. Cyanotype. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-01 Date: Ca 1886 

Salt house on Salt Lagoon with meat drying on 
racks in foreground, St. Paul Island. Cyanotype. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-04 Date: 1886 

Dr. Hereford with a man, woman, and boy 
in front of dispensary on St. Paul Island with 
church in background. Cyanotype [same as item 
no. asl_185_13 (albumen print) in the Gray <&_ 
Hereford Photographs, Alaska State Library], 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 369 
























Item: RG 22-Loud-OS Date: 1886 


St. Paul Village from top of Village Hill. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-07 

Passengers aboard ship to Alaska. Photograph by 
M. Lorenz. 





Item: RG 22-Loud-lS 

Anton Melovidov, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-12 Date: Ca 1886 

Captain A.P. and Mrs. Loud with Dr. Hereford 
inside Government House, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Gray ScHereford. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-13 Date: Ca 1886 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. Photograph by 
Gray ScHerford. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-ll 


Three young girls, St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Gray Sc Hereford. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-ll 

Men clubbing seals, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-16 
Mrs. A. P. Loud. 




Item: RG 22-Loud-18 

St. Paul Island chief’s mother with young girl. 
Photograph by Gray ScHereford. 



Item: RG 22-Loud-14 Date: Ca 1886 

Dr. Hereford (secondfrom left) and three other men 
in front of Doctors House with Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul in background. 


370 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















































Date span: Circa 1930s-1970s 


Summary: 


Location: 


This series contains images of all aspects of life and the environment on the 
Pribilof Islands, including wildlife and landscapes, social and work life of the 
Aleuts and government agents, and construction of village buildings. 

NARA Pacific Alaska Regional branch, Anchorage, AK 


Series Note 

This series was formerly listed in Record Group 22, Records of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. It is now listed in Record 
Group 370, Records of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. 


St. Paul Island 


■; 





Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2911 Date: 1948 

Aerial view of St. Paul Village. Photograph by Dan 
Benson. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1806 
St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-244 Date: 1948 

Aerial view of St. Paul Village with Reef Rookery 
and Sea Lion Rock in background. Photograph by 
Victor Scheffer. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3207 Date: 1972 

St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2176 Date: 1972 


St. Paul village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3248 Date: 1972 

St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-739 

View of St. Paul Villagefrom Reef Rookery with 

Bogoslof Hill in background. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 371 
























Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1961 
Date: November, 1979 

St. Paul Village and cemetery. Photograph by A. 
Roppel. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-554 

St. Paul Village showing baseballjield and 

bunkhouse. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-2743, RG22-9S-ADMC-2744 Date: 196S 
Panorama of St. Paul Village from top of Black Bluffs formed by two photographs. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-234 
Date: July 30, 1948 

Doctor’s house and bunkhouse in St. Paul Village 
with USFS Penguin in background. Photograph 
by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2960 


Second story being built onto house in St. Paul 
Village. 


1 


I 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2973 Date: 1952 


View from St. Paul Island Government House. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2975 

View from behind Company House towards radio 
station and cemetery. 







Item: RG22-95-ADMC-303 
St. Paul Village. 





Item: RG22-95-ADMC-229 
Date: August 2, 1948 

Company House in St. Paul Village with radio 
station at left and cemetery in background. 
Photograph by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2974 

View from Village Hill towards radio station and 

cemetery. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1475 

View from Village Hill showing radio station and 

new houses on Ellerman Heights. 


372 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2356 


Little boy in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2418 


View across St. Paul Village churchyard with By¬ 
products Plant in background. 





Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1805 


Department of Health and Welfare building in St. 
Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2510 


Date: September 11, 1953 

Children outside of store in St. Paul Village. 



Houses in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2420 
Grace Anna Cafe in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2404 

Area next to sealing plant in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2511 
Date: September 11, 1953 

Carpenter shop (left) and Company House (right) 
in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2373 
Houses in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2417 

Radio station and houses, St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3049 
Construction in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-434 


King Eider Hotel (old Company House) in St. Paul 
Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 373 








































































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-293 


Building in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1126 


Trench along road containing electrical power 
supply lines or cable, St. Paul Island. 



Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-73S 

Greenhouse and garage on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-426 
Government House on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3085 Date: Circa 1950s 


Street in St. Paul Village showing trenches for 
sewer lines. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-259 
Greenhouse in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-25S Date: Aug 2, 1948 
Government House on St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2362 
House in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-548 

Trench along road containing electrical power 

supply lines or cable, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2405 

Road next to warehouse, St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2372 
Carpenter Shop in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2197 

Truck parked in front of house in St. Paul Village. 


374 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-294 

Workers tearing off side of schoolhouse on St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3084 Date: Circa 1950s 
Interior oj store on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2514 

Date: September 11, 1953 

St. Paul Village buildings including paint shop 

and radio station. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2421 
House in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2243a 
Date: March 20, 1915 

Interior of St. Paul Island dispensary. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-931 
Power plant on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2357 
Processing plant, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2236 
Date: March 1, 1915 

Interior of Government House (ffice showing rack 
of bayonets and cat on floor next to wood stove. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2513 


Date: September 11, 1953 

St. Paul Village buildings including processing 

plant and paint shop. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2242a 
Date: March 20, 1915 

Interior of St. Paul Island dispensary. Photograph 
by G Dallas Hanna. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2512 
Date: September 11, 1953 

St. Paul Village buildings including power house, 
post office, and processing plant. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 375 






































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2367 

Fuel oil tanks and intake pipes in rear of buildings 
in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-574 


Newly constructed bouses in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-AD.V1C-1865 


Interior of government housing on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3412 


Garage on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-33S6 


Garage on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2396 

Fuel oil tank and intake pipe in rear of building in 
St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3416 


New cottages in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3103 Date: Circa 1950s 


Radio station and bouses, St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2422 


Garage on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2393 


Garage on St. Paul Island. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2360 
Row of cottages in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3413 Date: Circa 1950s 
Radio station and houses, St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1881 
Garage on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3267 
Tank in bed of truck, St. Paul Island. 


376 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 










































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1775 


Caterpillar moving dirt with By-products Plant in 
background, St. Paul Island. 




Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-290 

Construction in St. Paul Village near Zoltoi Bay 

with Beef Rookery in background. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3414 
Manager’s house in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-109S 

Storage facility and tanks in St. Paul Village. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S08 
Date: September 11, 1953 
Manager’s house on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1110 


Manager’s house and St. Paul Village from top 
of community center. Photograph by Richard 
Peterson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-737 


Work area near Village Cove showing buildings, 
vehicles, and equipment, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1989 

Building construction and roof repair in St. Paul 
Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2509 
Date: September 11, 1953 
Manager’s house on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-99-ADMC-598 Date: 1955 


Well drilling rig in operation at base of Village 
Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-228 Date: 1955 

Viewfrom top of Village Hill of well-drilling rig in 
operation amid warehouses, boats, and barrels. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 377 







































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2363 

View from Village Hill of buildings, baidarras, and 
barrels with Salt Lagoon channel in background. 



Item: RG22-93-ADMC-2387 


Pilings, possibly for pier, on Village Cove. 



Item: RG22-93-ADMC-738 
Small boat Choochkie on trailer. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-253 Date: Aug 6, 1948 
The Pribilof Pup and small barge dry-docked on 
St. Paul Island. Photograph by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S8 Date: 1948 


View of landing at Village Cove with Salt Lagoon 
and By-products Plant in background from top of 
Village Hill, St. Paul Island. Photograph by Ralph 
C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2361 


Docks on Village Cove with Tolstoi Point in 
background. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2408 

Small barge in boat yard, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-297 

Small boat on boat launch at Village Cove, St. 

Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2267 


Pump house at St. Paul Island airport. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2407 

Stacks of barrels next to small building beside 
Village Cove, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-5S5 
Pribilof Pup on boat launch. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-308 

Man with two small boats on beach, St. Paul 

Island. 


378 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-261 

Crane lowering boat at East Landing with ship in 
background. Photograph by E.P. Haddon. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-260 

Men unloading cargo at East Landing with ship, 
possibly Penguin, in background. 

n 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1094 Date: 1968 

Interior of new post office, St. Paul Island. 


„ 

Date: 1968 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1105 
New post office, St. Paul Island. 





Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1103 Date: 1968 Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1092 Date: 1968 

Interior of new post office, St. Paul Island. Interior of new post office, St. Paul Island. 





Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2978 


Fuel tanks behind building in St. Paul Village. 





Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3174 
Post office in St. Paul Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1104 Date: 1968 

Interior of new post office, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1093 Date: 1968 

Interior of new post office, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2406 

Construction behind building in St. Paul Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 379 


























































hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-3021 Date: 1964 

House under construction on Ellerman Heights, 

St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3022 Date: 1964 

House under construction on Ellerman Heights, 

St. Paul Island. 


Russian Orthodox Church - St. 

July 1947 


Pk«t 


Island, Alaska. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1129 Date: July 1947 
Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1482 Date: 1972 

Crew performing restoration work on Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul. 



hem: no number 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2090 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1106 Date: 1972 


Assembly f God church, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-2031 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-208S 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-862 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 

Photograph by E.P. Haddon. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2028 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-203S 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 


380 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































































hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2039 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2030 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2102 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1994 

Men installing trusses in construction of ACC 

Store, St. Paul Island. 



ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2089 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2091 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2009 

Men installing trusses in construction of ACC 

Store, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2086 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-208S 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-1993 


Men installing trusses in construction of ACC 
Store, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-1999 


Men installing trusses in construction of ACC 
Store, St. Paul Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 381 





































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2011 

Men installing trusses in construction of ACC 
Store, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2006 

Roof of ACC store under construction, St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2010 

Roof of ACC store being tarred, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1462 

Baseball game on St. Paul Island with ACC store 

in background. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2000 

Men installing trusses in construction of ACC 

Store, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-I998 

Roof of ACC store under construction, St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-235S 
ACC store. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-24I6 

St. Paul Village showing baseball game in progress. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2004 

Roof of ACC store under construction, St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2003 

ACC store under construction, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2386 

ACC Store and Radio Station, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-217S 

Date: July 31, 1972 

Construction of school, St. Paul Island. 


382 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2173 

Date: July 31, 1972 

Construction of school, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2174 

Date: July 31, 1972 

Construction of school, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3185 Date: March, 1963 


Deep snow in St. Paul Village. 



Item: No number 

Deep snow in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2168 

Date: July 31, 1972 

Construction of school, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-98-ADMC-1706 Date: 1972 

St. Paul Island school. 



Item: No number 


Deep snow in St. Paul Village. 



Item: No number 

Deep snow in St. Paul Village. 




Item: RG22-93-ADMC-2169 

Date: July 31, 1972 

Construction of school, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3184 

Date: March, 1965 

Snow covered street in St. Paul Village. 


- N.J 

V- 



ltem: No number 

Deep snow in St. Paul Village. 



Item: No number 

Deep snow in St. Paul Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 383 



































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3179 Date: March, 1963 
Truck on snowy ground in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1969 Date: 1966 


View of flooded area in St. Paul Village. 
Photograph by Dick Hajny. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2796 Date: 1966 


Flooded area in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-29S9 


Derelict dock at East Landing, St. Paul Island. 



: - 

Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1970 Date: 1966 


View from top of Village Hill of flooded area in St. 
Paul Village. Photograph by Dick Hajny. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-S69 Date: 1966 

Flooded tennis court in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2799 Date: 1966 


Truck driving through flooded area, St. Paul 
Island. 

r -- 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2344 


Derelict dock at East Landing, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2794 Date: 1966 


View of flooded area from Village Hill, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2800 Date: 1966 


Flooded area in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-29S8 


Derelict dock at East Landing, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-234S 


Derelict dock at East Landing, St. Paul Island. 


384 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























1 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2346 


Derelict dock at East Landing, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-23S3 


Fuel “tankfarm” on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2433 

Fuel “tankfarm" on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3027 Date: 1966 

Water reservoir under construction on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2233 

Fuel “tankfarm” on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-23S4 

Fuel “tankfarm” on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3024 Date: 1966 

Water reservoir under construction on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3028 Date: 1966 

Water reservoir under construction on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-23S9 

Fuel “tankfarm”on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2388 

Fuel "tankfarm”on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3026 Date: 1966 

Water reservoir under construction on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-199S 


Alan on top of water reservoir during construction, 
St. Paul Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 385 










































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-I996 


Men pouring roof of water reservoir, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1997 

Men tarring roof of water reservoir, St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2001 

Completed roof of water reservoir, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2274 


Three fuel tanks on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2271 


Close up of step on fuel tank stairs. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3194 Date: 1950 

Rough finish grade on St. Paul airport runway. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3195 Date: 1950 


Fill on lowest part of St. Paul airport runway. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2273 
Fuel tank stairs. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2275 

Close up of exterior oil pipe on fuel tank. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2272 


Close up offuel tank stairs. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3193 Date: 1950 


St. Paul airport runway construction crew. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-257 
Date: August 6, 1948 

Ice Flouse Lake water reservoir and pump house, 
St. Paul Island. Photograph by Ralph C. Baker. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3086 
Ice House Lake on St. Paul Island. 


386 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-233 
Date: August 6, 1948 

Ice House Lake water reservoir and pump house 
with car on road in foreground. Photograph by 
Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-935 Date: 1936 


Man next to pump. 



Item: RG22-93-ADMC-303I 

Headstone of ]ames Heath on Hutchinson Hill, St. 

Paul Island. 






Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3089 

Pump house at Ice House Lake on St. Paul Island. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2776 Date: 1966 

National Historic Landmark plague on rock at 
Lukanin Rookery. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-230 
Date: August 5, 1948 

Coast Guard LORAN Station at Southwest Point 
showing fuel drums and Quonset huts. Photograph 
by Ralph C. Baker. 


Item: RG22-93-ADMC-937 Date: 1956 

Man next to pump at lake with Polovina Hill in 
background. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-850 

Men conducting fur-seal census at Gorbatch 

Rookery with St. Paul Village in background. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-926 Date: 1956 

Pump at lake with Polovina Hill in background. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-178 

Man on rookery catwalk observing seals. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-742 
Reindeer herd on St. Paul Island. 












Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 387 














































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3023 


National Historic Landmark plaque on rock at 
Lukanin Rookery. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1680 Date: 1970 


Funeral service and cremation of Korean man, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-168S Date: 1970 


Funeral service and cremation of Korean man, St. 
Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-3218 Date: 1958 

Tractor partially sunk in frozen Salt Lagoon on St. 
Paul Island. 


FUR. SEAL ROOKERIES 


HAS BEEN DESIGNATED A 

REGISTERED NATIONAL 
HISTORIC LANDMARK 

UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF IHE 
HISTORIC SITES ACT OF AUOUST 21, 1935 
THIS SITE POSSESSES EXCEPTIONAL VALUE 
IN COMMEMORATING AND ILLUSTRATING 
THE HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 




U.S. DEPARTMENT Of THE INT£R40R 
NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC- 2771 Date: 1966 

National Historic Landmark plaque on rock at 
Lukanin Rookery. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1681 Date: 1970 


Funeral service and cremation of Korean man, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1688 Date: 1970 

Funeral service and cremation of Korean man, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3219 Date: 1958 

Men working to pull out tractor partially sunk in 
frozen Salt Lagoon on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1679 Date: 1970 


Funeral service and cremation of Korean man, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1682 Date: 1970 


Funeral service and cremation of Korean man, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3217 Date: 1958 


Tractor partially sunk in frozen Salt Lagoon on St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3220 Date: 1958 

Tractor partially sunk in frozen Salt Lagoon on St. 
Paul Island. 


388 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1876 


“Avenue ojrotting barrels”on St. Paul Island. 


St. George Island 




hem: RG22-95-ADMC-2507 


Date: September 7, 1953 

St. George Villagefrom Penguin in North 

Anchorage. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-3090 Date: Circa 1950s 
St. George Village. 


hem: RG22-95-ADMC-3087 Date: Circa 1950s 
St. George Village. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-3351 Date: 1963 


St. George Village from North Anchorage. 
Photograph by C. Howard Baltzo. 


A 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1050 Date: 1947 

St. George Island villagers on dock. Photograph by 
Raul Vaz-Ferreira. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-252 

Date: August 27, 1948 

St. George Village from road next to cemetery. 

Photograph by Ralph C. Baker. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 389 





















Item: RG22-95-ADMC-240 Date: July 27, 1948 
Water reservoir and Coast Guard Station on St. 
George Island. Photograph by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: no number Date: 1931 

Men repairing St. George Dock. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2498 


Schoolhouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-222S Date: 1959 

Company House on St. George Island. Photograph 
by Dan Benson. 



Item: no number Date: 1931 

Vehicle on plank road, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2414 
St. George Village landing. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2377 


Public building, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-243 Date: July 27, 1948 
Fuel tanks next to power house and cold storage 
building on St. George Island. Photograph by 
Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: no number Date: 1931 

Men repairing St. George Dock. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-236 Date: July 27, 1948 
Schoolhouse on St. George Island. Photograph by 
Ralph C. Baker. 


\ 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-239 Date: July 27, 1948 
Community recreation hall on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1950 

Date: December 28, 1953 

Mess house and cook’s quarters, bunkhousesjor 

contractor’s workers and bunkhousejor temporary 

workmen on St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 

Benson. 


390 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2216 Date: 1959 

Equipment storage and other buildings, St. George 
Island. Photograph hy Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-296 
Cement house in St. George village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-237I 
House in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2430 

House and outbuildings in St. George Village. 



»•* ferftce 3t. G*or*» 

Item: no number Date: 1933 

Garage on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2366 

House in St. George Village with small built-in 

greenhouse. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2428 


House in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2177 


House in St. George village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-231 Date: July 2, 1948 
Cottage in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2369 


House in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2429 


House in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2181 


House in St. George village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 391 












































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2185 


House in St. George village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2376 Date: Ca 1960s 


St. George Island school. 


■ 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S8 Date: 1970 


Clinic on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9B Date: 1970 
Sealing plant on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9D Date: 1970 


Power plant on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2189 


House in St. George village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-238S 


St. George Island school and playground. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9 Date: 1970 

Clinic on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9C Date: 1970 

Sealing plant and warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9E Date: 1970 
Brick garage on St. George Island. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2265 

Corner of house showing rottedfoundation, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2419 


Fuel tanks on St. George Island with warehouse in 
background. 




Item: RG22-93-A DMC-3159A Date: 1970 


Government offices and warehouse on St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9G Date: 1970 
St. George Village showing Church of Saint George 
the Victorious, company house, and residences. 


392 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-31S9H Date: 1970 


Landing on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3284B 
Date: November, 1970 
House in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3287 


St. George Island government building. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-3290 


Concrete bouse in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3293 

Government employee bouse in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31591 Date: 1970 


Baidarra on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3285 


House in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3288 
Brick building on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3291 


Concrete house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3294 Date: 1970 

Government employee house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-31S9J Date: 1970 

Landing on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3286 


St. George Island government building with three 
flat topped coal shed units to the right. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3289 


Brick building on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3292 

Government employee house in St. George Village. 


( 



Item: RG22-9S-AD.V1C-329S Date: 1970 

Concrete house in St. George Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 393 


















































Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3296 

Government employee house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3298 Date: 1910 

Concrete house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3301 Date: 1970 

Government building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3304 Date: 1970 

Wood building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3307 Date: 1970 

Wood house in St. George Village. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-3297 Date: 1970 
Concrete house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3299 Date: 1970 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3302 Date: 1970 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3305 Date: 1970 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3308 Date: 1970 

Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3297b Date: 1970 

Concrete house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3300 Date: 1970 

Government building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3303 Date: 1970 

Wood building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3306 Date: 1970 

Wood house in St. George Village Wood house in 
St. George Village. 



Date: 1970 


394 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3309 
Wood house in St. George Village. 




















































Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3310 Date: 1970 


Wood houses in St. George Village. 



Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3313 Date: 1970 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3316 Date: 1970 


Communication building in St. George Village. 



Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3319 Date: 1970 


Garage in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3322 Date: 1970 


Shingled wooden house in St. George Village. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3311 Date: 1970 

Concrete building with boarded windows in St. 
George Village. 


Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3314 Date: 1970 

Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-3317 Date: 1970 

Wood building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3320 Date: 1970 

Government building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3323 Date: 1970 

Shingled wooden house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3312 Date: 1970 


Concrete building with boarded windows in St. 
George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-331S Date: 1970 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3318 Date: 1970 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3321 Date: 1970 


Government building in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3324 Date: 1970 


Shingled wooden house in St. George Village. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 395 






















































396 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3334 

Wood shingled houses in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3337 
Wood house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3326 

Brick house in St. George Village with small boy 

in street. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3321 
Brick house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-AD.MC-3329 
Brick house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3332 
Brick house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-333S 

Wood shingled houses in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3330 
Brick house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-333I 
Brick house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3338 
Wood house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-332S Date: 1970 

Shingled wooden house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3328 
Brick house in St. George Village. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3333 

Wood shingled house in St. George Village with 

fire damage to roof. 






Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3336 
Brick house in St. George Village. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3339 
Wood house in St. George Village. 


















































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3340 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3343 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3346 
Concrete house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3349 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3341 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3344 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3347 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-33S0 
Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-437 
Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-43S Sealing Plant on St. George Island. 

Sealing Plant on St. George Island. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3342 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-334S 


Concrete house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3348 


Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3284A 

Date: November, 1970 

Wood house in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3353 


Warehouse construction on St. George Island 
waterfront. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 397 














































4 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1026 Date: August 1947 
Church of Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2487 

Date: September 10, 1953 

Construction of houses in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2483 

Date: September 10, 1953 

Construction of Community House in St. George 

Village. 


| 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2364 


Church oj Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2366 


Church of Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3250 

Date: August 30, 1953 

Construction of Jive new houses in St. George 

Village. Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2217 

Date: July 10, 1953 

View east from Community Hall toward 

excavationsforfive new houses, St. George Island. 

Photograph by Dan Benson. 


t 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-861 Date: July 1948 
Church of Saint George the Victorious. Photograph 
by R.C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2397 


Houses in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2060 
Construction of houses in St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3250 


View east from Community Hall showing 
construction offive new houses, St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 


398 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2022 Date: 19S4 


Construction of houses on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2081 


Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2114 
Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S02 


Construction of house on St. George Island. 


m 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2076 


Construction of houses on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2083 


Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2129 
Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-248S 

Date: September 10, 1953 

Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2077 


Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2105 
Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-341 Date: May, 1954 
Construction of house on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2266 
Construction of house on St. George Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 399 


































«/ 


■s-io-s-* /ecj. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-327 Date: May 20, 1954 
Concrete slab in front of residence #5, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2014 Date: 1954 

Construction oj bouses on St. George Island. 


V 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2021 Date: 1954 

Construction of houses on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-339 Date: May 24, 1954 
Furnace in residence #5, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2016 Date: 1954 


Construction oj bouses on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3141 Date: 1970 


Construction oj government employee housing on 
St. George Island. 


Carpenter-Boat shop 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-415 Date: May 17, 1954 
Excavation for footings for Carpenter and Boat 
Shop, St. George Island. 


■j"- 2^-^v. /**,Zdj/c* /Ss/set?..*f+fye 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-372 Date: May 20, 1954 
Pilaster footing forms for Carpenter and Boat 
Shop, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-337 Date: May 11, 1954 
New brick houses, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2017 Date: 1954 


Construction oj houses on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3142 Date: 1970 


Construction oj government employee housing on 
St. George Island. 


/ if & - /ff/* ^ J j / 9^- 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-373 Date: May 19, 1954 
Pilasterfooting forms Jor Carpenter and Boat 
Shop, St. George Island. 


400 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-370 Date: May 20, 1954 
Step footings for Carpenter and Boat Shop, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-380 Date: May 28, 1954 
Forms being set for foundation of Carpenter and 
Boat Shop, St. George Island. 



/~o7- C&rjO- <£* ^ 

Item: RG22-95-ADMC-346 Date: May 22, 1954 
Concrete plant set-up for Carpenter and Boat 
Shop, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-335 Date: May 25, 1954 
Men pouring concrete into forms for Carpenter and 
Boat Shop footings, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-374 Date: May 20, 1954 
Chimneyfooting form for Carpenter and Boat 
Shop, St. George Island. 





Item: RG22-95-ADMC-349 Date: May 27, 1954 
Forms being set for foundation of Carpenter and 
Boat Shop, St. George Island. 





Item: RG22-95-ADMC-347 Date: May 22, 1954 
Concrete plant and runways for Carpenter and 
Boat Shop, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-376 Date: May 25, 1954 
Men pouring jootings for Carpenter and Boat 
Shop, St. George Island. 





Item: RG22-95-ADMC-369 Date: May 24, 1954 
Runways in place for pouring footingsfor 
Carpenter and Boat Shop, St. George Island. 




m | 

fPA , 

^ fir- 


item: RG22-95-ADMC-336 Date: June 1, 1954 
Men pouring concrete into formsforjoundation of 
Carpenter and Boat Shop, St. George Island. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-413 

Men pouring concrete into forms for Carpenter and 
Boat Shop footings, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-414 Date: June 1, 1954 
Men pouring concrete into forms for Carpenter and 
Boat Shop Jootings, St. George Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 401 






























Item: RG22-95-ADMC-350 Date: May 27, 1974 
Removal of concreteformsfor Carpenter and Boat 
Shop foundation, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-402 Date: June 6, 1954 
Carpenter and Boat Shop foundation wall, St. 
George Island. 


Warehouse 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3212 
Date: July 10, 1953 

Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2044 


Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3208 
Date: July 29, 1953 

Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2073 

Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2072 


Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-301 Date: Sept. 25, 1953 

Cement mixing operations for pouring second floor 
slab of warehouse, St. George Island. Photograph 
by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-302 Date: Sept. 25, 1953 
Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-300 Date: Sept. 25, 1953 
Warehouse construction crew pouring second 
floor slab, St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 
Benson. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-304 Date: Sept. 26, 1953 
Warehouse construction crew finishing second 
floor slab, St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 
Benson. 


402 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-201S Date: 1954 


Warehouse construction crew finishing second floor 
slab, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2020 Date: 1954 

Warehouse construction crewfinishing secondfloor 
slab, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2492 


Date: September 7, 1953 

Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-330 

Warehouse under construction on St. George 

Island. 





Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2018 Date: 1954 


Warehouse construction crew finishing second floor 
slab, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1942 Date: Aug 30, 1953 
Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2501 


Date: September 1, 1953 

Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-422 

Scaffolding next to warehouse, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2019 Date: 1954 

Warehouse construction crewfinishing secondfloor 
slab, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2484 

Date: September 10, 1953 

Construction of warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-409 

Warehouse prior to erection of trusses, St. George 

Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-407 


Warehouse under construction on St. George 
Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 403 
































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-326 Date: May 30, 1954 
Men preparing to set trusses on warehouse, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-348 Date: May 22, 1954 
Warehouse under construction on St. George Island 
showing window sills. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-421 Date: June 2, 1954 
Man sitting on last truss being set on warehouse, 

St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-359 Date: May 30, 1954 
Men installing truss in construction of warehouse, 
St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-404 Date: May 27, 1954 
South wall sash of warehouse in place, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-417 Date: May 17, 1954 
Stained siding on warehouse, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-324 

Men installing truss in construction of warehouse, 

St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-410 


Men installing trusses in construction of 
warehouse, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-423 

Warehouse under construction on St. George Island 
showing window before sills bricked in. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-386 Date: June 1, 1954 
Men setting truss on mullion in construction oj 
warehouse, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-357 Date: May 30, 1954 
Men installing truss in construction of warehouse, 
St. George Island. 


<» - 2 - /?// 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-361 Date: June 2, 1954 
Roof of warehouse showing all trusses in place, St. 
George Island. 


404 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-363 


Warehouse showing all trusses in place, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-344 


Men placing roof sheathing on warehouse, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-416 Date: JuneS, 1954 
Men placing ridge on roof of warehouse, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2352 
Warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-332 Date: June 2, 1954 
Walkway beneath trusses on warehouse, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-411 

Planks being secured to trusses on warehouse, St. 

George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-425 

Men shingling roof of warehouse, St. George 

Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2411 


Warehouse on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-419 


Men placing roof sheathing on warehouse, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-331 Date: June 4, 1954 
Men rolling out paper for shingles on roof if 
warehouse, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-424 Date: June 4, 1954 
Men shingling roof of warehouse, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2094 
Concrete being poured. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 405 















































1 ■ 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2047 
Construction of wall. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2015 


Concrete conveyor on St. George Island. 

7bc?/-/r?p c/e*rn Coe?/ S/>cc/ 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-353 Date: May 21, 1934 
Demolition of coal shed. 


CctaJ -> A ccf £ 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-354 Date: May 21, 1954 

Demolition of coal shed. 



Item: RG22-93-ADMC-2100 

Construction workers with truck and lumber in St. 

George Village. 



Item: RG22-93-ADMC-293 

Date: November 30, 1953 Rock crusher on St. 

George Island. Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2054 
Rock crusher. 





Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3S6 Date: May 21, 1954 
Demolition of coal shed. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2109 


Men loading supplies into truck, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2058 

Rock crusher. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2053 
Rock crusher. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-388 Date: May 21, 1954 
Demolition of coal shed. 


406 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2002 Date: Ca 1954 


New school on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3209 


Date: September 25, 1953 

Construction ojbrick house on St. George Island. 

Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-A DMC-2029 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2069 
Quonset huts, truck, and concrete conveyor below 
cemetery with reservoir under construction on hill, 
St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2097 Date: Circa 1953 


Man standing next to rebar bending machine. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3143 

Installation of septic tank on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2099 


Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2066 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2095 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2106 

Side of building showing finished brickwork. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3144 

Installation of septic tank on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-AD.MC-2092 


Construction (f reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2040 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2049 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 407 









































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2098 

Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-319 Date: July 29, 1953 
Cement form for new reservoir on St. George 
Island. Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2093 


Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2046 
Construction ojreservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3210 
Date: August 4, 1953 

Workers pouring concrete into form for reservoir on 
St. George Island. Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2048 


Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2059 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2126 

Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2055 
Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3213 
Date: August 4, 1953 

Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2491 


Date: September 7, 1953 

Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2130 


Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 


408 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




























5 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2052 


Construction of reservoir on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2222 
Date: August 30, 1953 

Quonset huts below cemetery and reservoir under 
construction on hill, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3211 
Date: October 4, 1953 
Completed reservoir on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1948 

Date: December 19, 1953 

Men unloading cargo at snow-covered Zapadnie 

beach, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2494 
Date: September 1, 1953 

Men working on construction of reservoir dome, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2381 


Quonset huts below cemetery and completed 
reservoir on hill, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2403 
Reservoirs on St. George Island. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on Jire at night on St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2221 Date: July 10, 1953 
Quonset huts below cemetery and reservoir under 
construction on hill, St. George Island. Photograph 
by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1774 


Completed reservoir on St. George Island. 
Photograph by Dan Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-547 
Date: December 19, 1953 

Crew working with cargo at snow-covered Zapandie 
beach, St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 
Benson. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on fire at night on St. 
George Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 409 

































Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on fire at night on St. 
George Island. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on fire at night on St. 
George Island. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on fire at night on St. 
George Island. 


t ... ■ 


Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on fire at night on St. 
George Island. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Buildings smoldering after fire on St. George 
Island. 



Item: no number Date: June, 1950 

Layout of buildings along waterfront prior to fire 
on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3083 Date: Circa 1950s 
Arctic bluefox on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3088 Date: Circa 1950s 
Interior of abandoned quonset hut on St. George 
Island. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Seal processing buildings on fire at night on St. 
George Island. 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Buildings smoldering after fire on St. George 
Island. 


► 

>• 



Item: no number Date: June 8, 1950 

Buildings smoldering afterfire on St. George 
Island. 


410 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

























Fur-seal Harvest and Process 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3354 


Truck with “Der Hajny’s Blubber Ducky”stenciled 
on side parked next to processing plant. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-976 

Man next to Sealing Plant on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-174 


Dead seal hanging on scale. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-192 

Interior of blubbering shed showing blubbering 

stations. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-232 Date: August 6, 1948 
Sealing Plant buildings on St. Paul Island with 
barrels of seal skins laid out in yard. Photograph 
by Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-27SS Date: 1966 

Men herding seal pups at rookery. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-87S 

Man hosing sealskins with high-pressure hose in 

wash house. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-170 Date: Ca 1950s 


Man dumping contents of barrel into trough. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2351 

Seal genitalia (“sticks”) drying on side of house. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-160 
Man skinning seal. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-181 


Interior of wash house. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-427 Date: August 1970 
Interior of blubbering shed showing blubbering 
stations. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 411 





































































































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-171 
Wooden reservoirs in By-products Plant. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-? Date: 1949 


Men removing guard hair on seal skins at Fouke 
Fur Company, St. Louis, MO. Photograph by Todd 
Studios, Inc. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2161 


Men at brining tank holding screen in brine 
solution. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-S67 

Men running sealskins through wringer. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-322 Date: June, 1971 
Interior of Blubbering Shed on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-924 Date: 19S2 

Fouke Fur Company blubbering machine used 
experimentally for mechanical blubbering on St. 
Paul Island. Photograph by Harry May. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-927 


Motor driving brine paddles in 5000 gallon 
capacity brining tank. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-I476 


Wringers in St. George sealing plant. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-191 

Interior of blubbering shed showing blubbering 

stations. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-928 


5000 gallon brining tank. Photograph by Harry 
May. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-895 Date: 1953 

Paddles in 5000 gallon capacity brining tank. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-171 


Several large tanks. 


412 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-868 


Interior oj salt house showing stacks of skins in 
salt. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-902 


Men running sealskins through wringer. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-8S9 
Barrel packed with seal skins. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3029 


Trellis for hanging seal carcasses under 
construction outside By-products Plant on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-183 

Man standing next to boilers in Boiler Plant. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S4 Date: Aug 2, 1948 
By-products Plant, St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Ralph C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-322S Date: July, 1970 
Seal carcasses hanging on trellis outside of By¬ 
products Plant. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-18S 

Interior of By-products Plant showing man with 

shovel in granulated substance, possibly seal meal. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-8S1 


Interior of St. Paul Island barreling shed showing 
workers salting and packing skins. Photograph by 
R.C. Baker. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-204 

Man with pile of carcasses outside By-products 

Plant. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-429 


Apparatus with possibly air intake and exhaust 
ducts. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 413 























































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-187 

Interior of by-products Plant showing chutes and 

open hatches in floor. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-896 


Man unpacking raw salted fur sealskins at Fouke 
Fur Company in St. Louis, MO. 



Item: no number 
"Vico”by-products sack. 






Item: RG22-95-ADMC-I93 
Tanks at side of Sealing Plant. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-897 

Men capturing and tagging fur-seal pups. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-877 

Men capturing and tagging fur-seal pups. 


■SEAT m 




Item: no number 

“White Egg”by-products sack. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-994 

Fouke Fur Company seal skin plant in St. Louis, MO. 


Item: no number 
“Armour’s”by-products sack. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-209 

Man with shovel in mound of granulated substance 
poured from chute above, possibly seal meal, in 
By-products Plant. 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-21S 

Men cleaning barrels at spigots outside of building. 






414 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















































SCRAPS 

•AAKUFfcCTlHttO »' 

SWT8tCWpH1 

WWHPUTLMBf. M 

GUAM&TEE0 AfMLKSJS 

f>«OTEI(» W' 

CAT * 6 V 

CftUUK n«HE ;MAX*MUM) 3S 
ASH_ lit AXfcWMI 


Item: no number 
“Swifts” by-products sack. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3032 Date: 1970 

Men delivering seal skins from truck through 
window of processing shed. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-80 

Machinery in By-products Plant, St. Paul Island. 



rnawfiw m* r«• 

— ^ l *-r rdlMM 


Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-995 

Men blubbering and washing seal skins at Fouke 
Fur Company seal skin plant in St. Louis, MO. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-933 Date: 1956 


Fur buyers inspecting skins. Photograph by Bill 
Harris. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3420 
Men in doorway of sealing plant. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-81 Date: 1978 


Crates of skins readyfor shipping on St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-870 Date: 1945 


Fouke Fur Company Auction. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1801 Date: Aug 1970 
By-products Plant, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3423 


Men throwing seal skins from truck into window of 
processing shed. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3418 


Man hosing seal skins in blubbering shed. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 415 



































































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3421 


Workers treating and bundling seal skins. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-342S 


Wringer in St. George sealing plant. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3428 


Vats of skins in blubbering shed. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1671 


Crate packing. “Exterior sleeve is slipped over. This 
sleeve provides additional height for third layer 
and carries load that may be stacked on top of 
King-Pac during shipping and storage.” 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3422 


Workers treating and bundling seal skins. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3426 


Interior of boxing shed on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3429 


Workers treating and bundling seal skins. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1672 


Crate packing. “Six inchjlaps are folded and 
taped.” 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3424 
Wringer in St. George sealing plant. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3427 Date: 1978 


Crates of skins ready for shipping in front of boxing 
shed on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1670 
Crate packing. “Bottom flaps of inner box are 
folded, box is set on pallet and filled with two 
layers of small boxes. ” 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1673 


Crate packing. “Afterflap of cap isfolded and 
taped, cap is put into place.” 


416 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1674 


Crate packing. “Unit is then strapped and is ready 
for shipping Unit is 63.2 cubic feet.” 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1677 
Finished crated boxes ready for shipping. 


People 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S23 Date: Ca 1910s 


Four girls in schoolhouse. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S26 Date: Ca 1910s 
Primary school class picture, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2896 

Daniel Webster with ox in yoke, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S24 Date: Ca 1910s 
Five boys in schoolhouse. 



hem: RG22-9S-AD.MC-2S28 Date: Ca 1910s 
Class picture in front of school, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2238 Date: 1911 

A H. Proctor, St. Paul Island. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2S27 Date: Ca 1910s 


Five boys in schoolhouse. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-237S 
Group of children. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2239 Date: 1911 

A.H. Proctor, St. Paul Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 417 




























































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2254 Date: 1911 

Dr. Mills. 



Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-241 Date: August 1954 
Father Theodosy with City Office and Church 
of Saint George the Victorious in background. 
Photograph by Karl Kenyon. 



hem: KG22-95-ADMC-2161 

Nikefer Mandregan wearing vestments and holding 

icon inside church. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2259 Date: 1911 

Dr. Mills sitting in chair. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3514 

Father Theodosy with children inside Church of 

Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2204 
Airs. Markary Baranoff. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-161 

Three boys with reindeer on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1568 
Father Theodosy. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-863 
Father Markary Baranoff conducting wedding 
ceremony in Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 
Photograph by Raul Vaz Ferreira. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2210 

Group photograph of men, some in uniform. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1021 


Date: September 1941 

Three young women on road, St. Paul Island. 


418 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























Item: RG22-95-ADMC-166 Date: August, 19S4 
People in coffee shop. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-165 Date: August, 1954 
Gabriel Stepetin and others in coffee shop. 






m 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2807 
Jacob Kochutin, St. Paul Island, 1930. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-242 

Father Markary Baranoff and three girls, St. Paul 

Island. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-251 
Woman and man holding shotgun and clutch of 
kittiwakes with radio station in background, St. 
Paul Island. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-557 

Actors and crew for film “World in Flis Arms” on 

beach. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2262 

Two young girls sitting at table, St. George Island. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-534 

Actors playing “seamen” and crew member forfilm 

“World in His Arms.” 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2775 

St. Paul Island high school class next to Reeve 
Aleutian Airways aircraft. 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2479 

Group photo of pilots with fur seals in background. 




Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 419 












































Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2208 
Girl. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2264 


Woman holding baby, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2244 Date: 1950s 


Couples dancing in recreation hall, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2261 
Small girl, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2415 
Woman. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2980 


Children in costume on stagefor Christmas play. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3231 


“Maskers” on stage, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2263 

Woman with baby on lap, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2460 
Young boy. 



Item: No number Date: 1950s 

Couples dancing in recreation hall, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-577 Date: 1960 

Man and woman in office with St. Paul Island 
school official. 


420 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-S7S 

Man talking on radio at St. Paul Island radio 
dispatch. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-580 
Two men in office. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-S83 

Mess hall cooking staff preparing meal. 




Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-S78 Date: 1960 

St. Paul Island school office staff. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-581 

Laundry facility showing two men with baskets if 
laundry and large clothes dryer. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-584 
Stiff setting tables in mess hall. 



Mr.-Raul Vaz-Ferfeira from Montevideo, Uruguay, 
with a killer whale skull. St. Paul Island, Alaska. 


August 1947. 

Item: RG22-95-ADMC-I018 Date: August 1947 
Raul Vaz-Ferreirafrom Montevideo, Uruguay, 
with Orca Skull on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-579 

St. Paul Island grocery store employees. 




^_ t __I^E2 

Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2276 

Man at desk in St. Paul Island City Hall. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2208 

Date: Nov. 16, 1960 

Howard Baltzo (left) and other man. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 421 























































hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2209 


G Dallas Hanna and wife Margaret outside oj 
Government House. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2767 
Date: July 15, 1965 

Secretary of the Interior Stewart Udall presenting 
valor awards Alexei Merculief and Alex Galanin. 
Photo by D01. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2921 

Men holding certificates for Emerson Diesel 

equipment training, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2920 

Men being certified on Emerson Diesel equipment, 

St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2929 


Men holding certificates for Emerson Diesel 
equipment training grouped around engine, St. 
George Island. 


Visit of Department of Commerce (DOC) Secretary Maurice Stans to St. Paul Island 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1114 Date: July 1971 
Howard Pollock and Harry Rietze on pathway to 
Government House, St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1115 Date: July 1971 
DOC Secretary Maurice Stans on pathway to 
Government House, St. Paul Island. Photograph by 
Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1130 Date: July 1971 
DOC Secretary Maurice Stans touring blubbering 
operations. Photograph by Jim Branson. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1131 Date: July 1971 
DOC Secretary Maurice Stans and Roy Hurd at 
Kitovi, St. Paul Island in rain gear. Photograph by 
Jim Branson. 


422 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1112 Date: July 1971 
Workers explaining inspection system to Howard 
Pollock in processing plant. Photograph by Jim 
Branson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1119 Date: July 1971 
Juan Leon Guerrero, DOC Secretary Maurice 
Stans, and Stuart Bigler in front of NOAA 
Weather Service building, St. Paul Island. 
Photograph by Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-U20 


DOC Secretary Maurice Stans with group 
including (left to right) Gregory Fratis, Sophie 
Stepetin, Jason Bourdukofsky, Audrey Mandregan, 
Gabriel Stepetin, Leventy Stepetin, and Eddie 
Kosloff. Photograph by Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3266 
Warehouse. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1113 Date: July 1971 
Group observing barreling operations with DOC 
Secretary Maurice Stans in center. Photograph by 
Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1134 Date: July 1971 
DOC Secretary Maurice Stans on steps of 
Government House with group. Photograph by Jim 
Branson. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1132 
Group in front of Church of Saints Peter and Paul, 
with DOC Secretary Maurice Stans in center. 
Photograph by Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-542 


Baidarrafilled with eggs. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1118 Date: July 1971 
Group in front of Church oj Saints Peter and Paul 
with DOC Secretary Maurice Stans in center. 
Photograph by Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1122 

DOC Secretary Maurice Stans with group of 

veterinarians. Photograph by Jim Branson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1111 Date: July 1971 

Group in front of Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul, with DOC Secretary Maurice Stans in 
center holding model baidarra. Photograph by Jim 
Branson. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1133 Date: July 1971 
DOC Secretary Maurice Stans with group 
including Philip Roedel and Howard Pollock next 
to plane. Photograph by Jim Branson. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 423 






































Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-2S6 Date: 1914 


Boy in front oj barabara. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1572 


Radio equipment. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1S64 


Interior of dining room. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1576 
Interior of school showing desks. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3076 Date: Circa 1950s 
Man standing next to washing machine. 



7 } 


» i 

* 

Mrar - i 

5 

1 



Mprf^ 

•# 

1 


* 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-30/9 Date: Circa 1950s 
Kitchen in house on St. George Island. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2229 
Elaborately decorated cake with frag on top. 


hem: RG22-95-ADMC-3078 Date: Circa 1950s 
Living room in house on St. George Island. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-2268 
Interior of Reeves aircraft. 


424 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3268 Date: Circa 1940s 
Refuse dump. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3270 


Refuse dump on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1579 
Coal furnace. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1864 
Government supply ship. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1612 


Men moving cargo in net. 



AUG 1985 


Item: RG22-95-ADMC-291 Date: August, 1965 
Backhoefalling off of dock. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3222 


Piles of lumber and barrels. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-164 

U.S. Army supply ship Lt. Raymond Zussman. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3269 


Refuse dump. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2792 


High surf washing over truck on dock with Coast 
Guard ship in background. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-910 Date: Spring, 1954 
Fox kit on Otter Island. Photograph by Karl 
Kenyon. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-263 Date: Aug 11, 1952 
USS Mathews at St. George Island. Photograph 
by Dan Benson. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 425 









































^<1 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-266 Date: July 1952 
USMS Penguin II at St. Paul Island. Photograph 
by Harry May. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1949 Date: Dec 3, 1953 
FIVS Dennis and Penguin II. St, George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2504 


Date: September 7, 1953 

Men rowing baidarra away from Penguin, St. 

George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-267 Date: June 29, 1953 
North Star unloading onto small boats at Bristol 
Bay. Photograph by C.D. Swanson. 



USMS Penguin II in Village Cove. Photograph by 
Harry May. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3352 
Captain on deck ofUSFS Penguin. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-298 
Date: December 1, 1953 
Runabout heading towards Penguin II at St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2149 Date: 1964 

Pribilof Islands supply ship FSR-791 loaded at 
dock in Seattle. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1958 
Penguin and inset portrait of captain. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2503 


Date: September 1, 1953 

Baidarra alongside Penguin, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1173 
Date: July 27, 1964 

Penguin II for sale in North Hollywood, CA. 
High bid was $41,666.50. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3176 
Pribilof Islands supply ship FSR791. 


426 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





























Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-21 SO Date: 1964 


Pribilof Islands supplj ship FSR-791 loaded at 
dock in Seattle. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1123 


M/V Pribilof. Photograph by Ray Krantz. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-3281 

Date: February 23, 1966 

M/V Pribilof off Point Reyes, CA Ship. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-21S2 Date: 1964 

Pribilof Islands supply ship FSR-791 leaving 
Seattle. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1971 
Date: October, 1963 

Pribilof Islands supply ships Penguin II and 
Northstar III in Seattle. Photograph by Victor 
Scheffer. 



Pribilof Islands supply ship FSR-791 leaving 
Seattle. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2900 

St. George Landing showing baidarras at dock and 

ship anchored off shore. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3177 


Pribilof Islands supply ship FSR791 in port at 
Seattle. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1972 
Pribilof Islands supply ship FSR 791. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1886 

Supply ship M/V Pribilof anchored off of East 

Landing, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2007 


Ship at St. George Island. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 427 




























Item: KG22-9S-ADMC-2260 


Men rowing baidarra. 



hem: RG22-95-ADMC-1613 

Men in baidarra with St. George Village in 

background. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-560 
Date: August 13, 1953 

Crew unloading bulldozer from landing craft onto 
beach on St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 
Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2008 


Landing craft at St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2383 


Man standing next to baidarra. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-558 

Date: August 13, 1953 

Crew unloading truck from landing craft onto 

beach on St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 

Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-318 
Date: August 13, 1953 

Two landing craft having difficulty getting off 
beach St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 
Benson. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1875 
Date: October, 1965 
Landing craft at St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2389 

Man and boy with baidarra, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2390 
Baidarra, St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2005 


Landing craft at St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2220 

Date: August 13, 1953 

Landing crcftfrom USS Bellatrix at Zapadnie 

beach, St. George Island. Photograph by Dan 

Benson. 


428 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2778 


Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 
ojplane and rescue ejjorts. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2781 


Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 
of plane and rescue efforts. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2270 

Part of wrecked plane on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-5S2 Date: 1947 


Part of crashed Coast Guard airplane fuselage and 
wing on rocky beach. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2779 


Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 
of plane and rescue efforts. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2783 


Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 
of plane and rescue efforts. 





Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-278S 

Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 

of plane and rescue efforts. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-299 
Building on fire in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2780 


Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 
of plane and rescue efforts. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2784 


Coast Guard airplane crash site showing wreckage 
of plane and rescue fforts. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-SS3 Date: 1947 


Crashed Coast Guard airplane partially submerged 
in water and men in boat rescuing passengers, St. 
George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-321 


Store on fire in St. Paul Village with people 
watching. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 429 













































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-320 

Remains of store that burned down in St. Paul 

Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-327S 
Buildings on fire in St. George Village. Lee 
MacMillan far right in plaid jacket. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-84 


Crew removing part of roof of building with crane, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-60S 


Generator on St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-213I 
Building on fire in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-86 

Crew removing part of roof of building with crane, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-84A 

Crew removing part of roof of building with crane, 

St. Paul Island. 


r | 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-10S3 


Baidarra loaded with truck being towed by 
runabout, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2132 

Man with pipe in mouth walking past burning 

house in St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-87 

Crew removing part of roof of building with crane, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-8S 


Crew removing part of roof of building with crane, 
St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-10S4 

Truck being loaded onto baidarra at St. George 
Island. 


430 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


































Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-10S5 


Truck on baidarra at St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1067 


Baidarra at St. George Island landing with small 
motorboat in background. 



J*e4j, F / /f'S7 

Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1100 Date: 1977 


Interior of government lab and office, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3476 
Government staff quarters on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-10S9 


Baidarra being towed by runabout. St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1068 


Men loading supplies into truck, St. George 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1102 Date: 1977 

Interior of government staff quarters, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3172 Date: 1977 

Priest’s house on St. George Island showing roof in 
disrepair. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-1060 
Baidarra loaded with supplies. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-3171 Date: 1977 

Crane lifting landing craft, St. George Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-1101 


Government staff quarters on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2801 Date: 1966 

Helen Saale showing fur-seal coat to St. George 
Island school class. 


Pribilof Islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 431 



























































Item: RG22-95-A DMC-2802 Date: 1966 

Helen Saale and Howard Baltzo in class with St. 
George Island school children. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2482 


Women at desks in St. George Island National 
Marine Fisheries Office. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2294 


Aerial view of St. George Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2480 Date: 1974 


Clara and Irene Melovidov at desks in St. George 
Island National Marine Fisheries Office. 



hem: RG22-9S-ADMC-2293 


Aerial view of St. George Village. 




Item: RG22-95-ADMC-34S3 Date: 197S 

Aerial view of St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-345S Date: 197S 

Aerial view of St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-9S-ADMC-2342 


Foundation for new house on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2481 Date: 1974 


Nicolai S. Merculif, Sharon Kashevarof, and Ann 
Prokopiof in office. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3454 Date: 1975 


Aerial view of St. Paul Village. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3456 Date: 1975 


Aerial view of St. Paul Village. 


432 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


























Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3459 Date: 1975 


St Paul Village showing new school. 



hern: RG22-95-ADMC-3462 Date: 1975 


Ship approaching Village Cove on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3466 

Viewing blind at Zapadni Rookery, St. Paul 

Island. 



Item: RG11-95-ADMC-3461 Date: 1975 

St. Paul Village from Reef Rookery. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3469 


Seal entangled in fishing net. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-3463 Date: 1975 

View from government quarters of sun setting over 
Tolstoi Point on St. Paul Island. 



Item: RG22-95-ADMC-2295 
Aerial view of St. George Village. 


Pribilof islands Photographs at the National Archives and Records Administration 433 





























< iea/(/ioo/i’er(/ (f ) /iot(Hjf i a/)/'S i/i f/tA/ 22 


Date span: 
Summary: 
Location: 

VWE .an^UUUWIWE' 


Circa 1890s—1960s 

Seal population research and management documentary photographs. 
NARA Special Media Archives Services Division, College Park, MD 


As a part of seal population research and management, agents conducted a regular census of all rookeries. Starting in 1892, 
agents took advantage of improvements in photography such as the dry-plate negative and the advent of film negatives and 
began to use this media regularly to document the condition of the fur-seal herds at different rookeries. As a corollary, seal- 
rookery charts were revised to include the location where the photographer should stand and the angles from this point that 
should be photographed. 

Several series at NARA are comprised almost exclusively of these rookery documentation photographs. 


Series: Seal Rookeries on the Pribilof Islands in the Bering Sea, 1892—1897 
NARA ID: 22-SR, 22-FA, 22-FFA 

Scope and Content: Panoramic photographs <ffur-seal rookeries on St. Paul 
and St. George islands in June and July from 1892 to 1897, made during 
investigations of the Alaskan fur seals. Photographs made in 1892 through 
1896 are by naturalist C.F1. Townsend and his assistant N.B. Miller, science 
staff aboard the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. The photographs 
made in 1897 were probably by the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey team 
headed by it’ W. Duffield. 

Series 22-SR comprises 10 albums of albumen prints, some mounted 
on board. Series 22-FA and 22-FFA are duplicates of these, printed as 
cyanotypes. 

Series: Photographs of Fur-seal Rookeries in the Pribilof Islands, 1948 
NARA ID: 22-PRJ " 

Scope and Content: Fur-seal rookery photographs taken by Edward C. 
Johnston, General Manager of the Pribilof Islands Fur-Seal Service, Branch 
of Alaska Fisheries. The photographs may have been part of a continuing 
census of thefur-seal population of the islands. Shown arefur-seals and 
rocks on the shores. 


Series: Cyanotypes of Fur-seal and Fishing Industries in Alaska, and Domestic 
and Foreign Marine Specimens, 1904—1918 
NARA ID: 22-BF 

Scope and Content: This series includes images of theJur-seal industry, seal 
rookeries, villages, landscapes, and wildlife on St. George and St. Paul islands, 
1905—1917, by photographers H.D. Chichester, G D. Hanna, and others. 


Series: Photographs of Pribilof Islands Fur-seal Rookeries, 1960 
NARA ID: 22-PRH 

Scope and Content: Fur-seal rookery photographs taken in July 1960, by Carl 
Hoverson, administrative officer of the Marine Mammal Office in the Pacfic 
Region Field Service of the Fish and Wildlfe Service, on the Pribilof Islands. 

The photographs are mostly of St. George Island, and were probably taken as a 
continuing census of the fur-seal population on the Pribilof Islands in the Bering 
Sea. 


434 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









Moving image materials form a small yet significant part of the historical visual record of the Pribilof Islands. Film footage 
can be found among a number of archival repositories and more than a few commercial films and videos featuring the Pribilof 
Islands have been made over the years. 

A significant number of Pribilof Islands related films are held at the University of Alaska, Fairbanks, and the National Ar¬ 
chives and Records Administration. The majority of this material is uncut or partially edited film footage, though some are 
produced works. Documentaries and Hollywood movies, many of which may be found in libraries, are also listed here. 

Finally, the guide mentions several films, including the earliest footage made on the islands, which the authors were unable to 
locate. Agent logbooks and other sources provide evidence that the films were made but their whereabouts remain a mystery, 
if in fact the films still exist. We hope that by referencing the lost films here, readers will be on the lookout for them. 


Moving Images 435 





Archival film at the University of Alaska, Fairbanks 


Repository Information 

University of Alaska, Fairbanks 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library, Alaska Film Archive 

310 Tanana Loop, PO Box 756808 

Fairbanks, AK 99775-6800 

(907) 474-5347 


Title and call number 

Fur seals and flowers of the Pribiiof Islands (AAF-3) 


Date 

Circa 1937 


Type 

Black and white, silent 


Provenance 

Forms part of the Isobel Wylie Flutchison Collection. 


Biographical note 

Isobel Wylie Hutchinson (1889—1982) was a Scottish amateur botanist who ( 
latitudes, including the Aleutian islands, to collect botanical specimens. 

explored northern 

Scope and content 

Footage of seal rookeries, woman pressing flowers, Unalaska Village, basket 
Unalaska views. 

weavers, other 

Viewing copy available 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copy. 



Title and call number 

Glaciers and Gold (AAF-263, AAF-264) 

Date 

Circa 1930s—1950s 

Type 

Black and white, silent 

Running time 

23 minutes 

Provenance 

Forms part of the UAF Film Archives. 

Scope and content 

Footage ol glaciers, hydraulic mining, gold processing, fishing for salmon, salmon processing, 
Pribiiof Islands showing seal drive, seal rookeries, salting and barreling seal skins, whaling, na¬ 
tive fishing and weaving, placer mining, hydraulic mining and dredging, operation of gold mill, 
quartz mines. 

Viewing copy available 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copy. 


436 Pribiiof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 







Title and call number 

Date 

Type 

Running time 
Creator 
Provenance 
Scope and content 


Viewing copy available 


Voice of the Pribilofs (AAF-342) and related footage (AAF-725) 

Circa 1949 

Color, sound (AAF-342) color, silent (AAF-725) 

34 minutes (AAF-342) 24 minutes (AAF-725) 

Produced by Don Knudsen and Frank Brink of Northern Telescenics. 

Forms part of the Pettengill Collection. 

Film (AAF-342) shows Nikefer Mandregan telling story of Pribiloflslands to his son Jimmy, St. 
Paul Village, wildlife, and landscape, Deacon Mandregan and Father Baranoff conducting St. 
Paul day celebration in church, Constantine Gromoff as altar boy. 

Extra footage (AAF-725) includes views USAF weather station, Thornbarough AF base, St 
Paul Village, kids racing, St. Paul church, Father Baranoff and Nikefer Mandregan, fur seals, 
men at rookeries conducting census of fur seals, woman on observation catwalk, rookeries and 
hauling grounds, seals mating, men being charged by fur-seal bull, sea lions, flowers, kids play¬ 
ing, birds on cliffs, foxes, people handling fox kit, boy and woman handling seal pup, interior 
of blubbering shed with men at work, running skins through wringer, salting skins in kench, 
shoveling boric acid and mixing with salt, dusting on skins and rolling skins, barreling showing 
man standing on skins in barrel to pack tightly, covering with salt and securing lid of barrel, 
barrels lined up outside of processing plant on St. Paul. 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copy. 


Title and call number 

Date 

Type 

Running time 
Creator 

Scope and content 
Viewing copy available 


Alaskan Wildlife: A Journey into the Last Wilderness (AAF-6718-AAF-6722) 

Circa 1955 

Black and white, silent 
53 minutes 

Lt. Gen. J.H. Atkinson, USAF 

Footage of Pribiloflslands sea lions and fur seals, rookeries, other Alaska scenery and wildlife. 
The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copy. 


Title and call number 

Pribilof Islands seal harvest (AAF-9137) 

Date 

Circa 1968 

Type 

Color, silent 

Running time 

23 minutes 

Provenance 

Forms part of the Stevens Collection. 

Scope and content 

Footage of map showing location of seals, Reeve Aleutian Airlines aircraft, seal rookeries, seal 
drive and killing seals, skinning, loading truck, blubbering, murres, Saint Paul church and 
cemetery. 

Viewing copy available 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copy. 


Moving Images 437 












Title and call number 

Date 

Type 

Running time 
Provenance 
Scope and content 

Viewing copy available 


Fur seals of the Pribilofs (AAF-8001) 

Circa 1960s 
Color, sound 
24 minutes 

Educational film distributed by Alaska Department ot Fish and Game. 

Host Bill Burris explains the life cycle of the fur seals and their annual migration to the Pribilof 
Islands. 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Fibrary has a viewing copy. 


Title and call number 

Date 

Type 

Running time 
Creator 
Provenance 
Scope and content 

Viewing copy available 


Seal of Two Empires (AAF-8521) with first cut and work print (8654, 8662) 

Circa 1966 
Color, sound 
26 minutes 

Pioneer Pete Productions 

Forms part of the Pioneer Pete Collection. 

Episode in Star in the North series about the Pribilof Islands fur-seal industry, narrated by Victor 
Rovier. 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Fibrary has a viewing copy. 


Title and call number 

Footage from Seal of Two Empires and other Victor Rovier films. (8663, 8566, 8525, 8534, 

8647, 8646, 8577, 8558) 

Date 

1959-1967 

Type 

Color, silent 

Running time 

Various 

Creator 

Pioneer Pete Productions 

Provenance 

Forms part of the Pioneer Pete Collection. 

Scope and content 

Footage of seals and rookeries, seal harvesting and processing, St. Paul Village, McNeil River, 
bears, polar bear tagging, Anaktuvuk Pass, aftermath of 1964 earthquake, beluga whales, Alas¬ 
ka landscapes and wildlife, whaling at Point Hope, Mt. McKinley (Denali), Scenes of Valdez. 

Viewing copy available 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Fibrary has viewing copies. 


Title and call number 

Pribilof Islands seal rookery, people, and activities (AAF-8864, 8865, 8866, 8867) 

Date 

Circa 1950s 

Type 

Color, silent 

Running time 

110 minutes 

Creator 

Blanche and Elmer Sjoblom 

Provenance 

Forms part of the Blanche and Elmer Sjoblom Collection. 

Scope and content 

Footage ol iur seals and seal rookeries, people and events on Pribilof Islands including Christ¬ 
mas celebrations, wedding, supply ship Penguin, children playing, people cutting ice blocks, and 
seal skin processing. 


438 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












Title and call number 

Dorothy Jones interview (AAF-4525) 

Date 

Circa 1982 

Type 

Color, sound 

Running time 

4 minutes 

Provenance 

From the Alaska Review Collection. 

Scope and content 

Interview with Dorothy Jones about Aleut and Pribilof Islands history. 

Viewing copy available 

The University ol Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copv. 


Archival film at the National Archives and Records Administration 
Repository Information 

Special Media Archives Services Division 
National Archives and Records Administration 
8601 Adelphi Road 
College Park, MD 20740-6001 
(301) 837-3540 


Title and call number 

Assistant Secretary of Commerce Claude Huston Studies Arctic Fisheries and Fur 
Seals 

Date 

1922 

Type 

Black and white, silent 

Creator 

Department of Transportation, U.S. Coast Guard, Public Affairs Staff, Historian’s Office 

Provenance 

Record Group 26: Records of the U.S. Coast Guard, Series: Moving Images Relating to U.S. 
Coast Guard Activities. 

Scope and content 

Film was made on the visit of Mr. Huston and party to Alaska, St. Paul Island, Japan, and 

Siberia to study conditions of the fisheries and fur seals. Mostly shows footage of seal drive and 
killing, seal rookeries, and processing of seal skins. Includes views of an auk colony, a whale 
factory, people native to the Arctic region, Japanese, and Russians. 


Moving Images 439 










Title and call number 

Date 

Type 

Creator 

Provenance 

Scope and content 


Commissioner O’Malley Visits Alaska (22.23) 

Circa 1929 

Black and white, silent 

Department of the Interior, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 

Record Group 22: Records of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Series: Moving Images Relat¬ 
ing to Wildlife Issues. 

Inspection trip to Alaska by Commissioner Flenry O’Malley and party in 1929. Intertitles help 
to explain film segments. Film starts with views of the town of Campbell River and surround¬ 
ing area along the coast of British Columbia. The party visits several salmon canneries along 
Bristol Bay. There is footage of various ships and fishing boats, including the Coast Guard 
Cutter Haida. The party visits the Pribilof Islands, and film includes views of houses, Rus¬ 
sian Orthodox church activities, and sealing on St. Paul Island. Harry J. Christotlers and C.E. 
Crompton are featured. Footage of Dutch Harbor visit shows herring saltery activities. Views 
of Kodiak Island, Sitka, and Skagway are shown, mostly general scenery and tourist attractions 
including views of Sitka National Park. Miscellaneous scenes of fishing and scenery in Alaska 
include views of fishing in New England. 


Title and call number 

Harry J. Christoffers Films Collection 

Date 

1930s 

Type 

Black and white, color, silent 

Running time 

various 

Creator 

HarrvJ. Christoffers 

Biographical Note 

Harry John Christoffers (1888—1939) was a Scientific Assistant, Warden, U. S. Department of 
Commerce and Labor in Fairbanks, Alaska from 1910—1913, an Agent, U. S. Department of 
Commerce, Bureau of Fisheries on St. Paul Island from 1914—1917, and Superintendent, U. S. 
Department of Commerce, Bureau of Fisheries on the Pribilof Islands from 1918 — 1939. 

Scope and content 

40 reels of footage of Pribilof Islands wildlife including northern fur seals, steller sea lions, and 
marine birds, lur-seal harvest activities, Alaska and Pribilof Islands landscapes, Seattle and the 
Northwest, Yellowstone National Park, and Christoffers family activities. 



440 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












Title and call number 

The Fur Industry of the U.S. (33.365) 

Date 

1930 

Type 

Creator 

Black and White, silent 

Department ol Agriculture, Federal Extension Service 

Provenance 

Record Group 33: Records of the Extension Service, Series: Motion Picture Films. 

Scope and content 

Fur seals from herds on the Pribilot Islands in Alaska are selected, killed, and skinned. Seal 
pelts are processed in the Fouke Fur Company St. Louis plant. Other aspects of the fur indus¬ 
try are shown, including footage ot silver fox being fed and handled on a farm at Thiensville, 
Wisconsin, rabbits on a small farm, general views of a raccoon farm and a government fur farm 
at Saratoga Springs, New York (silver fox, marten, badger). Muskrat and otter are trapped and 
the skins dried, stretched, and baled. Pelts are graded and sold at auction in New York City. 
Shows fur tanning and dying plants. Fur coats are made. 


Title and call number 

The Active Peacetime Service (26.1) 

Date 

1947 

Type 

Creator 

Black and white, sound 

Department of Transportation, U.S. Coast Guard, Public Affairs Staff, Historian’s Office 

Provenance 

Record Group 26: Records of the U.S. Coast Guard, Series: Moving Images Relating to U.S. 
Coast Guard Activities. 

Scope and content 

Film shows the peacetime activities of the Coast Guard. Coast Guardsmen attend classes at 
the Academy in New London, train aboard the sailing vessel Eagle , rescue seamen from the 
Atlantic and from a sinking ship, inspect ships in N.Y. harbor, conduct hearings, patrol inland 
waterways, rescue people in flooded inland areas, arrest smugglers, and remove survivors of 
an aircraft crash in a Newfoundland forest by helicopter. The cutter Mackinac clears a chan¬ 
nel through Great Lakes’ ice packs another cutter sinks a German submarine. Includes views 
of various types of Coast Guard ships, the “snow shoe patrol,” a fire boat, seals on the Pribilof 
Islands, and a seaplane. Still pictures depict the Coast Guard’s early history. 


Title and call number 

The Big Picture of Alaska (footage of St. Paul Island and Fort Richardson) (11 l-LC-34438, 

11 l-LC-34439, 11 l-LC-34443, lll-LC-34444, lll-LC-34598, lll-LC-34599, 11 l-LC-34600, 
lll-LC-34601) 

Date 

1953 

Type 

Creator 

Black and white, silent 

Department of Defense. Department of the Army. U.S. Army Information Systems Command. 
U.S. Army Audiovisual Agency. 

Provenance 

Record Group 111: Records of the Chief Signal Officer, Series: Motion Picture Films From the 
Army Library Copy Collection 

Historical note 

“The Big Picture” was a weekly half-hour television series produced by the army. It aired from 
1953-1959 and featured a wide range of topics. 

Scope and content 

National Guard activities at Fort Richardson and on St. Paul Island, seals, Aleut children in 
school, Aleut arts and crafts, men in kayaks, views inside Russian Orthodox Church. 


Moving Images 441 











Title and call number 

Alaskan Patrol (26-P-2093) 

Date 

1957 

Type 

Creator 

Color, sound 

Department of Transportation, U.S. Coast Guard, Public Affairs Staff, Historian’s Olfice 

Provenance 

Record Group 26: Records of the U.S. Coast Guard, Series: Moving Images Relating to U.S. 
Coast Guard Activities. 

Scope and content 

Patrol of Coast Guard cutter Klamath around Juneau, Kodiak, Unimak Island, Dutch Harbor, 
Pribilof Islands, St. Lawrence, Kivalina, Kotzebue, Point Hope, and Point Barrow. Patrol 
involves protection of the Pribilof Island fur-seal herds, enforcement of halibut fishing regula¬ 
tions, and providing medical aid to Aleuts. 


Archival Film at other repositories 


Title and call number 

Alaska, ca. 1932 

Date 

Circa 1932 

Type 

Running time 

Creator/Provenance 

Scope and content 

Black and white, silent 

24 minutes 

Harry Fabbe. Forms part of the Harry Fabbe Collection at the Oregon Historical Society. 

Footage of a hunting trip to the Yukon in the 1920s, and a trip to the Pribilof Islands in 1931 
made by Fabbe while working for the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries. 

Location 

Viewing copy available 

Original film is held at the Oregon Historical Society. 

University of Washington Libraries, Special Collections Division has a viewing copy. 


Title 

The Pribilof Islands 

Date 

Circa 1930 

Type 

Running time 

Provenance 

Biographical note 

Scope and content 

Black and white, silent 

12 minutes 

Forms part of the William L. Finley Papers. 

William Finley was a wildlife conservationist and photographer. 

Footage of seal rookeries including nursing pups, murres and auklets, bear cub, whaling vessel, 
whales, killing a whale. 

Location of original 
Viewing copy available 

Oregon State University Libraries 

The University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Rasmuson Library has a viewing copy (call number AAF- 
112). 


442 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 









Commercial Motion Picture Film and Video 


Title 

The Far Call 

Date 

1929 

Director 

Allan Dwan, written by Edison Marshall. 

Running time 

Summary 

6 reels 

Adventure drama and romance story of a poacher who travels to a small island (St. Paul Island) in 
the Bering sea to poach fur seals. There he falls for the governor’s daughter who changes his ways. 
Silent with inter-titles. 


Title 

Seal Island 

Date 

1948 

Producer/director 

James Algar, Elma and Alfred Milotte, Walt Disney Productions. 

Running time 

Summary 

27 minutes 

Documentary on the northern fur seal of the Pribilof Islands, showing arrival of bulls and then 
cows, social structure of harems, and tending of pups. Also shows other Pribilof Islands wildlife. 

General note 

This was Disney’s first nature documentary, and it won an Oscar for Best Short Subject in 1949. 


Title 

Mystery of the Pribilofs 

Date 

Circa 1950s 

Producer/director 

Hardcastle Film Associates, for Fouke Fur Company 

Running time 
Summary 

24 minutes 

Promotional film made by Fouke Fur Company showing fur seals on the Pribiloflslands and the 
processing and sale of seal furs as well as women’s fur seal coats. 

General note 

Reference copy is available at the Alaska State Fibrary Historical Collections. 


Title 

The World in his Arms 

Date 

1952 

Producer/director 

Aaron Rosenberg/Raoul Walsh 

Running time 
Summary 

104 minutes 

Romantic adventure starring Gregory Peck, Anthony Quinn, and Ann Blyth. A sealing raid on St. 
Paul Island is enacted in the film. 


Moving Images 443 














RG22-95-ADMC-534 (left) and RG22-95-ADMC-557 (right). Cast and crew of The World in his Arms on location at the Pribilof Islands. 


Title Man’s Thumb on Nature’s Balance 

Date 1971 

Producer/director NBC News, Educational Enterprises. Producer, Robert Northshield; narrator, Jack Perkins. 

Running time 51 minutes 

Summary Documentary exploring issues relating to the regulation of animal populations, showing viewpoints 

of both environmental preservation groups as well as industries that harvest animals, such as the 
Pribilof Islands fur-seal industry. 

J 


Title 

Date 

Producer/director 
Running time 
Summary 

General note 


Peter picked a seal stick: the fur seal harvest of the Pribilof Islands, 1981 

Circa 1983 

Susanne Swibold, Flying Tomato Productions 
30 minutes 

Documents the harvesting and processing of the northern fur seal bv the Aleut people of the 
Pribilof Islands. 

First in a series of films about the Pribilof Islands. 


Title Amiq: the Aleut people of the Pribilof Islands, a culture in transition, 1981—1983 

Date Circa 1984 

Producer/director Susanne Swibold, Flying Tomato Productions 

Running time 58 minutes 

Summary Shows the Aleuts’ close relationship with their land and wildlife and discusses the values that have 

enabled their culture to exist in environmental harmony with the island habitat. 

General note Second in a series of films about the Pribilof Islands. 


444 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














Title 

Laaqux: The fur seal of the Pribilof Islands 

Date 

Circa 1988 

Producer/director 

Susanne Swibold, Flying Tomato Productions 

Running time 
Summary 

57 minutes 

Discusses the biology, behavior, and management of the northern fur seals. Emphasizes the conser¬ 
vation of seals and their importance to native subsistence. 

General note 

Third in a series of films about the Pribilof Islands. 


Title 

San: the birds of the Pribilof Islands 

Date 

Circa 1990 

Producer/director 

Susanne Swibold, Flying Tomato Productions 

Running time 
Summary 

58 minutes 

Discusses the biology, behavior, habitat, and relationship with the surrounding Bering Sea eco¬ 
system of the birds of the Pribilof Islands. Considers the effects of conservation practices, native 
subsistence use, and tourism on the ecosystem. 

General note 

Fourth in a series of films about the Pribilof Islands. 


Title 

Aleut Evacuation: the Untold War Story 

Date 

1992 

Producer/director 

Michael and Mary Jo Thill, Gaff Rigged Productions. Published by the Aleutian Pribilof Islands 
Association. 

Running time 
Summary 

59 minutes 

Storv of the internment of Aleut men, women, and children during WWII, told from the perspec¬ 
tive of internment survivors. 


Title 

Heaven on Earth 

Date 

1998 

Producer/director 

Mirko Popadic and FaithNet for the Anchorage Museum Association 

Running time 
Summary 

30 minutes 

Documentary on Russian Orthodox Church history, worship, and art. 


Title 

The Aleutians: Cradle of the Storms 

Date 

2001 

Producer/director 

Producers, Beth Harrington and Michael Single; director, Michael Single. Natural History New 
Zealand and Oregon Public Broadcasting. 

Running time 

Summary 

J 

120 minutes 

Documentarv on the natural, social, and political history of the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands. 


Moving Images 445 

















Title 

Date 

Producer/director 

Running time 
Summary 

J 

General note 


Alaska Native Diet: Film 1-Introduction to dietary benefits and risks in Alaska Vil¬ 
lages 
2001 

National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Aleutian Pribiloflslands Association. Direct¬ 
ed, filmed, and edited by Daniel Knapp. 

14 minutes 

Documentary on dietary changes in Alaska native communities, narrated by Dimitri Philemonof. 
A viewing copy is available at the Rasmuson Library, University of Alaska, Fairbanks. 


Title 

Date 

Producer/director 

Running time 
Summary 
General note 


Alaska Native Diet: Film 2-The importance of traditional foods 

2003 

National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Aleutian Pribiloflslands Association. Direct¬ 
ed, filmed, and edited by Daniel Knapp 

26 minutes 

Documentary on traditional foods in Alaska native communities, narrated by Dimitri Philemonof. 
A viewing copy is available at the Rasmuson Library, University of Alaska, Fairbanks. 


Title Henry Wood Elliott: Defender of the Fur Seal 

Date 2005 

Producer/director John Lindsay and Paul Hillman, Ocean Media Center, NOAA 

Running time 26 minutes 

Summary Documentary on the history of the Pribilof Islands fur-seal industry and the efforts of artist and 

naturalist Henry Wood Elliott to advocate for the conservation of the fur-seal herd. 

General note Winner of five awards including Best Government Agency Program at the 2006 International 

Wildlife Film Festival. 


Title 

Date 

Producer/director 
Running time 
Summary 
General note 


Aleut Story 

2005 

Marla Williams, Aleutian Pribiloflslands Association 
90 minutes 

Documentary about the evacuation and relocation of Aleut and Pribilof Islanders in World War II. 
Nominated for Best Documentary Feature at the American Indian Film Festival. 


446 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












Title The People of the Seal 

Date 2009 

Producer/director John A. Lindsay, Ocean Media Center, NOAA; Kate Raisz, 42 Degrees North Films 

Running time 60 minutes 

Summary The People of the Seal is a one hour documentary about the heritage of the Aleut people on the 

Pribilof Islands, Alaska. The story follows the heritage of the Lestenkof family from Bering Island 
to St. Paul Island at the Pribilofs through the life of Aquilina Lestenkof. Elements of the story in¬ 
clude Aleut life during the Russian period in general, and life on the Pribilofs during the American 
period. The Pribilot Islands is the primary breeding grounds of the northern fur seal. The United 
States government ran a fur-seal industrial monopoly on the Pribilofs for more than 100 years. The 
Aleut people provided the labor and were wards of the government until 1983, which coincided 
with the end of the sealing industry. The film examines the Pribilof Aleut struggle for self-deter¬ 
mination, and issues pertaining to their economic and cultural survival. The format is digital high 
definition. 


Film, whereabouts unknown 

Title Pribilof Islands film by Roy Chapman Andrews 

Date 1913 

Producer/director Roy Chapman Andrews 

Historical Note Roy Chapman Andrews (1884—1960), Assistant Curator of Mammalogy at the American Museum 

of Natural History (AMNH) in New York, traveled at the behest of the Commissioner of Fisheries, 
Dr. Hugh M. Smith, to take motion pictures of the fur seals. In 1913, he traveled to St. Paul Island 
aboard the yacht Adventuress owned by John Borden, who was on his way to the Arctic to collect a 
bowhead whale for the AMNH collection. Andrews’ claimed his work represented the first motion 
pictures to be taken at the Pribilof Islands.' The St. Paul Agent’s Log tracked Andrew’s motion pic¬ 
ture undertakings, documenting that he had filmed Gorbatch and Reef Rookeries. He also filmed 
the driving, killing, and skinning of bachelor fur seals, the use of a baidarra, and reindeer which 
had been herded to the village. 

We have been unable to locate the current whereabouts of Andrews’ film archives, if in fact they 
still exist. 


Title Ottiga, the Master of the Harem 

Date Circa 1930s 

Producer/director Clarence John (C.J.) Albrecht 

Historical note Clarence John (C.J.) Albrecht (1891-1978) was a zoologist, photographer, cinematographer, and 

taxidermist for the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago. In 1937, Albrecht traveled to the 
Pribilof Islands as a staff taxidermist for the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago. While 
there, he collected specimens for the exhibit in the Hall of Marine Mammals. In the 1930s, Albrecht 
conducted a lecture series that included his Pribilof motion picture, Ottiga, the Master of the Harem or 
the Life History of the Alaskan Fur Seal. 

We have been unable to locate the current whereabouts of Albrecht’s film, if in fact it still exists. 


Moving Images 447 










Title 

Date 

Producer/director 
Historical note 


Pribiloflslands footage made for the Panama-Pacific Exposition 

Circa 1914 

Ezra B. Thompson 

On June 21, 1914, photographer and filmmaker Ezra B. Thompson of Washington D.C. arrived 
at St. Paul Island on the R.C. McCulloch. Thompson was contracted by the Governing Board of the 
Panama-Pacific Exposition to make motion pictures of seals and sealing operations. : 

The Pribiloflslands Photograph Collection (described in this guide) includes several images of 
Thompson actually filmino sealing operations and rookeries. 

We have been unable to locate the current whereabouts of Thompson’s film, if in fact it still exists. 



1 St. Paul Agent’s Log, Aug 19-25, 1913; and Andrews, Under a Lucky Star, 111 and 113. 

2 St. Paul Island Agent’s Log, June 21, 1914. 


448 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








Collections in Private Ownership 


It is likely that a very large number of privately held photograph collections of Pribilof Islands’ subjects exist among the many 
families who live or lived on the islands, as well as amonw those individuals who worked on the islands. While the images may 
not be readily available, if at all, for use bv others, they represent perspectives worthy of knowledge. We are fortunate to have 
received permission from several individuals to displav their collections herein. Hopefullv, the publication of these private 
collections will serve to excite others about sharing their photographic history of the Seal Islands. 


Collections in Private Ownership 449 





450 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




Biographical Note 

Hugh Henry McIntyre was a Special Agent for the U. 

S. Department of the Treasury from 1868 tol869, and 
Superintendent on the Pribilof Islands for the Alaska Com¬ 
mercial Company from 1870 tol890. Using a stereographic 
camera, McIntyre made some of the earliest photographs of 
the Pribilof Islands. 


Date span: Circa 1871—1872 

Summary: Four of the earliest known photographs of St. Paul 

and St. George Islands 


Scope and Content 

This collection contains the only known photograph of the earliest chapel on St. George Island, as well as one of only two 
known images of the St. Paul chapel built in 1844. There is also a group photograph of all of the “American citizens,” that is, 
non-Aleuts, on St. Paul Island at that time, including Henry Elliott and Alexandra Melovidov, Elliott’s sixteen-year-old bride 
and a Russian-Aleut Creole. A fourth photograph shows a cluster of barabaras at the base of Village Hill on St. Paul Island. 

Source Information 

The photographs are courtesy of Hugh McIntyre, and are only a sampling of a larger collection. 

Bibliography 

For further reading about these and other Hugh Henry McIntyre photographs: 

King, Robert E. “The Pribilof Islands in the 1870s: The Stereo-Photographs of Dr. Hugh H. McIntyre.” Alaska History 9, no.l 
(Spring, 1994): 38-45. 

For further reading about the history of the Pribilof Islands churches: 

Smith, Barbara Sweetland. The Church of the Holy Apostles Saints Peter and Paul on Saint Paul Island, Pribilof Islands: A History - 
1821-2001. Aleutian/Pribilof Islands Restitution Trust, 2007. 

Smith, Barbara Sweetland. The Church of the Holy Great Martyr St. George the Victorious on St. George Island, Pribilof Islands: A his¬ 
tory-1833-1998. Aleutian/Pribilof Islands Restitution Trust, 2007. 


Hugh Henry McIntyre Photographs 451 








Item: HHM1 

Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 

This church was built in 1840 and replaced a chapel made with driftwood built 
in circa 1821. 



Item: HHM3 

Barabaras on Village Hill, St. Paul Island. Alan sitting on barrel next to 
dwelling. 



Item: HHM2 

House of worship on St. George Island. 

This church was built in 1833 out of driftwood. 



Item: HHA14 


Group picture of “all of the American citizens” (McIntyre’s note) on St. Paul 
Island in 1872. Left to right: Henry Elliott, Alexandra Alelovidov Elliott, 
Elizabeth Fish (teacher), Janetta Pierce (niece of Charles Bryant), Charles P. 
Fish (meteorologist), Emma Lucy Alclntyre, Charles Bryant (agent), Hannah 
Bryant. 


452 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































Biographical/Historical Note 

Purl Manderville (1896—1964), his wife Esther (1893— 

1955), and their son William “Billy,” lived on St. George 
Island from 1936—1939, while Purl served as the island’s 
government agent and storekeeper. 


Date span: 1936-1939 

Summary: Images of people, places, events, and activities that 

broadly document life on St. George Islandjrom 
1936-1939. 


Source Information 

The photographs are courtesy of William “Bill” Manderville. 

Scope and Content 

The collection contains images of people, places, events, and activities, and broadly documents life on St. George Island from 
1936-1939. 

Related Material 

See also the Edward A. Dunlap Photograph Collection. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 453 






St. George Island views 



Item: SGI 

View west toward Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) and 
High Bluffs on north shore of St. George Island. 



Item: SG4 

View west toward Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) and 
High Bluffs on north shore of St. George Island. 



Item: SG7 


St. George Village and Upper Lake from south. 



Item: SG10 


St. George Village from North Rookery area west 
of village. 



Item: SG2 

View west toward Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) and 
High Bluffs on north shore of St. George Island. 



Item: SG5 

View west toward Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) and 
High Bluffs on north shore of St. George Island. 



Item: SG8 


St. George Village from southeast. 



Item: SG3 

View west toward Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil) and 
High Bluffs on north shore of St. George Island. 




Item: SG6 

St. George Village and Upper Lake from south. 


Item: SG9 

Buildings near shore at St. George landing. 



Item: SG11 

St. George Village from North Rookery area west 
of village. 



Item: SG12 


St. George Villagefrom North Rookery area west 
of village. 


454 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













St. George Villagefrom east with Starry Arteel 
(Staraya Artil) and High Bluffs in background. 



Item: SG1S 

St. George Villagefrom east with Starry Arteel 
(Staraya Artil) and High Bluffs in background. 



Item: SGI6 


St. George Village from road east of village. 



Item: SGI 9 
Cannon. 




Item: SG23 
Company house. 




Item: SG27 

Child running between village buildings during 
snowstorm. 




Item: SGI 7 


Buildings near shore at St. George landing. 



Item: SG20 


Concrete government employee residences. 



Item: SG24 


Power plant built circa 1936. 



Item: SG18 


Machine shop and garage with outhouse in right 
foreground. 



Item: SG21 


St. George School built circa 1933. 



Item: SG26 
Carpenter shop. 



Item: SG28 

Pump house at Upper Lake. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 455 





















Item: SG2 5 

Buildings including store, carpenter shop, gun 
house, and government office. 



Item: SG34 
USFS Penguin. 



Item: SG36 


USFS Penguin. 



Item: SG29 


Pigs at shore of Upper Lake with pump house, ice 
house, and other buildings in background. Purl 
Manderville took these photographs to document 
the needjor ajence around the lake, which was 
their water supply. He submitted the photographs 
to the government administrators, who 
subsequently had a jence built around the lake. 



Item: SG31 

Ice house at Upper Lake. 

mm. i • t 



Item: SG33 
USFS Penguin. 



Item: SG37 


USFS vessel Penguin. 



Item: SG30 


Pigs at shore of Upper Lake with pump house, ice 
house, and other buildings in background. Purl 
Manderville took these photographs to document 
the needjor a fence around the lake, which was 
their water supply. He submitted the photographs 
to the government administrators, who 
subsequently had a fence built around the lake. 



Item: SG32 


Ice house at Upper Lake. 



Item: SG3S 
USFS Penguin. 



Item: SG38 
USFS Penguin. 


456 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















. \ 


\ 



Item: SG39 
USFS Penguin. 


Activities and events 



Item: SG44 

Sealing team including Alike Lestenkof, John 
MerculieJ, Paul SwetzoJ, Afansia Prokopiof, and 
lsiah MerculieJ working on killing ground. 



Item: SG47 

Men unloading truck at salt house with wash 
house at right. 



Item: SG40 
USFS Penguin. 




Item: SG42 
USFS Penguin. 



Item: SG41 
USFS Penguin. 



Item: SG43 

USCG Aurora or Calypso. 



Item: SG45 

Sealers gathering skins and meat on killing 
grounds with rejected seals at left. 



Item: SG49 

Men gathered next to carpenter’s shop, including 
Frank and Phillip Galaktionoff, Laurence, Steve, 
Sergie, and Stephan LekanoJ, Peter Prokopiof, 
Laurence, Fermin, Gavriel, and Martin Galanin, 
Theodore and Michael Lestenkof, Ignaty and 
Isaac Philemonof Laurence Kashaverof Maroon 
Ochordin, Paul Nozekoff, Simeon SwetzoJ Daniel 
and Nicholai G. MerculieJ. 



Item: SG46 

Seal carcasses on killing ground with sealing 
activity in background. 



Item: SG50 


Two men unloading wheelbarrow full of skins into 
salt house. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 457 
































Item: SG51 

Two men unloading wheelbarrow full of skins into 
salt house. 



Item: SGS4 

Barrel packed with skins outside of salt house. 



Item: SGS7 

Men in baidarra at pier. 




Item: SG60 

Men and small boat on beach at Garden Cove. 



Item: SG52 

Men checking salted skins next to large pile of 
skins. 



Item: SG 55 

Baidarra on hoist at St. George Island pier. 



Item: SGS8 

Baidarra full of passengers. 



Item: SG61 


Men in small boat near rocky shore. 



Item: SG63 


Small boat carrying Dr. White en route to assist in 
delivering baby arriving at rocky shore. 



Item: SGS3 

Isaac Philemonof, Nicolai G. Merculief Alexander 
Prokopiof, Nicolai N. Merculief Mike Prokopiof 
and Joseph Merculief packing skins in barrels. 



Item: SG56 

Baidarra on hoist at St. George Island pier. 



Item: SG59 

Men and small boat on beach at Garden Cove. 



Item: SG62 


Men in small boat near rocky shore. 


458 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 








































Item: SG64 


Small boat carrying Dr. White en route to assist in 



Item: SG65 


Three men rowing small boat. 



Item: SG68 

Bill Merculief gathering eggs on High Bluffs. 




Item: SG66 
Birds on High Bluffs. 


Item: SG69 

Bill Merculief gathering eggs on High Bluffs. 










Item: SG67 

Edward Dunlap and Purl Manderville at top of 
Hiah Bluffs on eaa aatherina outina. 


Item: SG70 

Bill Merculief gathering eggs on High Bluffs. 


Item: SG71 

Bill Merculief gathering eggs on High Bluffs. 




Item: SG73 

Bill Merculief gathering eggs on High Bluffs. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 459 











Item: SG72 

Bill Merculief gathering eggs on High Bluffs. 



Item: SG76 


Group with shovels at Makushin Pit, including 
Frank Galaktionoff, Steve and Constantine 
Lekanof Afanasin Prokopiof, Raphael Galanin, 
Andronic Merculief, Leonty Philemonof, and 
Matfey Petikoff. 

Note: The Makushin Pit was about 2 .5 miles 
south west of St. George Village, and was a borrow 
pit used to obtain scoriaJor various construction 
activities. 



Item: SG74 

Bill Merculitf with climbing rope and jacket full 

°f w- 



Item: SG77 

General Motors truck and “Peanut Wagon”f latbed 
at Makushin Pit. 



Item: SG79 

Cloud <f dirt from blasting at old baseball ground 
with St. George Village buildings and cemetery in 
background. 



Item: SG75 

Alexander Galanin holding two eggs in each hand 
and one in mouth. 



Item: SG78 

Cloud of dirt from blasting at Makushin Pit. 



Item: SG80 

Church of Saint George the Victorious. 


460 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 














Item: SG8I 

Church ojSaint George the Victorious. 



Item: SG82 


St. George Day procession in front of church. 




Item: SG84 


Blessing of Zapadnie Chapel on St. George 
showing congregation en route to chapel. 



Item: SG87 

Blessing of Zapadnie Chapel on St. George. 



Item: SG90 

Zapadnie Chapel after blessing. 



Item: SG8S 

Blessing of Zapadnie Chapel on St. George. 



Item: SG88 

Blessing oj Zapadnie Chapel on St. George with 
Nikolai and John MerculieJstanding on either side 
of Father Theodisius and Andronik Kashaverof in 
front right. 



Item: SG91 

Boys running in fourth ofJuly boysfoot race. 



Item: SG83 

St. George congregation gathered outside near 
buildings. 



Item: SG86 

Blessing of Zapadnie Chapel on St. George. 



Item: SG89 

Blessing of Zapadnie Chapel on St. George showing 
congregation leaving chapel. 


i l 1 '"r 





Item: SG92 

Boys running in fourth ofJuly boys foot race. 




Item: SG93 

Boys putting on shoes after fourth of July foot race. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 461 

























c 


f J • • v t / r 

'U / \ V <> 




i l 


/ 






Item: SG94 


Boys putting on shoes after fourth of July foot race. 



Item: SG97 


See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: SGIOO 


Nicolai S. Merculief with Eudokia Merculief and 
other children at fourth of July celebration. 



Item: SGI02 

St. George Villagers “Masking” in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 



Item: SG98 


Girls competing in apple bobbing at fourth of July 
celebration. 



Item: SG105 


St. George Villagers “Masking” in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 



Item: SG96 

Girls putting on shoes after fourth ofJuly foot race. 



Item: SG99 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: SG101 


Crew rowing in baidarra race during Fourth of July 
celebration with St. George Village in background. 



Item: SG108 


St. George Villagers “Masking” in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 


462 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 




















Item: SGI06 

St. George Villagers “Masking” in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 


Item: SGI03 

St. George Villagers “Masking” in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 


Item: SG107 

St. George Villagers “Masking” in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 


Item: SGI04 

St. George Villagers “Masking" in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 


Item: SG109 

St. George Villagers “Masking" in various costumes 
at old carpenters shop for Christmas celebration. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 463 
























People 



Item: SGI 10 

St. George Island baseball team including Bill 
Shane, Michael Lestenkof, Steve Lekanof, Raphael 
Galanin, and Isaiah MerculieJ. 



hem: SGI 13 

Stephen Lekanof with long beard. 





Item: SGI 16 


Anatoly Lekanof, Jr. as small boy. 



Item: SGI 11 

People walking and skating on frozen lake, 
probably Upper Lake. 



\ 



Item: SGI 14 

Tatania Merculief Lekanof. 



Item: SGI 17 
Michael D. Lestenkof. 



Item: SGI 12 

Wedding picture of Laurence and Tatania 
Merculief Lekanof. 



Item: SGI 15 

Mike Lekanof as small boy. 



Item: SGI 21 


Girl, possibly Ulita Merculitf sitting on Russian- 
American Company cannon. 


464 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 

















































Item: SGI 18 

Wedding picture of Innokenty and Ella 
Rukavishnikoff LestenkoJ. 



Item: SGI26 

Nicolai G. “Laala”MerculieJ. 



vl 

hem: SGI 19 

Stephanida MerculieJLestenkof. 



hem: SG122 

Innokenty MerculieJ as a boy. 



Item: SG123 

Andrew Merculief as a small boy. 




Item: SG120 


Jacob Lestenkof as small boy sitting on a snowman. 



Item: SG12S 
Alexandra G. Merculief. 



hem: SGI24 

Shopkeepers John and Nicolai S. Merculief. Same 
as B96.11.221 in Edward Dunlap Photograph 
Collection. 


ManderviHe Family Photograph Collection 465 





























Item: SG127 


Daniel G. Merculief. 



Item: SG130 


Elizabeth Swetzof as toddler on little wheeled 
horse. 



Item: SG131 


Helen Swetzof withjather and baby sister. 



Item: SG128 

Helena Swetzof holding hand of toddler Rufina 
Merculief. 



Item: SG132 

Leonty Philemonof holding firearm and dead bird 
at Garden Cove. 


/ 



Item: SG129 

Helena Swetzof sitting on well at Upper Lake. 



Item: SGI33 


Erena G. Merculief Philemonof. 


466 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 













Item: SG134 


Peter Prokopiof Jr. 



Item: SGI37 
Sophia Prokopiof. 



Item: SGI42 

Father Theodosy with Esther Martderville and 
doctor’s wife. 



Item: SG135 

Alexandra Nozekof Prokopiof. 

U 


Item: SGI36 

Alexandra Nozekof Prokopiof. 




Item: SG138 
Alike Prokopiof. 



Item: SGI39 


Esther ManderviUe. 



Item: SGI43 

Father Theodosy with toddler. 



Item: SG144 


Father Theodosy and Lee McMillin. 


ManderviUe Family Photograph Collection 467 





Item: SG140 

Esther McMillan and Mrs. Manderville. 



Item: SG147 
Helena Swetzof. 



Item: SG149 

Nadesda Merculiej Prokopiof and Ludmilla 
Lestenkof Kashaverof. 



Item: SGI54 

Mary Kozlofj Bourdoukofsky and Anna and Mousa 
Merculiej. 



Item: SG141 
Father Theodosy. 



Item: SG148 


Nadesda Merculief Prokopiof. 


k 



Item: SGI50 


Laurence and Tatania Merculief Lestenkoj. 



Item: SGI51 

Nadesda MerculifProkopiof, Alice and Steve 
LekanoJ Ludmilla Lestenkof Kashaverof, and 
Elizabeth “Maamka" Lestenkof Merculief. 


■ 



Item: SG145 

Lee McMillin shooting revolver with Father 
Theodosy, Dr. Walters, and other man watching 
and man holding shotgun in background. 



Item: SGI46 
Angelina Merculief 



Item: SGI52 


Group at Zapadnie including Benjamin Merculief, 
Eoff Philemonoff, Mike and Constantine Lestenkof 
Andrine Merculief Dr. Mankovich, and Alex 
Stepetin. 


468 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












Item: SGI53 


Peter S. Lekanof and Ermogen Lekanof holding 
shotgun and rifle at Zapadnie. 




Item: SGI57 

Man holding seal pup. 


Item: SGI 62 

Mousa and Angelina Merculief ice skating. 



Anna Shane and Nina Lekanof Prokopiof. 



Item: SGI 58 
Bill Shane. 



Item: SGI59 

Isaiah and Mousa Merculief and Anton Kushin. 



Item: SGI64 

Helena Swetzof Nadesda Merculief Prokopiof, and 
Mousa, Angelina, and Anna Merculief ice skating. 



Item: SGI56 


Ludmilla Lestenkcf Kashaverof Nadesda Merculief 
Prokopiof, and Mousa Merculief. 



---4 

-- i 


T-- 



Item: SGI60 


Alexaj Prokopiof and Virginia Tetoff Kozlaff. 



Item: SGI61 

Helena Swetzof ice skating. 



Item: SGI65 


Helena Swetzof Nadesda Merculief Prokopiof and 
Alousa, Angelina, and Anna Merculief ice skating. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 469 








































































Item: SG163 

Helena Swetzoj and Mike Prokopiof ice skating. 



Item: SGI68 


Eudokia Merculief and Jacob Lestenkof as small 
children. 




Item: SGI66 

Andronik Kashaverof, William Manderville, Jake 
Lestenkof, and Innokenty Merculief with model 
boats. 



Item: SGI69 

Peter Lekanof, Alice Kozloff Philemonoff, and 
Ariadna Swetzof. 



Item: SGI 73 


St. George Island school upper class picture. 



Item: SGI67 

Small boy sitting in piled snow. 


> 



Item: SGI70 

Left to right: Eudokia, Innokenty, and Ulita 
Merculief, Valentina Lekanof, Doctor and his 
child, Sergie Lekanof, Andrew Merculif, and 
William Manderville. 



Item: SG174 

William Manderville holding lemming. 


470 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


















Item: SGI 75 

Purl Manderville and other man. 



Item: SG178 


George MerculieJ, Lee McMillin, and Edward 
Dunlap with octopus caught by George Merculief. 



Item: SG181 

Bill Shane, Adrine Merculief, and Mike Lestenkof 
in GM trucks. 



Item: SGI83 

Bill Shane standing next to GM truck with dump 
lift. 



Item: SG176 


Purl Manderville with Paul Olander (school 
teacher). 



Item: SG179 

George MerculieJ, Purl Manderville, and Lee 
McMillin, with octopus caught by George 
MerculieJ. 


-.p. 



Item: SGI 84 

Alexay ProkopioJand Eoff Philemonojf on shovel 
crane. 



Item: SGI 77 

George MerculieJ holding octopus. 



Item: SGI80 

Men in “Peanut Wagon”f latbed and General 
Motors truck. 



Item: SG182 


Valentine Kashaverojf in GM truck. 


Manderville Family Photograph Collection 471 




































Item: SG9S 

Girls at starting line oj girls’ fourth ofJuly foot race, including Paula Lekanof, Anna 
Merculief Anna Shane, Serafina Merculiej, Nina Lekanof, and Mary NozekoJ. 



Item: SG97 

Fourth ojJuly foot race finish line with spectators behind line. 



Item: SG99 

Boys competing in pie eating contest at fourth ofJuly celebration. 


472 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 











Date 


span: 


Summary: 


Circa 1930s—1950s 

Photographs documenting the people, places, events 
and activities on St. George Island. 


Scope and Content 

The Merculief Family Photographs primarily document 
people, places, events and activities on St. George Island. 

Among the activities and events shown are fourth of July 
celebrations, weddings and other religious services, a “Miss 

St. George” pageant, sealing operations, supply-ship operations, scoria mining, and boys at play. 

Residents of St. George Island are shown including members of the Merculief, Lekanof, Lestenkof, Philemonof, Swetzof, 
Kashevarof, and other families. 

Several photographs document a U.S. Coast Guard plane crash off the coast of St. George Island. 


Source Information 

Photographs are courtesy of Father Paul Merculief. 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 473 





















Album A 




Item: FPMA04a 

Kids including Peter Merculief (right) and 
Andronik Kashevarof (second from right) playing 
with model boats at Upper Lake next to ice house. 


Item: FPMA08a 

Father Theodosy conducting service inside Church 
of Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: F PM A12a 

Group photograph of St. George villagers on 
Fourth of July, 1935. 



Item: FPM A12b 

St. George villagers engaged in tug-of-war game 
on fourth of July, 1935. 



Item: FPMA05a 


Kids including Andronik Kashevarof (second from 
right) playing with model boats at Upper Lake 
with ice house in background. 



Item: FPMAOSb 


Wedding ceremony of Michael Lestenkof and 
Stephanida Merculief in Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. Same as B96.ll.259 in the Edward 
Dunlap Photograph Collection. 



Item: F PM A 13a 

Men in small motor boat. 



Item: FPMA07a 

Interior of Church of Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: FPMA09a 

Wedding ceremony cf Michael Lestenkof and 
Stephanida Merculif in Church of Saint George 
the Victorious. 



Item: FPMA13b 


View of people on deck of boat, probably Penguin, 
with St. George Village in background. 


474 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
























Item: FPMA13c 

Baidarra full of passengers arriving at shore. 


Item: FPMA16b 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul 
showing decorated iconostasis and young man in 
vestments at right. 





Item: FPMA28b 

Man standing on snowy steps in St. George 
Village. 


Item: FPMA22a 

Men standing on and around baidarra on trailer 
attached to dump truck. 


Item: F PM A 2 5b 
Group at Garden Cove. 



Item: F PM A 13d 


Men at St. George Landing. 



Item: F PMA 19a 


Church of Saint George the Victorious at night 
with light glowing through windows. Photograph 
by C.E. Crompton. 



Item: FPMA24b 

Two doctors and two surgical assistants, after 
completing a surgical procedure (possibly William 
Manderville’s appendectomy). 



Item: F PM A 26b 


Group in front of cabin at Garden Cove. 



Item: F PM A 2 8c 


Two people on sleds. 



Item: FPMA16a 


Interior of Church of Saint George the Victorious 
showing altar. 



Item: FPMA21a 

Four children dressed up probably for church. 



Item: FPMA24c 


Cannon in St. George Village. Same as 
B96.11.293 in the Edward Dunlap Photograph 
Collection. 



Item: F PM A 27b 


Man on skis in St. George Village. 



Item: FPMA29c 


Alexandra and (Father) Paul Merculief (left) Nina 
Prokopiof (right). 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 475 
















































Item: F PM A 27c 

Man on skis next to child on sled in St. George 
Village with sled in foreground. 



Item: FPMA29b 

Nick Lestenkof and (Father) Paul Merculief as 
toddlers. 


I 



Item: FPMA28a 

Laurence and Tatiana Lekanof. 



Item: FPMA31a 


Lucy Lekanof. 



Item: FPMA29a 

Alexei and Nina Prokopia). 



Item: FPMA31b 

Alexandra Merculif and Lucy Lekanof. 



Item: FPMA34b 

Group of young women including Ella Malavansky 
Kashevarof, Julia Malavansky, and Sarafina 
Merculif. 


476 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 


1.1111 






























































































Item: FPMA32a 
Irina Philemonof. 



Item: FPMA37c 
Woman with banjo. 



Item: FPMA34a 

Young woman sitting on swing. 



Item: FPMA38b 

Alexei and Nina Prokopiof. 



Item: FPMA40b 

Alexandra Merculief (left) and Stephanida 
Lestenkof. 



Item: FPMA37a 

Daniel G. Merculief and Stephanida Lestenkof. 



Item: FPMA 39a 

William Manderville and Irina Philemonof. 



Item: FPMA40a 

Man and woman, possibly Elary and Elizabeth 
Gromoff. 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection All 





















































































































Item: FPMA40e 
Girl. 

w ^ 


Item: FPMA42a 
Blasting in scoria pit. 



Item: FPMA44B 

Group of boys and girls in front of small 
ramshackle shed. 



Item: FPMASOa 

Children on steps of building, possibly schoolhouse. 



Item: FPMA40d 

Russian orthodox cross near small building. 



Item: FPMA41c 

Bucket loader dumping load into bed of truck at 
scoria pit. 




Item: FPMA42b 

Shallow waterway, possibly from snowmelt. 


Item: FPMA42d 

Group of boys playing with model boats in flooded 
area of road. 



Item: FPMA4Sa 


Pigs andfowl feeding in St. George Village. 



Item: FPMA41b 


Scoria pit showing bucket loader in operation and 
several trucks. 



Item: FPMA41d 


Dump truck dumping load. 



Item: FPMA 42c 


Men in motor launch occasionally used to tow 
loaded baidarras to and from ships. 



Item: FPMA44a 


Group of boys and girls in front of small 
ramshackle shed. 



Item: FPMA45b 


Domesticated fowlfeeding in St. George village 
with George Merculief in background. 


478 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















































Item: FPMAS3a 


Greenhouse in St. George Village. 
- 

* 



Item: FPMA 54b 


Father Theodosy with Andronik Kashevarof (left), ' 
Nikolai MerculieJ (secondfrom left), and other 
young man. 



Item: FPMA57a 


Daniel G. Merculief (right) and other man playing 
checkers. 



Item: F PM A 57 b 


Four men at cabin including (left to right) Michael 
Lestenkof Isaac Philemonof, and Innokenty 
Lestenkof. 



Item: FPMA59d 

Supply ship Vega with St. George Village in 
background. 



Item: FPMA53c 
Children playing on swings. 



Item: FPMA 5 5b 

St. George villagers collecting water in barrels at 
community pump. 



Item: FPMA59a 
Supply ship Vega. 



Item: FPMA61b 

Left to right: Stephanida Lestenkof, Nina 
Prokopiof Irina Philemonof, and Alexandra 
Merculief. 



Item: FPMA54a 


Saint George the Victorious Church. 



Item: FPMA55c 


St. George villagers collecting water in barrels at 
community pump. 



Item: F PM A 59b 


Small boat pulled up next to supply ship Vega. 



Item: FPMA62a 


Left to right: Stephanida Lestenkof, Nina 
Prokopiof, Irina Philemonof, and Alexandra 
Merculief 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 479 























i 



Item: FPMA63b 

Children on sleds in St. George Village. 



Item: FPMA64b 


Children on sleds in St. George Village. 



Item: FPMA65b 

Laurence and Tatiana Lekanof just after wedding. 


»« 



Item: FPMA70a 

Irina Philemonof and (Father) Paul Merculief. 


r 

*i 

5 1 


/ 




Item: FPMA64a 

Ella Kashevarof and bay on sled. 


Item: FPMA6Sc 

Group of women and children including 
Stephanida Lestenkof (left), Nina Prokopiof 
(second from left) and Irina Philemonof (right). 



Item: FPMAVla 

Alexandra Merculief and Tatiana Prokopiof 
standing next to Christmas tree. Hand-colored. 




Item: FPMA6Sa 

Irina Philemonof and (Father) Paul Merculief. 


Item: FPMA66a 
Chickens on window ledge. 



Item: FPMA66c 
Young boy with sled. 


480 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 































Item: F?MA70c 

Michael and Stephanida Lestenkof. 



Item: FPMA79b 

Men shoveling snow ojj of plank road. 



hem: FPMA81b 

Frozen waterfallfrom village runoff. 



Item: FPMA74b 


Cabins on St. George Island. 


A 



Item: FPMA77a 


Left to right: Laurence and Tatiana Merculief 
George Merculief Stephanida Lestenkof Irina 
Philemonof and Alexandra Merculif. 

■ ■. 


. 



Item: FPMA79c 

Men shoveling snow ojf of plank road. 



Item: FPMA80e 

Truck loaded with people on narrow channel cut 
through snow bank. 



Item: FPMA76b 


St. George Village possibly in evening showing 
light coming from windows. 



Item: FPMA78a 


Dump truck dumping snow. 



Item: FPMA80c 
Plank road. 



Item: FPMA81a 


Christmas tree surrounded by presents next to 
person or mannequin dressed as Santa Claus. 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 481 

























Album B (circa 1940s-1950s) 



Item: FPMBOla 
Anna Philemonof. 



Item: FPMB06d 

Elizabeth Swetzof as “Miss St. George" wearing 
sash and crown standing with young woman. 



Item: FP.MBldb 
Young man. 



Item: FPMB04b 


Elizabeth Swetzof. 



Item: FPMBlOc 

Elizabeth Swetzof twirling baton. 



Item: FPMB12d 

Buildings, possibly bunkhouses. 



Item: FPMB06b 

Airplane over St. George Village. 



Item: FPMB12a 

Buildings, possibly bunkhouses. 



Item: FPMB19c 

Chris Biriskin and Leo Merculief. 


482 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























Item: FPMB20c 
Small girl on tricycle. 



Item: FPMB30a 
Group of boys and girls. 



Item: FPMB32a 
People boarding aircraft. 



Item: FPMB36a 


Group in living room. 





Item: FPMB2SF 
Young man. 


Item: FPMB2Sa 
Feon Kashevarof. 



hem: FPMB32B 
Man. 



Item: FPMB36b 

Group of women next to table laid with tea cups 
and fancy cakes. 



Item: FPMB35a 

Leo (left) and (Father) Paul Merculief. 



Item: FPMB37a 

See enlargement at end of section. 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 483 






















Album D (1950s) 



Item: FPMDOlb 

Young man in suit and bow tie with children in 
background. 





Item: FPMD03c 


New warehouse building. 



Item: FPMD05c 


Man laughing. 



Item: FPMD03d 
New brick house. 



Item: FPMD06c 

Living room wall hung with Christmas decorations. 



Item: F PM DO 3 a 
New brick house. 



Item: FPMD04c 


Three girls in Girl Scout uniforms. 



Item: FPMD06d 

Christmas tree in corner of room. 


484 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



















Small building, possibly magazine. 



Fuel tanks. 



Item: FPAlD14c 


Three boys wearing ranger-style hats. 


A 




Item: FPAlD09b 


Small brick gas station. 



Item: FPMDlla 


Pack Ice and snotv around St. George landing. 



Item: FPMDlla 


St. George landing. 



Item: FPMD09c 

Building in meadow with second-storey look-out. 



Item: FPMD14b 

Two young men in uniform. 



Item: FPMD20a 


Arcticfox slipping between buildings. 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 485 























Item: FPMD20b 

Men on road with St. George Village at right and 
cliffs in background. 



Album E (1930s-1950s) 


Item: FPMElOa 

Three girls standing near shore looking at ship. 


Jt.ceobcz 



Q O' 


3'4 


Sealers 

W 


. it '!£ 

•$_ < ? k 

. * ± 


Item: FPME20a 

“St. George Sealers Community Club”photo roster 
showing club members. 



Item: FPME14a 


Elizabeth Swetzof as “Miss St. George” wearing 
sash and crown sitting in “throne” in between two 
young women. 



Item: FPME21a 

Aerial view of St. George Village. 



Item: FPME14b 


Elizabeth Swetzof as “Miss St. George” and 
two young women posed for photograph with 
photographer taking light reading. 



Item: FPME24a 


Two women watching ship and sunset silhouetted 
against water and sky. 


486 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



















Album G (1947) 




Item: FMPG05 

Coast Guard plane fuselage and tail on shore. 


Item: FMPG06 

Part of crashed Coast Guard plane on shore. 




Item: FMPG09 

Coast Guard plane crashed in water. 


Slides (circa 1950s) 



Item: FMPS01 

(Father) Paul Merculief helping co-worker to wrap 
legs in plastic. 


Item: FMPS02 

(Father) Paul Merculif wrapping legs in plastic. 


Item: FMPS03 

(Father) Paul Merculief (left) and Iliodor 
Philemonof eating brealfast. 


Merculief Family Photograph Collection 487 






































Item: FMPS04 


Truck covered in Christmas decorations with person 
dressed as Santa Claus in back. 



Item: FMPS07 


Barrel packed with seal skins. 



Item: FMPS05 


Christmas tree surrounded by wrapped presents. 



hem: FMPS08 


Men skinning seal. 



hem: FMPS06 


Piles of seal skins on racks in processing plant. 



Item: FMPS09 


Man preparing to blubber seal skin. 



Item: FPMBSla 


Elizabeth Swetzof as “Miss St. George” wearing sash and crown. 


488 Pribilof Islands , Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





















Scope and Content 

The Kashevarof Family Photographs document people, 
places, events and activities on St. George Island. Subjects 
include St. George school students and teachers, shipping 
and supply activities at St. George Landing, baidarras, 
weddings, views of St. George Village, a seal drive, a picnic 
at Garden Cove, and people with a pet bear cub. 


Date span: Circa 1920s 

Summary: Photographs oj people, places, events and activities on 

St. George Island 


Source Information 

The photographs are courtesy of Deacon Andronik Kashevarof. 


Kashevarof Family Photograph Collection 489 







Item: DAK.1 Date: October 3, 1926 

Wedding ceremony of “Martha and Foff.” 



Item: DAK.3 Date: 192 5 

Woman and children with bear cub. 



Item: DAK.6 

See enlargement at end of section. 



Item: DAK.9 

Class picture, St. George Island. 



Item: DAK.2 Date: October 3, 1926 

Wedding ceremony of “Martha and Eoff.” 



Teacher Mary Culbertson with children on school 
picnic at old camp house at Garden Cove, St. 
George Island. 



Item: DAK. 10 Date: February 10, 1922 

Class picture, St. George Island. 



Item: DAK.4 Date: 192S 

Man and children with bear cub. 



Item: DAK.5 Date: 1926 

Group in front of ice house at Upper Lake, St. 
George Island. 



Item: DAK.8 Date: circa 1926 

Teacher Mary Culbertson with children on school 
picnic at old camp house at Garden Cove, St. 
George Island. 



Item: DAK. 11 Date: circa 1926 

People loading or unloading boats at St. George 
landing. 



Item: DAK. 12 Date: circa 1926 

People loading or unloading boats at St. George 
landing. 


490 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















Date: Circa 1923 




Item: DAK. 13 Date: circa 1926 

People loading or unloading boats at St. George 
landing. 



Item: DAK. 15 Date: October 1925 


Men rowing baidarra with suppliesfrom Eider. 



Item: DAK. 18 
Two baidarra frames. 



Item: DAK. 14 

Deck of Eider loaded with barrels. 




Item: DAK. 16 
Men in small boat. 



Item: DAK. 17 

Two men in baidarra with supplies. 




Item: DAK. 19 Date: Circa 1925 

St. George Villagejrom east of village. 



Item: DAK.20 Date: Circa 1925 


St. George Villagejrom cemetery with boat, 
possibly Eider, off shore. 

~'o,&ae.£ f 14* \ 



Item: DAK. 23 

Group in donkey-drawn carriage near small 
building. 



Item: DAK.21 


St. George Villagejrom east ojvillage. 



* 



V 


& G 

Item: DAK.25 Date: Circa 1925 

Government House surrounded by deep snow. 



Item: DAK.22 


St. George Villagejrom west oj village. 

. - - - 1 



Item: DAK.26 

Seals rounded up during drive with John MerculieJ 
and Serge LekanoJstanding nearby. 




Kashevarof Family Photograph Collection 491 























Item: DAK.27 


East Rookery. 



Item: DAK.28 

Father Gregory Prozorv of St. Paul Island. 



<Sr**4 % *4^ Srfaul 

Item: DAK.29 

Decorated interior of Church of Saints Peter and 
Paul with Father Gregory Kochergin in vestments 
standing beside altar. 



Item: DAK. 6 


Group photograph of St. George Island baseball team in uniform. 


492 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 












u/u/ (d. ^/Cowa/n/ fJda/fjzo 
<Hjs'a/)/t,s f/y 6 O—Zf) 6 lS*J 


Biographical Note 

C. Howard Baltzo (1913—2003) was Director of the 
Pribilof Islands Fur-Seal Program in the U. S. Fish & 
Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, from 
1960—1968. Baltzo and his wife, Ann, took photographs 
during their regular summer visits to St. Paul and St. 
George Islands. 


Date span: 1960—1968 . 

Summary: Views of St. Paul and St. George villages, sealing 

operations, rookeries, community events, and other 
subjects. 


Scope and Content 

The Baltzo’s photographs show people, wildlife, places, and activities on St. Paul and St. George Islands. Images are well- 
composed, often in an artistic manner, and include views of the villages, sealing operations, rookeries, community events, 
and other subjects. 


Source Information 

Photographs are courtesy of Ann Baltzo. 


Ann and C. Howard Baltzo Photographs 493 







Item: ABI Date: July, 1964 

Rusting wheel. 


[ 



Item: AB4 

Summit of Hutchinson Hill showing James Heath’s 
headstone, old watch house, and Russian orthodox 
cross. 



Item: AB7 Date: June, 1967 

Rusting machinery partially buried in sand. 



Item: AB2 Date: July, I960 

George and Cora Haley memorial marker on St. 
Paul Island. 

The Haleys were teachers on the Pribilof Islands in 
the 1910s and had their ashes scattered there. 



IU. tl'U. u?oui.u* 


;«uuw *» tiit umuw 

WWWt WAV *MWUW 


ii'tc n 1. t, «*| ( 

umattaj km icuai 

itWIUO I 

IV■ 1'jti 1 Iffi*ft t tlil 

tUtUUM! UU» UtmM uuunx 14 . mt 
Ir f yf eitll ( t f 1 \WLUX- Va-LH 

t, t i..l> 1/.W I..I /.i,f 

iUU'H- 4* 1W- yUltVL* ****** 


Item: ABS Date: September, 1967 

Plaque designating fur-seal rookeries as a National 
Historic Landmark. 



Item: AB8 Date: September, 1967 

Abandoned pump beside concrete pad at Upper 
Lake, St. George Island. 



Item: AB9 Date: November, 1966 

Hand painted St. George and Pribilof Islands 
welcome signs. 



Item: AB3 Date: September, 1967 

Headstone of James Heath on Hutchinson Hill, St. 
Paul Island. 



Item: AB6 

Close-up of rusting spokes on old wheel. 



Item: AB10 Date: 1966 


Aerial view of St. George Village. 


494 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 






























Item: ABU Date: September, 1967 

St. George Village from west. 



Item: ABM Date: May I960 

Baidarra next to winch and old dock at St. 

George Island with surf crashing over landing in 
background. 



Item: AB17 Date: September, 1967 

Church of Saint George the Victorious dome with 
Company House and flagpole in foreground. 


r ^ 

f 



Item: AB12 Date: May 1960 

Landing at St. George Island surrounded by ice. 



Item: AB1S Date: August, 1962 

Church oj Saint George the Victorious with Priest 
House at right. 



Item: AB18 Date: May, 1960 

Interior of Church of Saint George the Victorious 
showing iconostasis and altar. 



Item: AB13 Date: May 1960 

Powerhouse, warehouse, and Cottage F at St. 
George Island with USFWS Penguin and icefloe 
off shore in background. 





Item: AB16 Date: November, 1966 

Church of Saint George the Victorious. 



Item: AB19 Date: September, 1967 

St. George Island graveyard showing headstones 
of Father Peter Kashevarof and Anna Tichon 
Kasheverof. 



Item: AB20 
Young arctic blue fox. 


Ann and C. Howard Baltzo Photographs 495 
















































Item: AB2I Date: July, 1961 

Murres at nests on cliffs at south Zapadnie, St. 
George Island. 



Item: AB24 Date: August, 1961 

Reeve Aleutian Airways airplane dropping mail 
over St. George Village. 



Item: AB31 Date: July, 1967 

Couples dancing atJourth of July dance in 
recreation hall, St. George Island. 



Item: AB22 Date: September, 1967 

Sun setting behind Zapadnie chapel, St. George 
Island. 



Item: AB26 Date: July, 1960 

St. Paul Village. 



Item: AB2S Date: July, 1954 

Man on steps on steps encircling fuel tank in 
coveralls and helmet carrying large hose. 



Item: AB23 Date: May, 1960 

Garden Cove and cliffs to west with small house 
at left. 



Item: AB27 Date: July, 1967 

St. Paul Village men engaged in tug of war, 
possibly at fourth ofJuly celebration. 



Item: AB28 Date: July, 1967 

St. Paul Villagers with balloons, possibly at fourth 
of July celebration. 



Item: AB29 Date: July, 1967 

Hand-written notice taped to door announcing 
dance with crowning of king and queen. 


496 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































Item: AB30 Date: July, 1967 

Pribilof Islands rock band showing two guitarists 
and drummer. 



Item: AB34 Date: September, 1967 

Volunteers painting fence around Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul. 



Item: AB40 Date: August, 1967 

Newly married couple exiting Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul amid wedding attendees. 



Item: AB32 Date: September, 1967 

People painting and working on roof of Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: AB35 Date: December, 1966 

View between Church of Saints Peter and Paul on 
right and Government House and greenhouse on 
left over Village Cove. 



Item: AB36 

Russian Orthodox crosses on roof of Church of 
Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: AB38 Date: August, 1967 

Father Michael Lestenkof conducting wedding 
ceremony in Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: AB33 Date: July, 1964 

Volunteers working on tower of Church of Saints 
Peter and Paul during renovation. 



Item: AB37 Date: March, 1967 

Interior of Church of Saints Peter and Paul. 



Item: AB39 Date: July, 1960 

St. George Village from North Anchorage. 



Item: AB41 Date: September, 1961 

Victor Scheffer (in white hat) with several Russian 
visitors on St. George Island. 


Ann and C. Howard Baltzo Photographs 497 











































Item: AB42 Date: October, I960 

Russian visitors and U.S. government personnel on 
St. Paul Island. Left to right: Barrett, Kastarnov, 
McCall, Ford Wilke, Kostin, Nikulin, Overstreet, 
Scudder. 



Item: AB45 Date: August, 1961 

Seal harvest on Reef killing grounds south of St. 
Paul Village showing seals being clubbed at left 
and skinned at right with village in background. 



Item: AB49 Date: July, 1968 

Fur-seal bull vocalizing. 



Item: AB43 Date: September, 1961 

Unloading operations at St. George landing with 
USS Union in background. 



Item: AB46 Date: July, 1967 

Man in baseball uniform carrying bats. 



Item: ABSO Date: July, 1960 

North Rookery on St. George Island with bull on 
cliff. 



Item: AB44 
Men driving seals. 



Item: AB47 Date: July, 1964 

Man driving fur-seals and sea lions on killing 
field. 



Item: AB48 Date: August, 1967 

Sealers preparing for harvest gathered near trucks. 





Item: ABS1 Date: July, 1964 

Seals at Zoltoi Sands St. Paul Island. 



Item: ABS2 Date: 1964 

Fur-seal harem. 


498 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





































Item: ABS3 Date: July, I960 

Fur-seal pup. 



Item: ABS4 Date: October, 1967 

Fur-seal pup with pelt in silver stage. 



Item: ABS6 Date: August, 1962 

Seal drive at Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil), St. 
George Island. 


r 



Item: AB59 Date: July, I960 

Seal harvest showing men clubbing and skinning 
seals and skins laid out on ground at right. 



Item: AB62 Date: July, 1967 

Men tossing skins into truck. 



Item: ABS7 Date: July, 1967 

Men clubbing fur seals. 



Item: AB60 
Men skinning seals. 



Item: AB64 Date: June, I960 

Bleached seal bones on killingfield, St. George 
Island. 



Item: AB65 Date: August, 1967 

Barrels ojjur-seals with content information 
stenciled on lid. 


Item: AB66 Date: July, 1967 

Men skinning seals. 



Item: ABSS Date: August, 1962 

Seal drive at Starry Arteel (Staraya Artil), St. 
George Island. 



Item: AB58 Date: July, 1967 

Men skinning fur seals. 



Item: AB61 Date: July, 1967 

Man laying out skins with man clubbing seal in 
background. 



Item: AB67 Date: July, 1968 

Blubbering stands in blubbering house. 


Ann and C. Howard Baltzo Photographs 499 



















































Item: AB63 Date: July, 1968 

Blubbering knives on rack on wall in blubbering 
house. 



Item: AB71 Date: July, 1968 

Men inspecting seal skin. 


r 



Item: AB7S Date: September, 1967 

Rows of packed barrels. 



Item: AB68 Date: August, 1960 

Men blubbering skins in blubbering house, St. 

Paul Island. 



Item: AB70 Date: July, 1961 

Men at brine tank with skins in tank and piled at 

right- 



item: AB72 Date: July, 1961 

Interior of barrel house showing work area. 



Item: AB73 Date: September, 1962 

Men packing skins into barrels. 



Item:AB/7 Date: January, 1967 

View west overflooded area at St. Paul Village. 



Item: AB69 Date: July, 1968 

Man blubbering skin in blubbering house. 




Item: AB74 Date: July, 1968 

Machinefor wringing skins. 

r -■-|-— 


Item: AB76 Date: January, 1967 

View east over flooded area near baseball field at 
St. Paul Village. 


500 Pribilof IslandsAlaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 



































Item: AB/8 Date: January, 1967 

View overJlooded area in St. Paul Village. 



Item: AB81 Date: June, I960 

Reindeer skeleton with Polovina Hill in background. 



Item: AB84 Date: August, 1961 

CorralJence around Lake Hill Lake, St. Paul 
Island. 


r 



Item: AB87 Date: September, 1967 

Reindeer herd. 


r . 



Item: AB90 Date: June, 1960 

Reindeer herd on slope of Ridge Wall, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: AB79 Date: January, 1967 

Person standing in jlooded area next to small 
building with St. Paul Village in background. 



Item: AB82 Date: September, 1967 

Rock-walled corral for reindeer. 



Item: AB8S Date: August, 1961 

Corral fence around Lake Hill Lake, St. Paul 
Island. 



Item: AB88 Date: June, 1967 

Interior of lava tube, St. Paul Island. 



Item: AB80 Date: January, 1967 

Flood damage showing landing craft next to 
buildings and water pouring into large ditch. 



Item: AB83 Date: May, 1960 

Polovina crater and lake with snow on rim and 
slopes. 



Item: AB86 Date: June, 1960 

Reindeer herd north of English Bay, St. Paul Island. 



Item: AB89 

View out of opening of cave. 


Ann and C. Howard Baltzo Photographs 501 













































Item: ABS7 Date: July, 1967 

Men clubbing fur seals. 



Item: AB68 Date: August, I960 

Men blubbering skins in blubbering house, St. Paul Island. 


502 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 















_/ m / of (x>//ecftofi'S frjy fne/MMito/Hj 


Repository 

Collection 

Alaska State Library 

Historical Collections 

P.O. Box 110571 

Juneau, AK 99811-0571 
(907)465-2925 

Gray <&l Hereford Photograph Collection, PCA 185 

A Summer on the Thetis Photograph Album, PCA 21 

A.F. (Albert Webster) Lavender Collection 

Michael Z. Vinokouroff Photograph Collection, PCA 243 

Richard and Mary Culbertson Photograph Collection, PCA 390 

Paul E. Thompson Photograph Collection, PCA 153 

Doyle C. Tripp Photograph Collection, PCA 454 

Evan Hill Photograph Collection, PCA 343 

Aleutian/Pribilof Project Collection, PCA 233 

Alaska State Museum 

395 Whittier Street 

Juneau, AK 99801-1718 
(907)465-2976 

A.F. (Albert Webster) Lavender Collection (includes Henry Elliott artwork) 

Alaska Commercial Company Collection of Henry Elliott paintings 

American Geographical Society Library 

University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee 

2311 E. Hartford Ave 

Milwaukee, WI 53211 
(414) 229-6282 

Early U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey charts of St. Paul and St. George Islands 

American Museum of Natural History 

Research Library, Special Collections 

Central Park West at 79th St. 

New York, NY 10024 
(212) 769-5420 

Harry D. Chichester Photographs 

Anchorage Museum of History and Art 

121 West Seventh Avenue 

Anchorage, AK 99501 
(907) 343-6189 

Edward Dunlap Collection. 

Clarence and Marjorie Olson Collection 

The Bancroft Library 

University of California, Berkeley 

Berkeley, CA 94720-6000 
(510) 642-6481 

Georg Heinrich von Langsdorff Paintings. Part of the Robert B. Honeyman, Jr. 
Collection of Early Californian and Western American Pictorial Material (BANC PIC 
1963.002:0001-1886). 

Alphonse Louis Pinart photographs. Part of the Stereographs of the West from the 
Bancrojt Library Pictorial Collection. 

California Academy of Sciences 

Academy Library 

875 Howard Street 

San Francisco, CA 94103-3009 
(415)321-8039 

G Dallas Hanna Collection 


List of Collections by Repository 503 





Collection 


Repository 


Carnegie Museum of Natural History 

4400 Forbes Avenue 

Pittsburgh, PA 15213 
(412) 622-3131 

Henry Elliott Collection 

Cleveland Museum of Natural History 

1 Wade Oval Drive 

Cleveland, OH 44106 
(216) 231-4600 

Henry Elliott Collection 

Cornell University 

Division of Rare and Manuscript Collections 

2B Carl A. Kroch Library 

Ithaca, NY 14853 
(607) 255-3530 

Bristow Adams Papers, Collection No. 3205 

Historic Photo Archive 

411 NE Jarrett St. 

Portland, OR 97211 
(503)460-0415 

Clarence Leroy Andrews Collection 

Museum of the North 

University of Alaska, Fairbanks 

907 Yukon Drive 

Fairbanks, AK 99775 
(907) 474-7505 

Henry Elliott Collection 

National Anthropological Archives 

Smithsonian Institution 

Museum Support Center 

4210 Silver Hill Road 

Suitland, MD 20746 
(301) 238-1310 

Paintings made in Alaska and British Columbia 1890’s, Manuscript 7119 (Henry 
Elliott paintings) 

Joseph Stanley-Brown Lantern Slide Collection, Photo Lot 54 

Photographs of American Indians and other Subjects, 1840—1960s 

John P. Harrington Photographs 

National Archives and Records 

Administration 

Pacific Alaska Region 

654 West Third Avenue 

Anchorage, AK 99501-2145 

907-261-7820 

Record Group 56. Series Photographs and Charts of Treasury Agent A.P. Loud, ca. 
1885 - ca. 1886. This series was formerly listed under Record Group 22 

Record Group 370. Series Pribilof Islands Program. Seattle, WA. Administrative 
Correspondence, 1888—1987 

Record Group 22. Series U.S. Bureau of Fisheries Photographs 

National Archives and Records 

Administration 

Special Media Archives Services Division 
National Archives at College Park 

8601 Adelphi Road 

College Park, MD 20740-6001 
(301)837-0561 

Photographs of Henry Elliott paintings, RG 121 (negatives) and RG22 (prints) 

Record Group 22. Series 22-MP-3, Photographs Relating to the Fishing and Fur 
Industries in the Pribiltf Islands, Alaska, 1906—1960 

Record Group 22. Series 22-FG-FWS, Photographs of Activities Relating to 
Commercial Fishing and Studies of Marine Life, 1947—1964 

Record Group 22. Series 22-RB, Photographs of the Pribilof Islands, 1947—1956 


504 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 





Repository 

Collection 

National Archives and Records 
Administration 

Cartographic and Architectural Section 

National Archives at College Park 

8601 Adelphi Road 

College Park, MD 20740-6001 
(301) 837-3200 

Record Group 76. RG 16.6: Records of International Arbitrations in which the 

United States was a Party in the Dispute, Record Group 16.6 (Henry Elliott maps) 

Record Group 22. RG 22.4: Records of Divisions of the U.S. Fish Commission and the 
Bureau of Fisheries (Pribilof Islands charts and maps) 

Record Group 23. RG 23.4: Records of the Library and Archives Section of the 
Technical Services Division (Pribilof Islands charts and maps) 

New Bedford Whaling Museum 

18 Johnny Cake Hill 

New Bedford, MA 02740-6398 
(508) 977-0046 

Corwin Collection 

Aldrich Collection 

Jarvis Collection 

Bodfish Collection 

National Marine Mammal 

Laboratory Library 

Alaska Fisheries Science Center, NMFS 

National Oceanic and Atmospheric 
Administration 

7600 Sand Point Way NE, 

Seattle, WA 98115-6349 
(206) 546-4013 

Edward C. Johnston Photographs 

Victor B. Schtffer Collection (Not in guide) 

Karl Kenyon Collection (Not in guide) 

Ford Wilke Collection (Not in guide) 

National Museum of Natural History 

Smithsonian Institution 

Chair, Department of Paleobiology 

P.O. Box 37012, MRC 121 

Washington DC, 20013-7012 

Kellogg Collection - Henry Elliott paintings and maps 

Kellogg Collection - Bristow Adams Drawings 

Kellogg Collection — Anatomical Drawings of Fur Seals 

Peter the Great 

Museum of Anthropology and 

Ethnology (Kunstkamera) 

3, University Emb. 

St. Petersburg, Russia 199034 

7(812)328-0812 

ITia Gavrilovich Viznesenskii Drawings 

Phoebe A. Hearst Museum of 
Anthropology 

103 Kroeber Hall 

Berkeley, CA 94720-3712 
(510) 642-3682 

Alaska Commercial Company Collection (includes Henry Elliott paintings) 

Royal B.C. Museum 

B.C. Archives 

675 Bellville Street 

Victoria, BC, V8W9W2 
(250) 387-1952 

Maynard Family Fonds (MS-1077) 


List of Collections by Repository 505 





Repository 

Collection 

University of Alaska, Anchorage 

Consortium Library 

Archives and Special Collections 

3211 Providence Drive 

Anchorage, AK 99S08 
(907) 786-1849 

Christine McClain Papers 

Robert Fortuine Papers 

University of Alaska, Fairbanks 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 

Alaska & Polar Regions Department 

310 Tanana Drive, P.O. Box 756808 
Fairbanks, AK 99775-6800 
(907) 474-7261 

Henry Wood Elliott Map Collection 

Charles S. Hamlin Papers 

PrihiloJ Islands Photographs 

Mogg Found Photograph Album 

Ernest and Helen Watson Photograph Collection 

Greta Ericson Photographs (Watson Colt Allis scrapbook) 

Fredericka Martin Collection 

San Francisco Call-Bulletin Aleutian Photograph Collection 

University of St. Andrews Library 

St. Andrews 

Fife, Scotland KY16 9AJ 

Correspondence and Papers of Sir D arcy Wentworth Thompson 

University of Washington Libraries 

Special Collections Division 

Box 352900 

Seattle, WA 98195-2900 
(206) 543-1929 

Alaska Marine Resources and Pribilof Islands Photograph Collection, PH Coll 595 
(N.B. Miller Photographs) 

Washington State Historical Society 

Research Center 

315 N. Stadium Way 

Tacoma, WA 98403 
(253) 798-5914 

Henry W. Elliott Collection 

Asahel Curtis Photograph Collection 

George Roger Chute Collection of Papers and Photographs 


506 Pribilof Islands, Alaska Guide to Photos and Illustrations 
















LC ACQUISITION*? 

iiiiifliniHL 

0 030 557 840*A 



